Basic English Grammar Course for Beginners | 37 Lessons | Learn with Esther

Hi everybody.

Hai semuanya.

Welcome to Beginner 1.

Selamat datang di Pemula 1.

In these videos, I hope to  teach you some basic English.

Dalam video ini, saya berharap dapat mengajari Anda beberapa bahasa Inggris dasar.

So, these videos are for low level beginners.

Jadi, video ini untuk pemula tingkat rendah.

Okay…

Now when you watch these videos, I want you to pay attention.

Oke…

Sekarang ketika Anda menonton video ini, saya ingin Anda memperhatikan.

Okay…

Watch all the videos in the series.

Oke…

Tonton semua video dalam serial ini.

Okay…

Oke…

Please listen carefully and if there are any words or expressions that you don’t know,

Tolong dengarkan baik-baik dan jika ada kata atau ungkapan yang tidak Anda ketahui,

please check your dictionary.

silakan periksa kamus Anda.

Another thing you should do is repeat after me.

Hal lain yang harus Anda lakukan adalah ulangi setelah saya.

Repeating is a really good practice.

Mengulang adalah praktik yang sangat bagus.

Okay…

Oke…

So, I know that some of these videos are hard.

Jadi, saya tahu beberapa video ini sulit.

But please don’t give up.

Tapi tolong jangan menyerah.

If you try your best, and watch all of these videos,

Jika Anda mencoba yang terbaik, dan menonton semua video ini,

I know that your English will get better.

saya tahu bahasa Inggris Anda akan menjadi lebih baik.

Okay, well let’s get started.

Baiklah, mari kita mulai.

Hi, everybody and welcome to this video.

Hai semuanya dan selamat datang di video ini.

Now in this video, I want to talk about the difference between consonants and vowels.

Nah di video kali ini saya ingin membahas tentang perbedaan antara konsonan dan vokal.

Now, in the English alphabet,  there are twenty-six letters.

Sekarang, dalam alfabet bahasa Inggris, ada dua puluh enam huruf.

And in the alphabet, there are five main vowels and one special vowel.

Dan dalam alfabet, ada lima vokal utama dan satu vokal khusus.

And the rest are consonants.

Dan sisanya adalah konsonan.

So, let’s look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

Here’s the alphabet.

Berikut alfabetnya.

The first letter, ‘a’, is a vowel.

Huruf pertama, 'a', adalah vokal.

The next letter, ‘b’, is a consonant.

Huruf berikutnya, 'b', adalah konsonan.

‘c’ is a consonant.

'c' adalah konsonan.

‘d’ consonant.

'd' konsonan.

‘e’ is a vowel.

'e' adalah vokal.

Then, ‘f’, is a consonant.

Kemudian, 'f', adalah konsonan.

‘g’ consonant.

konsonan 'g'.

‘h’ consonant.

konsonan 'h'.

‘i’ is another vowel.

'i' adalah vokal lainnya.

‘j’ is a consonant.

'j' adalah konsonan.

‘k’ consonant.

'k' konsonan.

‘l’, ‘m’, ‘n’ are consonants.

'l', 'm', 'n' adalah konsonan.

‘o’ is another vowel.

'o' adalah vokal lain.

‘p’, ‘q’, ‘r’, ’s’ and ‘t’, these are all consonants.

'p', 'q', 'r', 's' dan 't', ini semua adalah konsonan.

‘u’ is the last main vowel.

'u' adalah vokal utama terakhir.

‘v’ consonant.

konsonan 'v'.

‘w’ consonant.

konsonan 'w'.

‘x’ consonant.

konsonan 'x'.

‘y’ is the special vowel.

'y' adalah vokal khusus.

And we’ll talk about that more later on.

Dan kita akan membicarakannya lebih lanjut nanti.

And ‘z’ is the last letter, and it is a consonant.

Dan 'z' adalah huruf terakhir, dan itu adalah konsonan.

Okay, so, there are twenty-six  letters in the alphabet.

Oke, jadi, ada dua puluh enam huruf dalam alfabet.

There are five main vowels.

Ada lima vokal utama.

One special vowel.

Satu vokal khusus.

And the rest are consonant.

Dan sisanya konsonan.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Let’s look at some words.

Mari kita lihat beberapa kata.

Now all English words have vowels.

Sekarang semua kata bahasa Inggris memiliki vokal.

Maybe one or many vowels.

Mungkin satu atau banyak vokal.

So, let’s look at these words.

Jadi, mari kita lihat kata-kata ini.

The first word is “cat”.

Kata pertama adalah "kucing".

Okay, we have ‘c’ is a consonant.

Oke, kami memiliki 'c' adalah konsonan.

‘a’ a vowel.

'a' vokal.

‘t’ consonant.

konsonan 't'.

“Egg”.

"Telur".

‘e’ is a vowel.

'e' adalah vokal.

And ‘g’, ‘g’.

Dan 'g', 'g'.

‘g’ is a consonant.

'g' adalah konsonan.

“Hit”.

"Memukul".

‘h’ is a consonant.

'h' adalah konsonan.

‘i’ a vowel.

'aku' adalah vokal.

And ‘t’ a consonant.

Dan 't' merupakan konsonan.

“Top”.

"Atas".

‘t’ is a consonant.

't' adalah konsonan.

‘o’ is a vowel.

'o' adalah vokal.

And ‘p’ a consonant.

Dan 'p' adalah konsonan.

The last word is “cut”.

Kata terakhir adalah "potong".

‘c’ is a consonant.

'c' adalah konsonan.

‘u’ a vowel.

'u' vokal.

And ‘t’ a consonant.

Dan 't' merupakan konsonan.

So, we have the main vowels: ‘a’, ’e’, ‘i’, ‘o’, ‘u’.

Jadi, kita memiliki vokal utama: 'a', 'e', ​​'i', 'o', 'u'.

Now, I said ‘y’ is a special vowel.

Sekarang, saya katakan 'y' adalah vokal khusus.

That’s because sometimes it’s a vowel and sometimes it’s a consonant.

Itu karena kadang-kadang itu vokal dan kadang-kadang konsonan.

So, let’s look.

Jadi, mari kita lihat.

In the word, “why”,

Dalam kata, "mengapa",

the letter ‘y’ sounds like ‘i’.

huruf 'y' terdengar seperti 'i'.

“Why”.

"Mengapa".

So, it is a vowel.

Jadi, itu adalah vokal.

“Bicycle”.

"Sepeda".

The letter ‘y’ sounds like ‘i’.

Huruf 'y' terdengar seperti 'i'.

“Bicycle”.

"Sepeda".

‘i’ is the letter ‘i’, right, it sounds like the letter ‘i’.

'i' adalah huruf 'i', kan, kedengarannya seperti huruf 'i'.

So, in this case ‘y’ is also a vowel.

Jadi, dalam hal ini 'y' juga merupakan vokal.

“Pretty”.

"Cantik".

“Pretty”.

"Cantik".

‘y’ sounds like ‘e’.

'y' terdengar seperti 'e'.

Okay…

Oke…

“Pretty”.

So, it’s a vowel.

“Cantik”.

Jadi, itu adalah vokal.

Now, in the last two words,

Sekarang, di dua kata terakhir,

“you” and “yes”, the letter ‘y’ is a consonant.

"kamu" dan "ya", huruf 'y' adalah konsonan.

Usually, if ‘y’ comes at the beginning of a word,

Biasanya, jika 'y' muncul di awal kata,

or if it makes a /u/ sound,

atau jika membuat bunyi /u/,

for example, “you”, “yes”,

misalnya, "kamu", "ya",

it is a consonant. Okay…

itu adalah konsonan. Oke…

So again, five main vowels: ‘a’, ’e’, ’i’, ’o’, ’u’.

Jadi sekali lagi, lima vokal utama: 'a', 'e', ​​'i', 'o', 'u'.

And ‘y’ the special vowel.

Dan 'y' vokal khusus.

Now to help us remember vowels, we can say, “a, e, i, o, u and sometimes y.”

Sekarang untuk membantu kita mengingat vokal, kita dapat mengatakan, “a, e, i, o, u dan kadang-kadang y.”

Okay, repeat again after me.

Oke, ulangi lagi setelah saya.

“a, e, i, o, u and sometimes y.”

“a, e, i, o, u dan terkadang y.”

One more time, faster.

Sekali lagi, lebih cepat.

“a, e, i, o, u and sometimes y.”

“a, e, i, o, u dan terkadang y.”

Okay, and that’s the end of this video. Thank you.

Oke, dan itulah akhir dari video ini. Terima kasih.

Hi everybody and welcome to this video.

Halo semuanya dan selamat datang di video ini.

In this video, we’re going to  talk about using ‘a’ or ‘an’.

Dalam video ini, kita akan berbicara tentang penggunaan 'a' atau 'an'.

Okay.

Oke.

We use ‘a’ or ‘an’ in front of nouns.

Kami menggunakan 'a' atau 'an' di depan kata benda.

Well, what is a noun?

Nah, apa itu kata benda?

A noun is a person, place, thing, or animal.

Kata benda adalah orang, tempat, benda, atau binatang.

Okay, so let’s look at the board.

Oke, jadi mari kita lihat papannya.

The first noun we have is “banana”.

Kata benda pertama yang kita miliki adalah "pisang".

“banana”, starts with the consonant ‘b’.

"pisang", dimulai dengan konsonan 'b'.

So, we put “a banana”.

Jadi, kami menempatkan "pisang".

“a banana”.

"sebuah pisang".

Look at the next word. “Apple”.

Lihat kata berikutnya. "Apel".

In this case, the first letter is ‘a’.

Dalam hal ini, huruf pertama adalah 'a'.

‘a’ is a vowel.

'a' adalah vokal.

Remember the vowels are a, e, i, o, u,

Ingat vokalnya adalah a, e, i, o, u,

so we have to put ‘an’.

jadi kita harus meletakkan 'an'.

“an apple”.

"sebuah apel".

“cat”. Hmmm.

"kucing". Hmmm.

The first letter, ‘c’, is a consonant.

Huruf pertama, 'c', adalah konsonan.

So, should we put, ‘a’ or ‘an’?

Jadi, haruskah kita menempatkan, 'a' atau 'an'?

Remember, if it’s a consonant, we have to put ‘a’.

Ingat, jika itu konsonan, kita harus meletakkan 'a'.

“a cat”.

"Seekor kucing".

The next word, “boy”.

Kata berikutnya, "anak".

Again, the word starts with a consonant: ‘b’.

Sekali lagi, kata dimulai dengan konsonan: 'b'.

So, we have to say, “a boy”.

Jadi, kita harus mengatakan, "anak laki-laki".

The next word, “egg”, has the letter ‘e’ in front.

Kata berikutnya, "telur", memiliki huruf 'e' di depan.

‘e’ is a vowel.

'e' adalah vokal.

So, what do we put?

Jadi, apa yang kita taruh?

We put ‘an’.

Kami menempatkan 'an'.

If we read it, it sounds like “an egg.”

Jika kita membacanya, itu terdengar seperti "telur."

“an egg”.

"sebuah telur".

Okay, and the last word is “ant”.

Oke, dan kata terakhir adalah "semut".

“ant” starts with the vowel ‘a’.

"semut" dimulai dengan vokal 'a'.

So again, we must put……”an ant”.

Jadi sekali lagi, kita harus meletakkan……”semut”.

“an ant”.

"seekor semut".

Now, let’s go through these words together.

Sekarang, mari kita bahas kata-kata ini bersama-sama.

“a banana”. “a banana”.

"sebuah pisang". "sebuah pisang".

“an apple”. “an apple”.

"sebuah apel". "sebuah apel".

Keep in mind that when you have ‘an’ in front,

Ingatlah bahwa ketika Anda memiliki 'an' di depan,

it has to sound like almost one word.

itu harus terdengar seperti hampir satu kata.

“an apple”. “an apple”.

"sebuah apel". "sebuah apel".

“a cat”. “a cat”.

"Seekor kucing". "Seekor kucing".

“a boy”. “a boy”.

"laki-laki". "laki-laki".

“an egg”. “an egg”.

"sebuah telur". "sebuah telur".

“an egg”.

"sebuah telur".

Again, it sounds like one word.

Sekali lagi, itu terdengar seperti satu kata.

"an egg". 

"sebuah telur".

"an ant" "an ant"

"semut" "semut"

"an ant"

"semut"

Okay. Let’s move on the next part.

Oke. Mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian selanjutnya.

Okay, let’s do some extra practice.

Oke, mari kita lakukan beberapa latihan tambahan.

Ahhh, I have some nouns on the board.

Ahhh, saya punya beberapa kata benda di papan tulis.

Remember, a noun is a person, place, thing or animal.

Ingat, kata benda adalah orang, tempat, benda atau binatang.

So let’s go through them one by one.

Jadi mari kita pergi melalui mereka satu per satu.

“a book”, “book” is a thing.

"buku", "buku" adalah sesuatu.

It’s a thing that we read.

Itu adalah hal yang kita baca.

“park”, is a place. It’s a place we go.

"taman", adalah sebuah tempat. Ini adalah tempat kita pergi.

“umbrella” is a thing.

"payung" adalah sesuatu.

Right. Umbrella is a thing that we use when it’s raining.

Benar. Payung adalah benda yang kita gunakan saat hujan.

“elephant”. “elephant” is an animal.

"gajah". "gajah" adalah binatang.

“doctor”. “doctor” is a person.

"dokter". "dokter" adalah seseorang.

And “orange”. "orange" is a thing that we eat.

Dan "oranye". "jeruk" adalah sesuatu yang kita makan.

Okay. Now, I’m going to say ‘a’ or ‘an’ in front of the nouns.

Oke. Sekarang, saya akan mengatakan 'a' atau 'an' di depan kata benda.

I want you to listen and see if you can hear the difference.

Saya ingin Anda mendengarkan dan melihat apakah Anda dapat mendengar perbedaannya.

Okay…

Oke…

We have “book”.

Kami punya “buku”.

In that case we say, “a book”. “a book”.

Dalam hal ini kita katakan, "sebuah buku". "buku".

We have to say, “a book”.

Kita harus mengatakan, "sebuah buku".

Okay…

The next one is “park”.

Oke…

Yang berikutnya adalah “taman”.

We say, “a park”. “a park”.

Kami mengatakan, "taman". "sebuah taman".

Remember, we put ‘a’ in front of words that begin with consonants.

Ingat, kita meletakkan 'a' di depan kata-kata yang dimulai dengan konsonan.

‘b’ and ‘p’ are consonants.

'b' dan 'p' adalah konsonan.

That’s why we say, “a book”, “a park”.

Itu sebabnya kami mengatakan, "sebuah buku", "sebuah taman".

Okay…

Oke…

How about the next word?

Bagaimana dengan kata selanjutnya?

“an umbrella”.

"sebuah payung".

“an umbrella”.

"sebuah payung".

Could you here the difference? “an umbrella”.

Bisakah Anda di sini perbedaannya? "sebuah payung".

We say ‘an’ because umbrella starts with a vowel: ‘u’.

Kami mengatakan 'an' karena payung dimulai dengan vokal: 'u'.

“an umbrella”.

"sebuah payung".

Okay… “elephant”.

Oke… “gajah”.

We should we say?

Kita harus kita katakan?

“an elephant”. “an elephant”.

"seekor gajah". "seekor gajah".

Again, 'elephant' starts with a vowel.

Sekali lagi, 'gajah' dimulai dengan vokal.

“a doctor”. “a doctor”.

"dokter". "dokter".

“a doctor”.

"dokter".

And the last word, “an orange”. “an orange”.

Dan kata terakhir, "jeruk". "jeruk".

Again, we have to say, “an orange” because ‘o’ is a vowel.

Sekali lagi, kita harus mengatakan, "oranye" karena 'o' adalah vokal.

So, let’s go through each word one more time.

Jadi, mari kita bahas setiap kata sekali lagi.

“a book”. “a book”.

"buku". "buku".

Okay…

Oke…

“a park”. “a park”.

“taman”. "sebuah taman".

“an umbrella”. “an umbrella”.

"sebuah payung". "sebuah payung".

Notice it sounds like one word.

Perhatikan kedengarannya seperti satu kata.

“an umbrella”.

"sebuah payung".

“an elephant” “an elephant”

"seekor gajah" "gajah"

“a doctor” “a doctor”

"dokter" "dokter"

And the last one.

Dan yang terakhir.

“an orange” “an orange”

"jeruk" "jeruk"

Okay. So that’s the end of this video.

Oke. Jadi itulah akhir dari video ini.

I hope you can remember when to use ‘a’ and ‘an’.

Saya harap Anda dapat mengingat kapan harus menggunakan 'a' dan 'an'.

Okay, thank you. Bye.

Oke terima kasih. Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody and welcome to this video.

Hai semuanya dan selamat datang di video ini.

Now, in this lesson I’m going to talk about singular and plural nouns.

Sekarang, dalam pelajaran ini saya akan berbicara tentang kata benda tunggal dan jamak.

Okay. Singular means one.

Oke. Tunggal artinya satu.

And plural means more than one or many.

Dan jamak berarti lebih dari satu atau banyak.

Okay. So let’s look at the board.

Oke. Jadi mari kita lihat papannya.

This part is showing singular nouns.

Bagian ini menunjukkan kata benda tunggal.

Okay, remember, singular means one.

Oke, ingat, tunggal berarti satu.

Okay.

Oke.

So when the noun is singular, we put ‘a’ or ‘an’.

Jadi ketika kata bendanya tunggal, kita menempatkan 'a' atau 'an'.

So let’s look.

Jadi mari kita lihat.

“a ring”

"cincin"

That means one ring. “a ring”

Itu berarti satu cincin. “sebuah cincin”

“a dog” Again, one dog.

“seekor anjing” Sekali lagi, seekor anjing.

“a dog”

"seekor anjing"

“a teacher” One teacher.

"seorang guru" Seorang guru.

“a teacher”

"seorang guru"

“an apple” “an apple”

"sebuah apel" "sebuah apel"

One apple.

Satu apel.

“an egg” “an egg”

"telur" "telur"

One egg.

Satu telur.

So again, one…. noun is singular.

Jadi sekali lagi, satu…. kata benda itu tunggal.

Okay. Now over here, we have plural nouns.

Oke. Sekarang di sini, kita memiliki kata benda jamak.

Plural means more than one. Two, three, four, and so on.

Jamak berarti lebih dari satu. Dua, tiga, empat, dan seterusnya.

So, many. Okay.

Sangat banyak. Oke.

So, when we have a plural noun, we have to,

Jadi, ketika kita memiliki kata benda jamak, kita harus,

don’t forget, we have to put ‘s’ or ‘es’.

jangan lupa, kita harus meletakkan 's' atau 'es'.

Again, if there’s more than one,

Sekali lagi, jika ada lebih dari satu,

if the noun is plural,

jika kata bendanya jamak,

you have to put ‘s’ or ‘es’.

Anda harus meletakkan 's' atau 'es'.

Now the nouns here, you just have to add an ‘s’.

Sekarang kata benda di sini, Anda hanya perlu menambahkan 's'.

Okay, and we’re going to  go through them right now.

Oke, dan kita akan membahasnya sekarang.

“two rings”.

"dua cincin".

Okay, we had one ring. “a ring”.

Oke, kami punya satu cincin. "cincin".

Now we have “two rings.” With an ‘s’.

Sekarang kita memiliki "dua cincin". Dengan 's'.

Okay.

Oke.

We had “a dog”.

Kami memiliki "anjing".

The plural is “three dogs”.

Bentuk jamaknya adalah "tiga anjing".

Again, ‘s’ “three dogs”

Sekali lagi, 'tiga anjing'

“a teacher” One teacher

'seorang guru' Satu guru

“four teachers” “four teachers”

'empat guru' 'empat guru'

Don’t forget the ‘s’.

Jangan lupa 's'.

Okay, you must not forget that.

Oke, Anda tidak boleh melupakan itu.

“an apple”. That’s one apple.

"sebuah apel". Itu satu apel.

Then we have plural. “five apples”

Kemudian kita memiliki jamak. "lima apel"

“five apples”

"lima apel"

Okay. And the last one.

Oke. Dan yang terakhir.

“an egg”. One egg.

"sebuah telur". Satu telur.

“six eggs”

"enam telur"

Don’t forget ‘s’. “six eggs”

Jangan lupa 's'. "enam telur"

Okay. I really need you to remember that.

Oke. Aku benar-benar membutuhkanmu untuk mengingat itu.

“two rings”

“dua cincin”

“three dogs”

“tiga anjing”

“four teachers”

“empat guru”

“five apples”

“lima apel”

and “six eggs”.

dan “enam telur”.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Now we have some more nouns.

Sekarang kita memiliki beberapa kata benda lagi.

These nouns are a little bit different.

Kata benda ini sedikit berbeda.

Uhhh, when they’re singular it’s the same.

Uhhh, ketika mereka tunggal itu sama.

You put ‘a’ or ‘an’ in front.

Anda menempatkan 'a' atau 'an' di depan.

But when you want to make them  plural, you have to add ‘es’.

Tapi kalau mau dibuat jamak, harus ditambahin 'es'.

Remember, I said, you can add ‘s’ or ‘es’ to make a noun plural…more than one.

Ingat, saya katakan, Anda dapat menambahkan 's' atau 'es' untuk membuat kata benda jamak…lebih dari satu.

So again, these nouns you have to add ‘es’.

Jadi sekali lagi, kata benda ini Anda harus menambahkan 'es'.

So let’s go through them one more time.

Jadi mari kita membahasnya sekali lagi.

Okay. So we have “a bus”.

Oke. Jadi kita punya "bus".

“a bus”

“sebuah bus”

Again, that means one bus.

Sekali lagi, itu berarti satu bus.

“a box” “a box”

"sebuah kotak" "sebuah kotak"

“a watch” “a watch”

"sebuah jam tangan" "sebuah jam tangan"

Okay, one.

Oke, satu.

“a kiss” “a kiss”

"ciuman" "ciuman"

And “an ax”. “an ax”

Dan "kapak". "sebuah kapak"

One. “an ax”

Satu. "kapak"

Okay. Now, we’re going to move on to the plural.

Oke. Sekarang, kita akan beralih ke bentuk jamak.

Remember, again, to make the plural, or more 

Ingat, sekali lagi, untuk membuat bentuk jamak, atau lebih

than one, here, we add ‘es’. Okay.

dari satu, di sini, kita tambahkan 'es'. Oke.

“a bus” One.

"sebuah bus" Satu.

“two buses” “two buses”

“dua bus” “dua bus”

“a box”

“satu kotak”

“three boxes” “three boxes”

“tiga kotak” “tiga kotak”

“a watch”. “four watches”

“jam tangan”. "empat jam tangan"

‘es’ right. “four watches”

benar. "empat jam tangan"

“a kiss” One.

"ciuman" Satu.

“five kisses” “five kisses”

"lima ciuman" "lima ciuman"

Add the ‘es’.

Tambahkan 'es'.

And the last one.

Dan yang terakhir.

“an ax” “an ax”

"sebuah kapak" "sebuah kapak"

Okay, we have “six axes”. “six axes”

Oke, kita memiliki "enam sumbu". "enam sumbu"

So don’t forget. We have to put  

Jadi jangan lupa. Kita harus menempatkan

‘es’ to make these nouns plural.

'es' untuk membuat kata benda ini jamak.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

So, how do we know if we should put ‘s’ or ‘es’ to make the noun plural?

Jadi, bagaimana kita tahu jika kita harus menempatkan 's' atau 'es' untuk membuat kata benda jamak?

Well, for most nouns, you just have to put ‘s’.

Nah, untuk kebanyakan kata benda, Anda hanya perlu menambahkan 's'.

Okay, for most of them.

Oke, untuk sebagian besar dari mereka.

But, for some, you have to put ‘es’. And how do we know?

Tapi, untuk beberapa, Anda harus meletakkan 'es'. Dan bagaimana kita tahu?

Well…

Nah…

Let’s look at the board. We have some nouns.

Mari kita lihat papannya. Kami memiliki beberapa kata benda.

The first one is “church”. Okay.

Yang pertama adalah “gereja”. Oke.

“Church” ends in ‘ch’.

"Gereja" diakhiri dengan 'ch'.

So if the noun ends in ‘ch’, you have to put ‘es’.

Jadi jika kata benda berakhiran 'ch', Anda harus meletakkan 'es'.

Okay. So it becomes “churches”.

Oke. Jadi itu menjadi "gereja".

So again, if the noun ends in ‘ch’,

Jadi sekali lagi, jika kata benda berakhiran 'ch',

add ‘es’ at the end to make it plural.

tambahkan 'es' di akhir untuk membuatnya jamak.

The same goes for the next word “brush”.

Hal yang sama berlaku untuk kata "sikat" berikutnya.

You’ll notice “brush” ends in ‘sh’. Okay.

Anda akan melihat "brush" berakhiran 'sh'. Oke.

So if it ends in ‘sh’, same thing, we add ‘es’ at the end to make it plural.

Jadi jika diakhiri dengan 'sh', hal yang sama, kita tambahkan 'es' di akhir untuk membuatnya jamak.

Okay. The next word is 'fox'.

Oke. Kata berikutnya adalah 'rubah'.

We have the letter ‘x’ at the end. Okay.

Kami memiliki huruf 'x' di akhir. Oke.

All nouns that end in ‘x’, we have to put ‘es’ to make it plural.

Semua kata benda yang berakhiran 'x', kita harus meletakkan 'es' untuk membuatnya jamak.

Okay, so, ‘ch’, ‘sh’, ‘x’.

Oke, jadi, 'ch', 'sh', 'x'.

If the noun ends with these, put ‘es’.

Jika kata benda diakhiri dengan ini, letakkan 'es'.

And the last one is “dress”.

Dan yang terakhir adalah "pakaian".

Okay, we have ‘ss’ at the end.

Oke, kita punya 'ss' di akhir.

Same thing.

Hal yang sama.

Put ‘es’ at the end to make it plural.

Letakkan 'es' di akhir untuk membuatnya jamak.

Okay. “dresses”

Oke. “dresses”

Again, if it ends in ‘ss’ put ‘es’.

Sekali lagi, jika berakhiran 'ss', taruh 'es'.

Okay, so please, don’t  forget ‘ch’, ‘sh’, ‘x’, ‘ss’, 

Oke, jadi tolong, jangan lupa 'ch', 'sh', 'x', 'ss',

we must put ‘es’ at the end.

kita harus meletakkan 'es' di akhir.

Most of the other nouns we just add ‘s’.

Sebagian besar kata benda lain kita hanya menambahkan 's'.

Okay. Now we have some special nouns on this side.

Oke. Sekarang kita memiliki beberapa kata benda khusus di sisi ini.

“Potato, tomato, volcano”.

"Kentang, tomat, gunung berapi".

Now, most nouns that end in ‘o’, like “photo”,

Sekarang, kebanyakan kata benda yang berakhiran 'o', seperti "foto",

all we have to do is add an ‘s’ to make it plural.

yang harus kita lakukan adalah menambahkan 's' untuk menjadikannya jamak.

“photos”. Okay.

"foto". Oke.

But these are special because we actually 

Tapi ini spesial karena kita

have to put ‘es’ at the end… to make them…plural.

harus meletakkan 'es' di akhir… untuk membuatnya… jamak.

Okay. So we have “potatoes, tomatoes, volcanoes”.

Oke. Jadi kita punya "kentang, tomat, gunung berapi".

Again, these are a little bit special.

Sekali lagi, ini sedikit istimewa.

For most nouns that end in ‘o’, we just add ‘s’.

Untuk sebagian besar kata benda yang berakhiran 'o', kami hanya menambahkan 's'.

Okay, and, uhhh, let’s go to the final part.

Oke, dan, uhhh, mari kita ke bagian terakhir.

Okay, let’s do some extra practice.

Oke, mari kita lakukan beberapa latihan tambahan.

On the board, I have some nouns.

Di papan, saya memiliki beberapa kata benda.

Some are singular and some are plural.

Ada yang tunggal dan ada yang jamak.

We have to decide together  if we should put ‘s’ or ‘es’

Kita harus memutuskan bersama apakah kita harus menempatkan 's' atau 'es'

or make them singular. Okay.

atau membuatnya tunggal. Oke.

So you have to listen carefully and  remember what we learned in this video.

Jadi Anda harus mendengarkan dengan seksama dan mengingat apa yang kita pelajari dalam video ini.

Okay. “two books”

Oke. "dua buku"

Right, this is plural. There are two.

Benar, ini jamak. Ada dua.

“two books” We have to put an ‘s’.

"dua buku" Kita harus memberi tanda 's'.

“two books”

"dua buku"

Okay. The next one.

Oke. Yang selanjutnya.

“three class” Hmmmm.

"tiga kelas" Hmmmm.

“class” ends with an ‘s’. So what do we put?

"kelas" diakhiri dengan 's'. Jadi apa yang kita taruh?

“three classes” “three classes”

"tiga kelas" "tiga kelas"

Okay. So again the plural is “three classes”.

Oke. Jadi sekali lagi bentuk jamaknya adalah "tiga kelas".

Okay. 

Oke.

“a lion” “a lion”

"singa" "singa"

Do we have to put anything? No.

Apakah kita harus meletakkan sesuatu? Tidak.

No ‘s’ or ‘es’ because this is singular. There’s just one lion.

Tidak ada 's' atau 'es' karena ini tunggal. Hanya ada satu singa.

“a lion”

"singa"

“six hats” “six hats”

"enam topi" "enam topi"

We have to put an ‘s’. “six hats”

Kita harus memberi 's'. "enam topi"

Okay. The next noun is “seven match”.

Oke. Kata benda berikutnya adalah "tujuh pertandingan".

What do we put?

Apa yang kita taruh?

Well, we have a ‘ch’. So we have to put “matches”.

Yah, kita punya 'ch'. Jadi kita harus menempatkan "cocok".

“seven matches” “seven matches”

"tujuh pertandingan" "tujuh pertandingan"

Okay. And the last one is “one bat”.

Oke. Dan yang terakhir adalah "satu kelelawar".

“one bat”.

"satu kelelawar".

We do not put an ‘s’ or ‘es’ because again, it’s just one.

Kami tidak menambahkan 's' atau 'es' karena sekali lagi, itu hanya satu.

We don’t have to put anything after ‘bat’.

Kami tidak harus meletakkan apa pun setelah 'kelelawar'.

Okay, this is singular.

Oke, ini tunggal.

Okay, so, in this video, we learned how to make a noun singular.

Oke, jadi, di video ini, kita belajar cara membuat kata benda tunggal.

Okay. And how to make a noun plural.

Oke. Dan bagaimana membuat kata benda jamak.

Remember, singular means one. Plural means more than one.

Ingat, tunggal berarti satu. Jamak berarti lebih dari satu.

And remember, don’t forget, we have to put 

Dan ingat, jangan lupa, kita harus meletakkan

‘s’ or ‘es’. Okay.

's' atau 'es'. Oke.

And thanks for joining. That’s the end of this video.

Dan terima kasih telah bergabung. Itulah akhir dari video ini.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi everybody and welcome to this video.

Halo semuanya dan selamat datang di video ini.

In this video, we’re going to  talk about subjective pronouns.

Dalam video ini, kita akan berbicara tentang kata ganti subyektif.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

Here they are. The subjective pronouns.

Di sini mereka. Kata ganti subyektif.

Please take a careful look. They’re very important in English.

Harap perhatikan baik-baik. Mereka sangat penting dalam bahasa Inggris.

Okay. So, the first subjective pronoun is ‘I’.

Oke. Jadi, kata ganti subyektif pertama adalah 'aku'.

“I” means me. “I’m Esther”.

"Aku" berarti aku. "Saya Ester".

I

I

He Now, “he” is only used for boys or men.

He Sekarang, "dia" hanya digunakan untuk anak laki-laki atau laki-laki.

Okay. He

Oke. Dia

So another boy or man is “he”.

Jadi anak laki-laki atau laki-laki lain adalah "dia".

“She” is used for girls or women.

"Dia" digunakan untuk anak perempuan atau perempuan.

Okay. She

Oke. She

It “It”  

It “It”

is used for a place like a school, an animal like a dog, or a thing like a chair.

digunakan untuk tempat seperti sekolah, binatang seperti anjing, atau sesuatu seperti kursi.

Okay. It

Oke. Itu

The next one is “you”. “You” means you.

Yang berikutnya adalah "Anda". "Kamu" berarti kamu.

Okay. “you”.

Oke. "Anda".

We “We” means other people and me.

Kami “Kami” berarti orang lain dan saya.

For example, “I sing”, “you sing”, then “we sing”.

Misalnya, “Saya bernyanyi”, “kamu bernyanyi”, lalu “kami bernyanyi”.

Okay. “we”.

Oke. "kami".

And the last one is “they”.

Dan yang terakhir adalah "mereka".

“They” means many people,  places, animals or things.

“Mereka” berarti banyak orang, tempat, binatang, atau benda.

Okay. So, more than one.

Oke. Jadi, lebih dari satu.

If there’s more than one, we use  the subjective pronoun ‘they’.

Jika ada lebih dari satu, kita menggunakan kata ganti subyektif 'mereka'.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Okay, so let’s practice together  with subjective pronouns.

Oke, jadi mari kita berlatih bersama dengan kata ganti subyektif.

The first sentence on the  board says, “Jenny sings”.

Kalimat pertama di papan tulis berbunyi, "Jenny bernyanyi".

Now Jenny is one girl.

Sekarang Jenny adalah seorang gadis.

So we can say, “She sings”.

Jadi kita bisa mengatakan, "Dia bernyanyi".

“Jack sings”. Jack is one boy.

"Jack bernyanyi". Jack adalah satu anak laki-laki.

So we have to say, “he sings”.

Jadi kita harus mengatakan, "dia bernyanyi".

The last sentence says, “Jenny and Jack sing”.

Kalimat terakhir mengatakan, "Jenny dan Jack bernyanyi".

Now Jenny and Jack are two people.

Sekarang Jenny dan Jack adalah dua orang.

So we have to say, “they sing”.

Jadi kita harus mengatakan, "mereka bernyanyi".

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Okay, let’s do some more practice.

Oke, mari kita lakukan beberapa latihan lagi.

The first sentence on the board says,

Kalimat pertama di papan tulis berbunyi,

“The cat runs”.

"Kucing itu lari".

‘The cat’ is an animal, so we have to say, “It runs”.

'Kucing' adalah binatang, jadi kita harus mengatakan, "Ini lari".

The next sentence says, “The dog and cat run”.

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, “Anjing dan kucing lari”.

Now, ‘the dog and cat’, they are two animals.

Sekarang, 'anjing dan kucing', mereka adalah dua binatang.

So anytime you have two or more  things, we say, “They run”.

Jadi, kapan pun Anda memiliki dua atau lebih hal, kami mengatakan, "Mereka lari".

‘They’.

'Mereka'.

Okay, now, for the last sentence, I’m  going to talk about my cat, Ongee.

Oke, sekarang, untuk kalimat terakhir, saya akan berbicara tentang kucing saya, Ongee.

Ongee is a cat. He’s an animal.

Ongee adalah seekor kucing. Dia binatang.

But he has a name. He’s a boy cat.

Tapi dia punya nama. Dia anak kucing.

Okay and I love him. And he’s like family.

Oke dan aku mencintainya. Dan dia seperti keluarga.

So, “Ongee runs”. I can say “He runs”.

Jadi, "Ongee lari". Saya dapat mengatakan "Dia berlari".

Okay. Let’s move on to the next part.

Oke. Mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian selanjutnya.

Okay, here are some more examples.

Oke, ini beberapa contoh lagi.

But, this time, you have to figure out the subjective pronoun together with me.

Tapi, kali ini, Anda harus mencari tahu kata ganti subyektif bersama saya.

Okay. So, “My students study”.

Oke. Jadi, "Siswa saya belajar".

What should we use?

Apa yang harus kita gunakan?

Well, ‘My students’, there’s an ‘s’. Right.

Nah, 'Muridku', ada 's'. Benar.

They’re people and there’s more than one.

Mereka adalah orang-orang dan ada lebih dari satu.

Many people.

Banyak orang.

So we have to use the subjective pronoun, ‘they’.

Jadi kita harus menggunakan kata ganti subyektif, 'mereka'.

“They study”.

"Mereka belajar".

The next example.

Contoh berikutnya.

“John is handsome”.

“Yohanes tampan”.

Okay, ‘John’, that’s a person.

Oke, 'John', itu orangnya.

There’s only one. Right…

Hanya ada satu. Benar…

And it’s a boy, ‘John’.

Dan itu laki-laki, 'John'.

So what should we use?

Jadi apa yang harus kita gunakan?

We have to use the subjective pronoun, ‘he’.

Kita harus menggunakan kata ganti subyektif, 'dia'.

One boy. We say, “he”.

Satu anak laki-laki. Kami mengatakan, "dia".

“He is handsome”.

"Dia tampan".

Okay, the last one. “Pizza is delicious”.

Oke, yang terakhir. “Pizzanya enak”.

‘Pizza’ is a thing.

'Pizza' adalah sesuatu.

And there’s only one. Right.

Dan hanya ada satu. Benar.

There’s no ‘s’. One pizza.

Tidak ada 's'. Satu pizza.

We say, “it”.

Kami mengatakan, "itu".

“It is delicious”. Okay.

"Ini enak". Oke.

Let’s move on to some more examples.

Mari kita beralih ke beberapa contoh lagi.

Okay, the first example says,

Oke, contoh pertama mengatakan,

“Seoul is a city”.

"Seoul adalah sebuah kota".

Now, ‘Seoul’ is a place. Okay.

Sekarang, 'Seoul' adalah sebuah tempat. Oke.

So we have to use the subjective pronoun, ‘it’.

Jadi kita harus menggunakan kata ganti subyektif, 'itu'.

“It is a city”.

"Ini adalah sebuah kota".

The next example says,

Contoh selanjutnya mengatakan,

“My parents love Ongee”.

“Orang tua saya mencintai Ongee”.

Now, ‘Ongee’ is my cat. “My parents love Ongee”.

Sekarang, 'Ongee' adalah kucing saya. “Orang tuaku mencintai Ongee”.

Well, ‘my parents’, they are two people. My mom and my dad.

Nah, 'orang tua saya', mereka adalah dua orang. Ibuku dan ayahku.

So, what do I use?

Jadi, apa yang saya gunakan?

I have to say, “they”. “They love Ongee”.

Saya harus mengatakan, "mereka". “Mereka mencintai Ongee”.

The last example is very  similar to the second one.

Contoh terakhir sangat mirip dengan yang kedua.

“My parents and I love Ongee”. Okay.

“Orang tua saya dan saya mencintai Ongee”. Oke.

The difference is… it says, “and I”.

Perbedaannya adalah ... dikatakan, "dan saya".

So this is ‘my parents’ with ‘me’.

Jadi ini adalah 'orang tua saya' dengan 'saya'.

So I have to say, “we”. “We love Ongee”.

Jadi saya harus mengatakan, "kita". “Kami mencintai Ongee”.

Okay. All of us.

Oke. Kita semua.

Okay, so, in this video we  learned about subjective pronouns.

Oke, jadi, di video ini kita belajar tentang kata ganti subyektif.

I hope you guys have a good understanding  of ‘when’ and ‘how’ to use them.

Saya harap kalian memiliki pemahaman yang baik tentang 'kapan' dan 'bagaimana' menggunakannya.

Thank you for watching and I’ll see you guys next time.

Terima kasih telah menonton dan sampai jumpa di lain waktu.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody. Welcome to this video.

Hai semuanya. Selamat datang di video ini.

Now, in this video, we’re going to talk about subjective pronouns,

Sekarang, dalam video ini, kita akan berbicara tentang kata ganti subyektif, kata

‘be’ verbs, and also, contractions.

kerja 'be', dan juga, kontraksi.

So let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi mari kita lihat papannya.

Okay. First, we have the subjective pronouns.

Oke. Pertama, kita memiliki kata ganti subyektif.

And we have the ‘be’ verbs: am, is, and are.

Dan kita memiliki kata kerja 'be': am, is, and are.

Okay. So let’s look at the first one.

Oke. Jadi mari kita lihat yang pertama.

“I am”. “I am Esther”.

"Saya". "Saya Ester".

The contraction for ‘I am’ is ‘I’m’.

Kontraksi untuk 'saya' adalah 'saya'.

“I’m”.

"Aku".

Now, a contraction is a more common way of saying subjective pronouns and their ‘be’ verb.

Sekarang, kontraksi adalah cara yang lebih umum untuk mengatakan kata ganti subyektif dan kata kerja 'menjadi' mereka.

It’s faster and quicker and shorter.

Ini lebih cepat dan lebih cepat dan lebih pendek.

Okay, it’s more common.

Oke, itu lebih umum.

I want you to use contractions. Okay.

Saya ingin Anda menggunakan kontraksi. Oke.

So, “I am” becomes “I’m”.

Jadi, "saya" menjadi "saya".

“He is” – “he’s”.

"Dia" - "dia".

“She is” - “she’s”.

"Dia adalah dia".

“It is” - “it’s”.

"Ini" - "itu".

Okay, let’s move on to the bottom.

Oke, mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian bawah.

“You are” becomes “you’re”.

"Kamu" menjadi "kamu".

“You’re”.

"Kamu".

“We are” – “we’re”. “We’re”.

"Kami" - "kami". "Kami".

and “They are”. The contraction is “they’re”.

dan mereka". Kontraksinya adalah "mereka".

“They’re”.

"Mereka".

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Okay.

Oke.

We’re going to take a look at some sentences using the ‘be’ verbs.

Kita akan melihat beberapa kalimat yang menggunakan kata kerja 'be'.

Now, notice on the board,  I only used contractions.

Sekarang, perhatikan di papan, saya hanya menggunakan kontraksi.

Okay.

Oke.

For example, instead of “I am”, I’m going to say “I’m”.

Misalnya, alih-alih "Saya", saya akan mengatakan "Saya".

So, the first sentence. “I’m a student”.

Jadi, kalimat pertama. "Saya seorang pelajar".

Okay. This means one.

Oke. Ini berarti satu.

So we have to say, “a student”.

Jadi kita harus mengatakan, "seorang mahasiswa".

“a”

“a”

Now many people make the mistake of saying,

Sekarang banyak orang membuat kesalahan dengan mengatakan,

“I’m student”, but that’s wrong. Okay.

“Saya mahasiswa”, tapi itu salah. Oke.

You have to put ‘a’.

Anda harus meletakkan 'a'.

Now, before I read it, you  have to listen carefully.

Sekarang, sebelum saya membacanya, Anda harus mendengarkan dengan seksama.

‘I’m a’ - sounds like one word.

'I'm a' - terdengar seperti satu kata.

“I’m a…” “I’m a…”

"Saya adalah ..." "Saya adalah ..."

“I’m a student”.

"Saya seorang siswa".

Okay. Please repeat after me.

Oke. Tolong ulangi setelah saya.

“I’m a student”. “I’m a student”.

"Saya seorang pelajar". "Saya seorang pelajar".

Okay, the next one, again, sounds like one word.

Oke, yang berikutnya, sekali lagi, terdengar seperti satu kata.

“He’s a…”. “He’s a…”.

Okay.so…

“He’s a student”.

Please repeat.

"Dia adalah…". "Dia adalah…". Oke.jadi…

“Dia seorang mahasiswa”.

Tolong ulangi.

“He’s a student”. “He’s a student”.

"Dia seorang mahasiswa". "Dia seorang mahasiswa".

Same thing.

Hal yang sama.

“She’s a student”.

"Dia seorang siswa".

Please repeat.

Tolong ulangi.

“She’s a student”. “She’s a student”.

"Dia seorang siswa". "Dia seorang siswa".

Okay. The next sentence has ‘it’.

Oke. Kalimat berikutnya memiliki 'itu'.

Now remember, ‘it’ is only used for a place, a thing or an animal.

Sekarang ingat, 'itu' hanya digunakan untuk tempat, benda atau binatang.

So we can’t have those things be a student.

Jadi kita tidak bisa memiliki hal-hal itu menjadi mahasiswa.

So we have to say, “It’s a dog”.

Jadi kita harus mengatakan, "Ini anjing".

Okay, please repeat.

Oke, silakan ulangi.

“It’s a dog”. “It’s a dog”.

"Itu anjing". "Itu anjing".

Okay, the next one.

Oke, yang berikutnya.

“You’re a student”.

"Kamu seorang mahasiswa".

Please repeat.

Tolong ulangi.

“You’re a student”. “You’re a student”.

"Kamu seorang mahasiswa". "Kamu seorang mahasiswa".

Okay. Now let’s look at ‘we’re’.

Oke. Sekarang mari kita lihat 'kita'.

“We’re students”. Okay.

"Kami mahasiswa". Oke.

We took out the ‘a’ and we put an ‘s’

Kami menghilangkan 'a' dan memberi 's'

because ‘we’re’ means many people.

karena 'we're' berarti banyak orang.

Not one student, but many students.

Bukan satu siswa, tetapi banyak siswa.

So, we have to say, “we’re students”.

Jadi, kita harus mengatakan, "kami adalah mahasiswa".

Please repeat.

Tolong ulangi.

“We’re students”. “We’re students”.

"Kami mahasiswa". "Kami mahasiswa".

The same thing goes for ‘they’.

Hal yang sama berlaku untuk 'mereka'.

Again, ‘they’ means many people…or many things.

Sekali lagi, 'mereka' berarti banyak orang…atau banyak hal.

Here, we put ‘s’. And we took out the ‘a’.

Di sini, kami menempatkan 's'. Dan kami mengeluarkan 'a'.

So, “they’re students”.

Jadi, "mereka mahasiswa".

Please repeat.

Tolong ulangi.

“They’re students”. “They’re students”.

"Mereka mahasiswa". "Mereka mahasiswa".

Okay, we’re going to look at some more examples.

Oke, kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi.

Please listen and repeat carefully.

Silakan dengarkan dan ulangi dengan seksama.

Let’s start with the first one: “I’m”.

Mari kita mulai dengan yang pertama: "Saya".

“I’m a boy”. “I’m a boy”.

"Aku laki-laki". "Aku laki-laki".

“I’m a girl”. “I’m a girl”.

"Aku seorang gadis". "Aku seorang gadis".

“He’s”.

“He’s a man”. “He’s a man”.

"Dia".

"Dia laki-laki". "Dia laki-laki".

“He’s a boy”. “He’s a boy”.

"Dia laki-laki". "Dia laki-laki".

“She’s”.

“She’s a woman”. “She’s a woman”.

"Dia". "Dia seorang wanita". "Dia seorang wanita".

“She’s a girl”. “She’s a girl”.

"Dia perempuan". "Dia perempuan".

“It’s”.

"Nya". "Itu kursi". "Itu kursi".

“It’s a chair”. “It’s a chair”.

“It’s a cat”. “It’s a cat”.

"Itu kucing". "Itu kucing".

“You’re”.

"Kamu".

“You’re a singer”. “You’re a singer”.

"Kamu seorang penyanyi". "Kamu seorang penyanyi".

“You’re a friend”. “You’re a friend”.

"Kamu adalah teman". "Kamu adalah teman".

“We’re”.

“We’re sisters”. “We’re sisters”.

"Kami".

"Kami saudara". "Kami saudara".

“We’re brothers”. “We’re brothers”.

"Kami bersaudara". "Kami bersaudara".

“They’re”.

“They’re people”. “They’re people”.

"Mereka". "Mereka orang". "Mereka orang".

“They’re cars”. “They’re cars”.

"Mereka mobil". "Mereka mobil".

Well I hope that this video helped you understand

Semoga video ini membantu Anda memahami

how to use subjective pronouns,

cara menggunakan kata ganti subyektif, kata

their ‘be’ verbs, and also contractions.

kerja 'menjadi' mereka, dan juga kontraksi.

Now, before we go, I wanted to share a  little bit about myself using the lesson.

Sekarang, sebelum kita pergi, saya ingin berbagi sedikit tentang diri saya menggunakan pelajaran.

So, first, remember, “I’m a…”.

Jadi, pertama-tama, ingat, "Saya adalah...".

“I’m a girl”.

"Aku seorang gadis".

Also, “I’m a teacher”.

Juga, "Saya seorang guru".

“I’m an American”.

"Saya orang Amerika".

Now, the word ‘American’  starts with the vowel ‘a’,

Sekarang, kata 'Amerika' dimulai dengan vokal 'a',

so we have to say ‘an’.

jadi kita harus mengucapkan 'an'.

“I’m an American”.

"Saya orang Amerika".

And “I’m an animal lover”.

Dan "Saya seorang penyayang binatang".

Again, same thing.

Sekali lagi, hal yang sama.

‘Animal’ starts with the vowel ‘a’,

'Hewan' dimulai dengan vokal 'a',

so we have to put ‘an’.

jadi kita harus meletakkan 'an'.

“I’m an animal lover”.

“Saya seorang penyayang binatang”.

And that means someone who loves animals.

Dan itu berarti seseorang yang mencintai binatang.

I love dogs and cats and other animals.

Saya suka anjing dan kucing dan hewan lainnya.

So, “I’m an animal lover”.

Jadi, "Saya seorang penyayang binatang".

Okay.

Well, that’s it and thank you for watching.

Oke.

Sekian dan terima kasih sudah menonton.

And I’ll see you guys next time.

Dan sampai jumpa di lain waktu.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going to talk about subjective pronouns,

Dalam video ini, kita akan berbicara tentang kata ganti subyektif, kata

‘be’ verbs,

kerja 'menjadi',

and how to use them with the word ‘not’.

dan bagaimana menggunakannya dengan kata 'tidak'.

Okay. So, let’s look at the board to help us out.

Oke. Jadi, mari kita lihat papan untuk membantu kita.

Now the first sentence says, “I’m not a student”.

Sekarang kalimat pertama mengatakan, "Saya bukan mahasiswa".

‘Not’ means it’s not true.

'Tidak' berarti itu tidak benar.

No.

Tidak.

So remember, “I’m a student” means ‘yes’.

Jadi ingat, “Saya seorang siswa” berarti 'ya'.

“I’m a student”.

"Saya seorang pelajar".

I go to school, and I learn.

Saya pergi ke sekolah, dan saya belajar.

“I’m not a student” means ‘no’.

"Saya bukan mahasiswa" berarti 'tidak'.

“I’m a teacher” or “No, I’m not a student”.

“Saya seorang guru” atau “Tidak, saya bukan siswa”.

Okay.

Oke.

Now, notice, we first have the subjective pronoun and the ‘be’ verb.

Sekarang, perhatikan, pertama-tama kita memiliki kata ganti subyektif dan kata kerja 'menjadi'.

Then, we put ‘not’.

Kemudian, kami menempatkan 'tidak'.

Okay.

Oke.

‘Not’ comes after.

'Tidak' muncul setelahnya.

And then we have the noun.

Dan kemudian kita memiliki kata benda.

Okay.

Oke.

“I’m not a student”.

“Saya bukan mahasiswa”.

Okay.

Now, also, listen carefully.

Oke.

Sekarang, juga, dengarkan baik-baik.

“Not a…” sounds like one word.

"Bukan ..." terdengar seperti satu kata.

“I’m not a student”.

“Saya bukan mahasiswa”.

“Not a…”.

"Tidak a…".

“I’m not a student”.

“Saya bukan mahasiswa”.

Okay, let’s look at the next one.

Oke, mari kita lihat yang berikutnya.

“He’s not a student”.

"Dia bukan mahasiswa".

“He’s not a student”.

"Dia bukan mahasiswa".

“She’s not a student”.

"Dia bukan mahasiswa".

“She’s not a student”.

"Dia bukan mahasiswa".

“It’s not a dog”.

"Itu bukan anjing".

Remember, ‘it’ is used for place, thing or animal.

Ingat, 'itu' digunakan untuk tempat, benda atau binatang.

So, “It’s not a dog”.

Jadi, "Ini bukan anjing".

Okay.

Oke.

“You’re not a student”.

"Kamu bukan mahasiswa".

“You’re not a student”.

"Kamu bukan mahasiswa".

Okay, the next one is a little bit different.

Oke, yang berikutnya sedikit berbeda.

We have ‘we are’.

Kami memiliki 'kita'.

“We’re”.

Now, remember, ‘we’ means more than one.

"Kami".

Sekarang, ingat, 'kita' berarti lebih dari satu.

Many.

Okay.

Banyak.

Oke.

So we say “students”.

Jadi kami menyebutnya "mahasiswa".

We put an ‘s’ and we don’t put an ‘a’ in front.

Kami menempatkan 's' dan kami tidak menempatkan 'a' di depan.

“We’re not students”.

"Kami bukan mahasiswa".

“We’re not students”.

"Kami bukan mahasiswa".

Okay. And ‘they’re’ is the same thing.

Oke. Dan 'mereka' adalah hal yang sama.

It means more than one.

Artinya lebih dari satu.

So, “They’re not students”.

Jadi, "Mereka bukan mahasiswa".

“They’re not students”.

"Mereka bukan siswa".

Okay, we’re going to look at some more examples.

Oke, kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi.

I want you to listen carefully and repeat after the examples.

Saya ingin Anda mendengarkan dengan seksama dan mengulangi setelah contoh.

Let’s start with the first one.

Mari kita mulai dengan yang pertama.

“I’m not”.

"Aku tidak".

“I’m not a boy”.

"Aku bukan anak laki-laki".

“I’m not a boy”.

"Aku bukan anak laki-laki".

“I’m not a girl”.

"Aku bukan perempuan".

“I’m not a girl”.

"Aku bukan perempuan".

“He’s not”.

"Bukan dia".

“He’s not a man”.

"Dia bukan laki-laki".

“He’s not a man”.

"Dia bukan laki-laki".

“He’s not a boy”.

"Dia bukan anak laki-laki".

“He’s not a boy”.

"Dia bukan anak laki-laki".

“She’s not”.

"Dia tidak".

“She’s not a woman”.

"Dia bukan wanita".

“She’s not a woman”.

"Dia bukan wanita".

“She’s not a girl”.

"Dia bukan perempuan".

“She’s not a girl”.

"Dia bukan perempuan".

“It’s not”.

"Ini bukan".

“It’s not a chair”.

"Itu bukan kursi".

“It’s not a chair”.

"Itu bukan kursi".

“It’s not a cat”.

"Itu bukan kucing".

“It’s not a cat”.

"Itu bukan kucing".

“You’re not”.

"Kamu bukan".

“You’re not a singer”

"Kamu bukan penyanyi"

“You’re not a singer”.

"Kamu bukan penyanyi".

“You’re not a friend”.

"Kamu bukan teman".

“You’re not a friend”.

"Kamu bukan teman".

“We’re not”.

"Tidak".

“We’re not sisters”.

"Kami bukan saudara".

“We’re not sisters”.

"Kami bukan saudara".

“We’re not brothers”.

"Kami bukan saudara".

“We’re not brothers”.

"Kami bukan saudara".

“They’re not”.

"Mereka tidak".

“They’re not people”.

"Mereka bukan orang".

“They’re not people”.

"Mereka bukan orang".

“They’re not cars”.

"Mereka bukan mobil".

“They’re not cars”.

"Mereka bukan mobil".

Okay, so in this video, we learned how to use subjective pronouns

Oke, jadi di video ini, kita belajar cara menggunakan kata ganti subyektif

with the ‘be’ verb

dengan kata kerja 'be'

and how to use them with the word ‘not’. Okay.

dan cara menggunakannya dengan kata 'tidak'. Oke.

So, I wrote some sentences about  myself using what we learned.

Jadi, saya menulis beberapa kalimat tentang diri saya menggunakan apa yang kami pelajari.

So remember, “I’m not a…”.

Jadi ingat, "Saya bukan ...".

Okay.

Oke.

“I’m not a boy”.

"Aku bukan anak laki-laki".

“I’m not a boy”.

"Aku bukan anak laki-laki".

“I’m not a student”.

“Saya bukan mahasiswa”.

“I’m not a student”.

“Saya bukan mahasiswa”.

“I’m not a Canadian”.

“Saya bukan orang Kanada”.

“I’m not a Canadian”.

“Saya bukan orang Kanada”.

And the last one.

Dan yang terakhir.

“I’m not a loser”.

"Aku bukan pecundang".

“I’m not a loser”.

"Aku bukan pecundang".

Okay.

Oke.

So that was a little bit about me.

Jadi itu sedikit tentang saya.

Thanks for watching and  I’ll see you guys next time.

Terima kasih telah menonton dan sampai jumpa di lain waktu.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, I’m going to talk about how to make questions using subjective pronouns

Dalam video ini, saya akan berbicara tentang cara membuat pertanyaan menggunakan kata ganti subyektif

and ‘be’ verbs.

dan kata kerja 'be'.

Okay.

Oke.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

So, this example sentence says.

Jadi, contoh kalimat ini mengatakan.

“I’m a student”.

"Saya seorang pelajar".

Okay.

Oke.

Remember, “I’m” is just a contraction for “I am”.

Ingat, "Saya" hanyalah singkatan dari "Saya".

Okay.

Oke.

So, “I’m a student”.

Jadi, "Saya seorang mahasiswa".

“I am a student”.

"Saya seorang murid".

They mean the same thing.

Mereka berarti hal yang sama.

Now when we want to make a question,

Sekarang ketika kita ingin membuat pertanyaan,

we just have to make a simple  change. It’s very easy.

kita hanya perlu membuat perubahan sederhana. Ini sangat mudah.

All you have to do is put  the ‘be’ verb in the front.

Yang harus Anda lakukan adalah meletakkan kata kerja 'be' di depan.

Okay.

Oke.

So, “Am I a student?”.

Jadi, "Apakah saya seorang mahasiswa?".

“Am I a student?”.

“Apakah saya seorang mahasiswa?”.

The ‘be’ verb comes in the front.

Kata kerja 'be' muncul di depan.

Okay.

I also want you to listen to my intonation.

Oke.

Saya juga ingin Anda mendengarkan intonasi saya.

When I say it in a sentence, “I’m a student”.

Ketika saya mengatakannya dalam sebuah kalimat, "Saya seorang siswa".

“I’m a student”.

"Saya seorang pelajar".

Okay, then when I say it in a question.

Oke, kalau begitu ketika saya mengatakannya dalam sebuah pertanyaan.

“Am I a student?”.

“Apakah saya seorang mahasiswa?”.

“Am I a student?”.

“Apakah saya seorang mahasiswa?”.

Notice my intonation goes up for the question.

Perhatikan intonasi saya naik untuk pertanyaan itu.

Okay, now there are two possible answers for this question.

Oke, sekarang ada dua kemungkinan jawaban untuk pertanyaan ini.

“Am I a student?”.

“Apakah saya seorang mahasiswa?”.

The answers you can say are: “Yes, I am”.

Jawaban yang dapat Anda katakan adalah: “Ya, saya”.

“Yes, I am”.

"Ya, benar".

Okay.

Oke.

And, “No, I’m not”.

Dan, "Tidak, saya tidak".

“No, I’m not”.

"Tidak, bukan aku".

Okay.

Oke.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi.

Please make sure you repeat after each example.

Pastikan Anda mengulanginya setelah setiap contoh.

Let’s look at the first one.

Mari kita lihat yang pertama.

“Am I…?”.

“Apakah saya…?”.

“Am I a girl?”.

"Apakah aku seorang gadis?".

“Yes, I am”.

"Ya, benar".

“Am I a boy?”.

“Apakah saya laki-laki?”.

“No, I’m not”.

"Tidak, bukan aku".

“Am I a singer?”.

“Apakah saya seorang penyanyi?”.

“Yes, I am”.

"Ya, benar".

“Am I a friend?”.

"Apakah saya seorang teman?".

“No, I’m not”.

"Tidak, bukan aku".

Now, we’re going to talk about “he is” and “she is” and how to use them in questions.

Sekarang, kita akan berbicara tentang "dia" dan "dia" dan bagaimana menggunakannya dalam pertanyaan.

So let’s look at the sentence on the board.

Jadi mari kita lihat kalimat di papan tulis.

“He’s a doctor”.

"Dia seorang dokter".

Or…

Atau…

“She’s a doctor”.

“Dia seorang dokter”.

Remember, “he’s” and “she’s” are contractions for “he is” and “she is”.

Ingat, "dia" dan "dia" adalah singkatan dari "dia" dan "dia".

The ‘be’ verb there is ‘is’.

Kata kerja 'be' di sana adalah 'is'.

So, when we make a question, we have to move the ‘be’ verb to the front.

Jadi, ketika kita membuat pertanyaan, kita harus memindahkan kata kerja 'be' ke depan.

Okay.

So we put ‘is’ in the front.

Oke.

Jadi kami menempatkan 'adalah' di depan.

“Is he a doctor?”.

"Apakah dia seorang dokter?".

“Is she a doctor?”.

"Apakah dia seorang dokter?".

Okay.

Oke.

Very easy.

Sangat mudah.

Just put the ‘be’ verb in the front.

Letakkan saja kata kerja 'be' di depan.

Now I want you to listen to the intonation again.

Sekarang saya ingin Anda mendengarkan intonasinya lagi.

“He’s a doctor”.

"Dia seorang dokter".

Okay.

Oke.

The intonation is going down.

Intonasinya turun.

“Is he a doctor?”.

"Apakah dia seorang dokter?".

In the question, again, the intonation goes up.

Dalam pertanyaan, sekali lagi, intonasinya naik.

Okay.

Oke.

Now when you answer, they are several possible answers you can give.

Sekarang ketika Anda menjawab, itu adalah beberapa kemungkinan jawaban yang dapat Anda berikan.

So…

Jadi ...

“Yes, he is”.

"Ya, dia".

Or…

Atau ...

“Yes, she is”.

"Ya, dia".

Okay.

That’s easy.

Oke.

Itu mudah.

When you come to know, this is where it gets a little tricky, but you can do it.

Ketika Anda mengetahuinya, ini adalah tempat yang sedikit rumit, tetapi Anda bisa melakukannya.

“No, he isn’t”.

"Tidak, dia tidak".

Okay, “isn’t” is a contraction for “is not”.

Oke, "bukan" adalah singkatan dari "bukan".

Okay.

Oke.

“No, he isn’t”.

"Tidak, dia tidak".

Or…

Atau ...

“No, she isn’t”.

"Tidak, dia tidak".

Okay, so you can use “she isn’t”, “he isn’t”.

Oke, jadi Anda bisa menggunakan "dia tidak", "dia tidak".

Another answer you can give is “No, he’s not”.

Jawaban lain yang bisa Anda berikan adalah “Tidak, dia tidak”.

Or…

Atau ...

“No, she’s not”.

"Tidak, dia tidak".

You already know this is a contraction for ‘he is’ and ‘she is’.

Anda sudah tahu ini adalah singkatan dari 'dia' dan 'dia'.

So, “No, he’s not”.

Jadi, "Tidak, dia tidak".

“No, she’s not”.

"Tidak, dia tidak".

Okay.

So these are both common.

Oke.

Jadi keduanya sama-sama umum.

And they’re both ok to use.

Dan keduanya baik-baik saja untuk digunakan.

Okay.

Oke.

So, remember, we can give two  different answers for ‘no’.

Jadi, ingat, kita bisa memberikan dua jawaban berbeda untuk 'tidak'.

Alright, now we’re going to  look at some more examples.

Baiklah, sekarang kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi.

Please make sure you repeat after each example.

Pastikan Anda mengulanginya setelah setiap contoh.

“Is he…?”, “Is she…?”.

“Apakah dia…?”, “Apakah dia…?”.

“Is he a man?”

"Apakah dia laki-laki?"

“Yes, he is”.

"Ya, dia".

“Is he a cowboy?”.

"Apakah dia seorang koboi?".

“No, he isn’t.”

"Tidak, dia tidak."

“Is she a woman?”

"Apakah dia seorang wanita?"

“Yes, she is”.

"Ya dia".

“Is she a cowgirl?”.

"Apakah dia seorang cowgirl?".

“No, she’s not.

“Tidak, dia tidak.

Now, we’re going to move on to ‘it is’.

Sekarang, kita akan beralih ke 'itu'.

Okay.

And how to use that in a question.

Oke.

Dan bagaimana menggunakannya dalam sebuah pertanyaan.

So, let’s look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

“It’s a dog”.

"Itu anjing".

Okay, we have the contraction “it’s”.

Oke, kita memiliki kontraksi "itu".

Remember, “it’s” is a contraction for “it is”.

Ingat, "itu" adalah singkatan dari "itu".

The ‘be’ verb is ‘is’.

Kata kerja 'menjadi' adalah 'adalah'.

When we make a question, remember, we have to put the ‘be’ verb in the front.

Ketika kita membuat pertanyaan, ingat, kita harus meletakkan kata kerja 'be' di depan.

“Is it a dog?”

"Apakah itu anjing?"

“Is it a dog?”

"Apakah itu anjing?"

Okay.

Oke.

The intonation goes up for the question.

Intonasi naik untuk pertanyaan.

“Is it a dog?”

"Apakah itu anjing?"

Okay.

Oke.

Now, there are several answers you can give.

Sekarang, ada beberapa jawaban yang bisa Anda berikan.

The first one is “Yes, it is”.

Yang pertama adalah "Ya, itu".

“Yes, it is”.

"Ya itu".

Okay.

Oke.

When you say “no”, you can give two answers.

Ketika Anda mengatakan "tidak", Anda dapat memberikan dua jawaban.

“No, it isn’t”.

"Tidak, tidak".

“No, it isn’t”.

"Tidak, tidak".

Remember, “isn’t” is a contraction for “is not”.

Ingat, "bukan" adalah singkatan dari "bukan".

Okay.

Oke.

We can also say “No, it’s not”.

Kita juga bisa mengatakan "Tidak, tidak".

“No, it’s not”.

"Tidak, tidak".

“It’s” is a contraction for “it is”.

"It's" adalah singkatan dari "it is".

Okay.

So again, remember, we have these two answers for ‘no’, but they’re both common and

Oke.

Jadi sekali lagi, ingat, kita memiliki dua jawaban ini untuk 'tidak', tetapi keduanya sama-sama umum dan

they’re both ok to use when you say “no”.

keduanya boleh digunakan saat Anda mengatakan "tidak".

Okay.

Oke.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi.

Please make sure you follow  and repeat after each one.

Pastikan Anda mengikuti dan ulangi setelah masing-masing.

“Is it…?”.

"Apakah itu…?".

“Is it a book?”.

"Apakah itu sebuah buku?".

“Yes, it is”.

"Ya itu".

“Is it a chair?”.

"Apakah itu kursi?".

“No, it isn’t”.

"Tidak, tidak".

“Is it a shoe?”.

"Apakah itu sepatu?".

“Yes, it is”.

"Ya itu".

“Is it a car?”.

"Apakah itu mobil?".

“No, it’s not”.

"Tidak, tidak".

Now, we’re going to move on to “you are” and put that in a question.

Sekarang, kita akan beralih ke "Anda" dan mengajukan pertanyaan.

Okay.

Oke.

On the board the sentence says.

Di papan itu tertulis kalimat.

“You’re a boy”.

"Kamu laki-laki".

Remember, “you’re” is a contraction for “you are”.

Ingat, "Anda" adalah singkatan dari "Anda".

The ‘be’ verb is ‘are’.

Kata kerja 'menjadi' adalah 'adalah'.

So we have to put that in  the front of the question.

Jadi kita harus meletakkannya di depan pertanyaan.

“Are you a boy?”

"Apakah kamu laki-laki?"

“Are you a boy?”

"Apakah kamu laki-laki?"

Okay.

Oke.

When we answer, it’s very simple.

Ketika kami menjawab, itu sangat sederhana.

We can say, “Yes, I am” or “No, I’m not”.

Kita bisa mengatakan, "Ya, saya" atau "Tidak, saya tidak".

Okay.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Oke.

Kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi.

Please follow and repeat after each one.

Silakan ikuti dan ulangi setelah masing-masing.

“Are you…?”

"Apakah kamu…?"

“Are you a Korean?”

“Apakah kamu orang Korea?”

“Yes, I am.”

"Ya, benar."

“Are you a clown?”

"Apakah kamu badut?"

“No, I’m not.”

"Tidak, bukan aku."

“Are you a nurse?”

"Apakah kamu seorang perawat?"

“Yes, I am.”

"Ya, benar."

“Are you a dancer?”

"Apakah kamu seorang penari?"

“No, I’m not.”

"Tidak, bukan aku."

Now, let’s talk about “we are” and how to use that in a question.

Sekarang, mari kita bicara tentang "kita" dan bagaimana menggunakannya dalam sebuah pertanyaan.

Okay.

So the sentence here says, “We’re teachers”.

Oke.

Jadi kalimat di sini mengatakan, "Kami adalah guru".

Okay.

Oke.

“We’re” is a contraction from “we are”.

"We're" adalah singkatan dari "we are".

So the ‘be’ verb ‘are’ goes in the front.

Jadi kata kerja 'be' 'are' diletakkan di depan.

“Are we teachers?”

"Apakah kita guru?"

“Are we teachers?”

"Apakah kita guru?"

Okay.

Oke.

When we answer, we can say several things.

Ketika kita menjawab, kita dapat mengatakan beberapa hal.

“Yes, we are.”

“Ya, kami.”

“Yes, we are.”

“Ya, kami.”

Or…

Atau…

“No, we aren’t.”

“Tidak, kami tidak.”

Listen… “aren’t.”

Dengar… “tidak.”

“No, we aren’t.”

“Tidak, kami tidak.”

“Aren’t” is a contraction for “are not”.

"Apakah tidak" adalah singkatan dari "tidak".

Or we can say, “No, we’re not”.

Atau kita bisa mengatakan, "Tidak, kami tidak".

“No, we’re not”.

"Tidak, kami tidak".

And you know “We’re” is a  contraction for “we are”.

Dan Anda tahu "Kami" adalah singkatan dari "kami".

Okay.

Oke.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi.

Please repeat after each one.

Harap ulangi setelah masing-masing.

“Are we…?”

"Apakah kita…?"

“Are we boys?”

"Apakah kita anak laki-laki?"

“Yes, we are.”

“Ya, kami.”

“Are we girls?”

"Apakah kita perempuan?"

“No, we aren’t.”

“Tidak, kami tidak.”

“Are we friends?”

"Apakah kita teman?"

“Yes, we are.”

“Ya, kami.”

“Are we pro-gamers?”

“Apakah kita pro-gamer?”

“No, we aren’t.”

“Tidak, kami tidak.”

Now, we’re moving on to ‘they are’ in a question.

Sekarang, kita beralih ke 'mereka' dalam sebuah pertanyaan.

The sentence on the board says, “They’re friends”.

Kalimat di papan itu berbunyi, “Mereka berteman”.

Remember, ‘They’re’ is a  contraction for ‘they are’.

Ingat, 'Mereka' adalah singkatan dari 'mereka'.

The ‘be’ verb ‘are’ goes in the front of the question.

Kata kerja 'be' 'are' diletakkan di depan pertanyaan.

“Are they friends?”

"Apakah mereka berteman?"

“Are they friends?”

"Apakah mereka berteman?"

Okay.

Now when we answer, we can say, “Yes, they are.”

Oke.

Sekarang ketika kita menjawab, kita dapat mengatakan, “Ya, mereka.”

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

Or, we can say, “No, they aren’t.”

Atau, kita dapat mengatakan, "Tidak, mereka tidak."

“No, they aren’t.”

"Tidak, mereka tidak."

‘Aren’t’ is a contraction for ‘are not’.

'Aren't' adalah singkatan dari 'not'.

The last thing we can say is “No, they’re not”.

Hal terakhir yang bisa kita katakan adalah "Tidak, mereka tidak".

“No, they’re not.”

"Tidak, mereka bukan."

‘They’re’ is a contraction for ‘they are’.

'Mereka' adalah singkatan dari 'mereka'.

These two answers for ‘no’ are both correct.

Kedua jawaban untuk 'tidak' ini sama-sama benar.

And they’re both common.

Dan keduanya sama-sama biasa.

So you can say either one.

Jadi Anda bisa mengatakan salah satunya.

Okay.

We’re going to look at some more examples now.

Oke.

Kita akan melihat beberapa contoh lagi sekarang.

Please repeat after each example.

Harap ulangi setelah setiap contoh.

“Are they…?”

"Apakah mereka…?"

“Are they tourists?”

"Apakah mereka turis?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

“Are they dogs?”

"Apakah mereka anjing?"

“No, they aren’t.”

"Tidak, mereka tidak."

“Are they computers?”

"Apakah mereka komputer?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

“Are they birds?”

"Apakah mereka burung?"

“No, they’re not.”

"Tidak, mereka bukan."

Okay.

Oke.

In this lesson, we learned how to change a 

Dalam pelajaran ini, kita belajar bagaimana mengubah

subjective pronoun and a  ‘be’ verb into a question.

kata ganti subyektif dan kata kerja 'menjadi' menjadi sebuah pertanyaan.

Remember, when you’re making a question, you have to put the ‘b’ verb in the beginning.

Ingat, ketika Anda membuat pertanyaan, Anda harus meletakkan kata kerja 'b' di awal.

Okay.

Oke.

Alright, that’s the end of this video.

Baiklah, itulah akhir dari video ini.

Thanks for watching.

Terima kasih telah menonton.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Okay, so this is a review video.

Oke, jadi ini adalah video ulasan.

We learned about subjective  pronouns and ‘be’ verbs.

Kami belajar tentang kata ganti subyektif dan kata kerja 'menjadi'.

We also learned how to use them in a negative sentence and in a question.

Kami juga belajar bagaimana menggunakannya dalam kalimat negatif dan pertanyaan.

So, let’s look at the board for review.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papan untuk ditinjau.

“I am a teacher.”

"Saya seorang guru."

Remember, ‘am’ is the ‘be’ verb.

Ingat, 'am' adalah kata kerja 'be'.

“I am a teacher.”

"Saya seorang guru."

Okay, we also learned contractions: “I’m”.

Oke, kami juga belajar kontraksi: "Saya".

“I’m a teacher.”

"Saya seorang guru."

“I’m a teacher.”

"Saya seorang guru."

Okay, this is a negative sentence.

Oke, ini adalah kalimat negatif.

“I’m not a teacher.”

"Saya bukan guru."

“I’m not a teacher.”

"Saya bukan guru."

Remember, ‘not’ goes after the ‘be’ verb.

Ingat, 'not' digunakan setelah kata kerja 'be'.

Okay.

And here’s a question.

Oke.

Dan inilah pertanyaannya.

“Am I a teacher?”

“Apakah saya seorang guru?”

“Am I a teacher?”

“Apakah saya seorang guru?”

Remember, the ‘be’ verb comes in the front for a question.

Ingat, kata kerja 'be' muncul di depan untuk sebuah pertanyaan.

Okay.

We’re going to listen to some more examples.

Oke.

Kita akan mendengarkan beberapa contoh lagi.

I want you to repeat after each one.

Saya ingin Anda mengulanginya setelah masing-masing.

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

“He is a king.”

“Dia adalah seorang raja.”

“He is a king.”

“Dia adalah seorang raja.”

“He’s a king.”

“Dia seorang raja.”

“He’s a king.”

“Dia seorang raja.”

“He’s not a king.”

"Dia bukan raja."

“He’s not a king.”

"Dia bukan raja."

“Is he a king?”

"Apakah dia seorang raja?"

“Is he a king?”

"Apakah dia seorang raja?"

Next.

Berikutnya.

“She is a queen.”

“Dia adalah seorang ratu.”

“She is a queen.”

“Dia adalah seorang ratu.”

“She’s a queen.”

“Dia seorang ratu.”

“She’s a queen.”

“Dia seorang ratu.”

“She’s not a queen.”

"Dia bukan seorang ratu."

“She’s not a queen.”

"Dia bukan seorang ratu."

“Is she a queen?”

"Apakah dia seorang ratu?"

“Is she a queen?”

"Apakah dia seorang ratu?"

Next.

Berikutnya.

“It is a monkey.”

"Itu adalah monyet."

“It is a monkey.”

"Itu adalah monyet."

“It’s a monkey.”

"Itu monyet."

“It’s a monkey.”

"Itu monyet."

“It’s not a monkey.”

"Itu bukan monyet."

“It’s not a monkey.”

"Itu bukan monyet."

“Is it a monkey?”

"Apakah itu monyet?"

“Is it a monkey?”

"Apakah itu monyet?"

Next.

Berikutnya.

“You are a cook.”

“Kamu adalah seorang juru masak.”

“You are a cook.”

“Kamu adalah seorang juru masak.”

“You’re a cook.”

“Kamu seorang juru masak.”

“You’re a cook.”

“Kamu seorang juru masak.”

“You’re not a cook.”

"Kamu bukan koki."

“You’re not a cook.”

"Kamu bukan koki."

“Are you a cook?”

“Apakah kamu seorang juru masak?”

“Are you a cook?”

“Apakah kamu seorang juru masak?”

Next.

Berikutnya.

“We are friends.”

"Kita adalah teman."

“We are friends.”

"Kita adalah teman."

“We’re friends.”

“Kami berteman.”

“We’re friends.”

“Kami berteman.”

“We’re not friends.”

“Kami bukan teman.”

“We’re not friends.”

“Kami bukan teman.”

“Are we friends?”

"Apakah kita teman?"

“Are we friends?”

"Apakah kita teman?"

And last.

Dan terakhir.

“They are monkeys.”

"Mereka adalah monyet."

“They are monkeys.”

"Mereka adalah monyet."

“They’re monkeys.”

"Mereka monyet."

“They’re monkeys.”

"Mereka monyet."

“They’re not monkeys.”

"Mereka bukan monyet."

“They’re not monkeys.”

"Mereka bukan monyet."

“Are they monkeys?”

"Apakah mereka monyet?"

“Are they monkeys?”

"Apakah mereka monyet?"

So that was our review of subjective pronouns,

Itulah ulasan kami tentang kata ganti subyektif, kata

‘be’ verbs,

kerja 'be',

how to use them with ‘not’,

cara menggunakannya dengan 'not',

and how to use them in questions.

dan cara menggunakannya dalam pertanyaan.

I really hope that you repeated  each example that I gave

Saya sangat berharap Anda mengulangi setiap contoh yang saya berikan

because pronunciation is very important.

karena pengucapan sangat penting.

Now, if you didn’t, you should go back and watch it again and repeat.

Sekarang, jika tidak, Anda harus kembali dan menontonnya lagi dan mengulanginya.

Okay. Well that’s all. Thank you.

Oke. Nah itu saja. Terima kasih.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

This is a checkup for subjective pronouns and ‘be’ verbs.

Ini adalah pemeriksaan untuk kata ganti subyektif dan kata kerja 'menjadi'.

Let’s take a look at the board.

Mari kita lihat papannya.

The first sentence.

Kalimat pertama.

“___, are bags.”

"___, adalah tas."

Now, bags are things.

Sekarang, tas adalah barang.

So we can’t say “he” or “she” or, you know, any of those.

Jadi kita tidak bisa mengatakan "dia" atau "dia" atau, Anda tahu, salah satu dari itu.

We have to use “it” or “they”.

Kita harus menggunakan "itu" atau "mereka".

Now, we have “are….

Sekarang, kita memiliki "adalah ....

bags”.

tas”.

With an ‘s’.

Dengan 's'.

So that means more than one.

Jadi artinya lebih dari satu.

We have to use ‘they’.

Kita harus menggunakan 'mereka'.

“They are bags.”

"Mereka adalah tas."

Okay.

Oke.

The next sentence we have an animal.

Kalimat selanjutnya kita punya binatang.

“____ is a dog.”

“____ adalah seekor anjing.”

Okay.

Oke.

But just one.

Tapi hanya satu.

Right? ’a’ dog.

Benar? 'anjing.

So this time we use ‘it’.

Jadi kali ini kita menggunakan 'itu'.

“It is a dog.”

"Itu adalah anjing."

Now let’s look at these two.

Sekarang mari kita lihat keduanya.

“The girl is an artist.”

"Gadis itu seorang seniman."

We have ‘the girl’.

Kami memiliki 'gadis'.

What is the subjective pronoun for one girl?

Apa kata ganti subyektif untuk seorang gadis?

“She.”

"Dia."

“She is an artist.”

"Dia adalah seorang artis."

These two sentences have the same meaning.

Kedua kalimat ini memiliki arti yang sama.

They’re the same.

Mereka sama.

Okay, and on the bottom, we have a question.

Oke, dan di bagian bawah, kami punya pertanyaan.

When we ask a question, we have to put the ‘be’ verb first.

Ketika kita mengajukan pertanyaan, kita harus menempatkan kata kerja 'be' terlebih dahulu.

“Are ___ pandas?”

“Apakah ___ panda?”

“Are ___ pandas?”

“Apakah ___ panda?”

With an ‘s’.

Dengan 's'.

That means more than one.

Artinya lebih dari satu.

So, we say, “they”.

Jadi, kita katakan, "mereka".

“Are they pandas?”

"Apakah mereka panda?"

“Yes, ____ are.”

“Ya, ____ adalah.”

Again plural.

Sekali lagi jamak.

So we just use the same.

Jadi kita pakai yang sama saja.

“They.”

"Mereka."

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Okay, now we’re going to focus on negatives and questions.

Oke, sekarang kita akan fokus pada hal negatif dan pertanyaan.

Okay, the first sentence says,

Oke, kalimat pertama mengatakan,

“I’m a student”.

"Saya seorang mahasiswa".

Okay, “I am…I’m a student”.

Oke, "Saya ... saya seorang mahasiswa".

Okay.

Oke.

What if I’m a teacher?

Bagaimana jika saya seorang guru?

Okay, it’s not true.

Oke, itu tidak benar.

I need ‘not’.

Saya butuh 'tidak'.

Right…

Benar…

Remember, ‘not’ goes after the ‘be’ verb.

Ingat, 'not' mengikuti kata kerja 'be'.

“I am…am not.”

"Aku ... tidak."

And then the noun. “…a student.”

Dan kemudian kata benda. "…mahasiswa."

“I’m not a student.”

“Saya bukan mahasiswa.”

Okay.

Oke.

“They are teachers.”

"Mereka adalah guru."

Okay.

Oke.

And now we have some other people...

Dan sekarang kami memiliki beberapa orang lain...

and that’s not true.

dan itu tidak benar.

“They are not teachers.”

“Mereka bukan guru.”

Again, after the ‘be’ verb ‘are’ and before the noun ‘teachers’.

Sekali lagi, setelah kata kerja 'menjadi' 'adalah' dan sebelum kata benda 'guru'.

“They are not teachers.”

“Mereka bukan guru.”

Okay.

Now, I’m going to ask you a question.

Oke.

Sekarang, saya akan mengajukan pertanyaan kepada Anda.

And you have to answer.

Dan Anda harus menjawab.

“Are you a student?”

"Apakah Anda pelajar?"

“Are you a student?”

"Apakah Anda pelajar?"

Well, you’re taking my class,  you’re learning English.

Nah, Anda mengambil kelas saya, Anda belajar bahasa Inggris.

So, “Yes, I am.”

Jadi, "Ya, saya."

Okay, you should say, “Yes, I am.”

Oke, Anda harus mengatakan, "Ya, saya."

But how about this one?

Tapi bagaimana dengan yang ini?

“Are you a monkey?”

"Apakah kamu monyet?"

“Are you a monkey?”

"Apakah kamu monyet?"

Of course the answer is “No, I’m not”.

Tentu saja jawabannya adalah “Tidak, saya tidak”.

“No, I’m not”.

"Tidak, bukan aku".

Okay, let’s move on to the last part.

Oke, kita lanjut ke bagian terakhir.

Now for this last part, we’re going to look at some sentences,

Sekarang untuk bagian terakhir ini, kita akan melihat beberapa kalimat,

but there’s something wrong  in all of these sentences.

tapi ada yang salah di semua kalimat ini.

So you have to find the mistakes.

Jadi, Anda harus menemukan kesalahannya.

The first sentence says, “I’m student”.

Kalimat pertama mengatakan, "Saya mahasiswa".

Okay, look, “student”.

Oke, lihat, "mahasiswa".

There’s no ‘s’.

Tidak ada 's'.

That means just one.

Artinya hanya satu.

Just one.

Hanya satu.

So remember, if there’s just  one, we have to put ‘a’.

Jadi ingat, jika hanya ada satu, kita harus meletakkan 'a'.

“I’m a student.”

"Saya seorang pelajar."

Let’s look at the next one.

Mari kita lihat yang berikutnya.

“They are student”.

"Mereka adalah murid".

Okay.

Oke.

This one says, “They are”.

Yang ini mengatakan, "Mereka".

This means there is more than one.

Artinya ada lebih dari satu.

More than one student.

Lebih dari satu siswa.

So, what do we have to do?

Jadi, apa yang harus kita lakukan?

We have to say “They are….

Kita harus mengatakan “Mereka adalah….

students”.

siswa”.

We have to put an ‘s’ to show there’s more than one student.

Kita harus memberi tanda 's' untuk menunjukkan bahwa ada lebih dari satu siswa.

“She aren’t a baby.”

"Dia bukan bayi."

“She.”

"Dia."

That’s one person.

Itu satu orang.

One girl or woman.

Seorang gadis atau wanita.

“…a baby.”

"…bayi."

That’s one person.

Itu satu orang.

But we put “aren’t”.

Tapi kami menempatkan "tidak".

Now that’s wrong.

Sekarang itu salah.

We have to say... ‘isn’t’.

Kita harus mengatakan... 'tidak'.

“She isn’t a baby”.

"Dia bukan bayi".

“You isn’t a cat”.

"Kamu bukan kucing".

Now, for the subjective pronoun ‘you’,

Sekarang, untuk kata ganti subyektif 'kamu',

we have to have the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

kita harus memiliki kata kerja 'menjadi' 'adalah'.

So not “You isn’t a cat”,  but “You aren’t... a cat”.

Jadi bukan "Kamu bukan kucing", tetapi "Kamu bukan ... kucing".

“You aren’t a cat.”

"Kamu bukan kucing."

Okay.

Oke.

“Are it a cat?”

"Apakah itu kucing?"

Okay. “…a cat.”

Oke. "…Seekor kucing."

That’s one animal.

Itu satu binatang.

So, do we need ‘are’?

Jadi, apakah kita perlu 'adalah'?

No, we need the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

Tidak, kita membutuhkan kata kerja 'be' 'is'.

“Is it a cat?”

"Apakah itu kucing?"

“Is it a cat?”

"Apakah itu kucing?"

Okay, so that was the checkup for subjective pronouns and ‘be’ verbs.

Oke, itu tadi pemeriksaan untuk kata ganti subyektif dan kata kerja 'be'.

I hope you guys understood and I’ll see you in the next video.

Semoga kalian mengerti dan sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going to learn how to  make questions using ‘what’ and ‘be’ verbs. 

Dalam video ini, kita akan belajar cara membuat pertanyaan menggunakan kata kerja 'what' dan 'be'.

Okay. Now when we have one thing,

Oke. Sekarang ketika kita memiliki satu hal,

we have to use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

kita harus menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'is'.

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“It is a watch.”

"Ini adalah jam tangan."

“It is a watch.”

"Ini adalah jam tangan."

It’s one thing, so I have to say ‘a’.

Itu satu hal, jadi saya harus mengatakan 'a'.

“a watch.”

"sebuah jam tangan."

I can also use the contraction for ‘it is’,

Saya juga bisa menggunakan kontraksi untuk 'itu',

“it’s”.

"itu".

Okay, now listen.

Oke, sekarang dengarkan.

“It’s a ….”

“Ini adalah ….”

“It’s a ….”

“Ini adalah ….”

“It’s a watch.”

"Ini jam tangan."

“It’s a watch.”

"Ini jam tangan."

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“It’s a marker.”

"Itu penanda."

“It’s a marker.”

"Itu penanda."

Okay. Now, there are two highlighters.

Oke. Sekarang, ada dua stabilo.

Okay, two.

Oke, dua.

We use ‘are’.

Kami menggunakan 'adalah'.

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“They are highlighters.”

“Mereka adalah penyorot.”

“They are highlighters.”

“Mereka adalah penyorot.”

We have more than one, so we have to say “are”.

Kami memiliki lebih dari satu, jadi kami harus mengatakan "adalah".

And we have to put an ‘s’ at the end.

Dan kita harus meletakkan 's' di akhir.

Again, we can use a contraction for ‘they are’:

Sekali lagi, kita dapat menggunakan singkatan untuk 'mereka':

“they’re”.

"mereka".

“They’re highlighters.”

"Mereka adalah stabilo."

“They’re highlighters.”

"Mereka adalah stabilo."

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“They’re markers.”

"Mereka adalah penanda."

“They’re markers.”

"Mereka adalah penanda."

Okay. 

Oke.

We’re going to look at some examples  and I’m going to ask some questions.

Kita akan melihat beberapa contoh dan saya akan mengajukan beberapa pertanyaan.

We please try to answer them.

Kami mohon untuk mencoba menjawabnya.

Listen carefully and answer with “It’s 

Dengarkan baik-baik dan jawab dengan "Ini adalah

a” or “They’re”. Let’s look at the first one.

" atau "Mereka". Mari kita lihat yang pertama.

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

“It’s a key.”

"Apa itu?"

“Itu kunci.”

“It’s a key.”

“Itu kunci.”

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“They’re keys.”

"Itu kuncinya."

“They’re keys.”

"Itu kuncinya."

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“It’s a chair.”

"Itu kursi."

“It’s a chair.”

"Itu kursi."

“What are they?”

“What are they?”

“They’re chairs.”

"Apakah mereka?"

"Apakah mereka?" "Itu kursi."

“They’re chairs.”

"Itu kursi."

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“It’s a cat.”

“Itu kucing.”

“It’s a cat.”

“Itu kucing.”

“What are they?”

“What are they?”

“They’re cats.”

“They’re cats.”

"Apakah mereka?" "Apakah mereka?"

"Mereka kucing."

"Mereka kucing."

“What is it?”

“What is it?”

“It’s a house.”

"Apa itu?"

"Apa itu?"

“Itu sebuah rumah.”

“It’s a house.”

“Itu sebuah rumah.”

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“What are they?”

“They’re houses.”

"Apakah mereka?" "Mereka rumah."

“They’re houses.”

"Mereka rumah."

Now let’s focus on pronunciation

Sekarang mari kita fokus pada pengucapan

and saying these fast. Okay. 

dan mengucapkannya dengan cepat. Oke.

English speakers speak very quickly,

Penutur bahasa Inggris berbicara dengan sangat cepat,

so you have to practice as well.

jadi Anda harus berlatih juga.

Okay. “What is it?” 

Oke. "Apa itu?"

Okay, let’s try it faster three times.

Oke, mari kita coba lebih cepat tiga kali.

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

It sounds like one word.

"Apa itu?"

Kedengarannya seperti satu kata.

Okay, and the answer is also very fast.

Oke, dan jawabannya juga sangat cepat.

“It’s a…”

"Ini adalah ..."

“It’s a…”

"Ini adalah ..."

“It’s a…”

"Ini adalah ..."

“It’s a pencil.”

"Ini pensil."

“It’s a chair.”

“It’s a marker.”

"Itu kursi." "Itu penanda."

Okay.

Oke.

When we have more than one,  we say, “What are they?”.

Ketika kita memiliki lebih dari satu, kita berkata, "Apa itu?".

Let’s do it fast three times.

Mari kita lakukan dengan cepat tiga kali.

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

“What are they?”

"Apakah mereka?"

Okay.

Oke.

And when you answer. “They’re…” 

Dan ketika Anda menjawab. “Mereka…”

“They’re pencils”

“Itu pensil”

“They’re chairs”

“Itu kursi”

“They’re markers”

“Itu spidol”

Okay, so this video was ‘what’ and ‘be’ verbs.

Oke, jadi video ini adalah kata kerja 'apa' dan 'menjadi'.

I hope you understood, and  I’ll see you in the next video.

Saya harap Anda mengerti, dan sampai jumpa di video berikutnya.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody, and welcome.

Hai, semuanya, dan selamat datang.

In this video, we’re going to talk about ‘this’ and ‘that’.

Dalam video ini, kita akan berbicara tentang 'ini' dan 'itu'.

Now ‘this’ and ‘that’ are used to talk about nouns

Sekarang 'ini' dan 'itu' digunakan untuk berbicara tentang kata benda

that are close to us, near or far away.

yang dekat dengan kita, dekat atau jauh.

Okay.

So let’s look at the board.

Oke.

Jadi mari kita lihat papannya.

“This is a flower.”

"Ini bunga."

Okay, we use ‘this’ to talk about  one noun, “a flower”, that is close.

Oke, kita menggunakan 'ini' untuk berbicara tentang satu kata benda, "bunga", yang dekat.

Okay.

Oke.

“This is a flower.”

"Ini bunga."

It’s not far.

Ini tidak jauh.

It’s close.

Ini dekat.

“That is a flower.”

"Itu bunga."

Okay, we use ‘that’ to talk  about one noun that’s far away.

Oke, kita menggunakan 'itu' untuk berbicara tentang satu kata benda yang jauh.

So, “That… that is a flower”.

Jadi, "Itu ... itu bunga".

Okay.

Oke.

For another example…

Untuk contoh lain…

“This is a marker.”

“Ini adalah penanda.”

It’s close to me.

Itu dekat dengan saya.

But “That… that is a marker”.

Tapi "Itu ... itu adalah penanda".

It’s far away.

Itu jauh.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

So we know…

Jadi kita tahu…

“This is a flower.”

“Ini adalah bunga.”

Okay.

Oke.

And “That is a flower... that”.

Dan "Itu adalah bunga ... itu".

Now, “Is this a flower”?

Sekarang, "Apakah ini bunga"?

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“It’s a chair.”

"Itu kursi."

So we have to use the negative.

Jadi kita harus menggunakan yang negatif.

“This isn’t a flower.”

"Ini bukan bunga."

It’s close by, but it isn’t a flower.

Itu dekat, tapi itu bukan bunga.

‘isn’t’ is a contraction for ‘is not’.

'bukan' adalah singkatan dari 'tidak'.

Okay.

Oke.

“This isn’t a flower.”

"Ini bukan bunga."

“This is a chair.”

"Ini kursi."

“That isn’t a flower.”

"Itu bukan bunga."

It’s far away, so we say “that”.

Itu jauh, jadi kami mengatakan "itu".

Again, we have ‘isn’t’, ‘a flower’.

Sekali lagi, kita memiliki 'bukan', 'bunga'.

“That’s a chair.”

"Itu kursi."

And let’s take another example.

Dan mari kita ambil contoh lain.

“This isn’t a pencil.”

"Ini bukan pensil."

“This is a marker.”

"Ini adalah penanda."

And…

Dan…

“That isn’t a pencil.”

“Itu bukan pensil.”

“That is a marker.”

"Itu adalah penanda."

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Now we’re going to learn how to use ‘this’ and ‘that’ in a question.

Sekarang kita akan belajar bagaimana menggunakan 'ini' dan 'itu' dalam sebuah pertanyaan.

Okay.

Oke.

So we know, “This is a flower”.

Jadi kita tahu, "Ini adalah bunga".

When we make a question, we have to switch.

Ketika kita membuat pertanyaan, kita harus beralih.

We put the ‘be’ verb first.

Kami menempatkan kata kerja 'be' terlebih dahulu.

So it becomes, “Is this a flower?”.

Jadi menjadi, "Apakah ini bunga?".

Okay, it’s close by.

Oke, itu dekat.

So the answer is, “Yes, it is”.

Jadi jawabannya adalah, "Ya, itu".

Okay.

Oke.

“Is that a flower?”

"Apakah itu bunga?"

It’s far away.

Itu jauh.

The answer is, “Yes, it is”.

Jawabannya adalah, "Ya, itu".

Okay, but how about this?

Oke, tapi bagaimana dengan ini?

“This isn’t a flower.” So...

"Ini bukan bunga." Jadi...

“Is this a flower?”.

"Apakah ini bunga?".

The answer is, “No, it isn’t”.

Jawabannya adalah, "Tidak, tidak".

“Is that a flower?”

"Apakah itu bunga?"

“No, it isn’t.”

"Tidak, tidak."

Okay, here.

Oke, di sini.

“Is this a marker?”.

"Apakah ini penanda?".

“Yes, it is.”

"Ya itu."

“Is that a marker?”.

"Apakah itu penanda?".

“Yes, it is.”

“Is this a pencil?”.

"Ya itu." "Apakah ini pensil?".

“No, it isn’t.”

"Tidak, tidak."

“Is that a pencil?”.

“No, it isn’t.”

"Apakah itu pensil?". "Tidak, tidak."

Okay, so we learned ‘this’  and ‘that’ in this video.

Oke, jadi kita belajar 'ini' dan 'itu' di video ini.

I hope you guys understand and  I’ll see you in the next video.

Semoga kalian mengerti dan sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody and welcome to this video.

Hai semuanya dan selamat datang di video ini.

We’re going to talk about how  to use ‘these’ and ‘those’.

Kita akan berbicara tentang bagaimana menggunakan 'ini' dan 'itu'.

Okay.

Oke.

Uhhh, just like we learned with ‘this’ and ‘that’,

Uhhh, seperti yang kita pelajari dengan 'ini' dan 'itu',

we use ‘these’ and ‘those’ to talk  about nouns that are close to us

kita menggunakan 'ini' dan 'itu' untuk berbicara tentang kata benda yang dekat

or far from us.

atau jauh dari kita.

Okay.

Oke.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

Now, we know if there is just one,

Sekarang, kami tahu jika hanya ada satu,

and it’s close to us,

dan itu dekat dengan kami,

we say, “This is a flower”.

kami berkata, "Ini adalah bunga".

Okay.

Oke.

But there’s more than one.

Tapi ada lebih dari satu.

It’s plural.

Ini jamak.

So we have to say, “These”.

Jadi kita harus mengatakan, "Ini".

“These are flowers.”

"Ini bunga."

Again, more than one.

Sekali lagi, lebih dari satu.

Now, I change the ‘be’ verb to ‘are’

Sekarang, saya mengubah kata kerja 'be' menjadi 'are'

and I added an ‘s’ at the end of ‘flower’.

dan saya menambahkan 's' di akhir 'flower'.

So, “These are flowers.”

Jadi, "Ini bunga."

Okay.

Oke.

Now, there’s one that’s far away.

Sekarang, ada satu yang jauh.

We say, “That is a flower.”

Kami berkata, "Itu adalah bunga."

But, again, there’s more than one.

Tapi, sekali lagi, ada lebih dari satu.

There are two flowers.

Ada dua bunga.

So, in that case, we use, “Those are flowers.”

Jadi, dalam hal ini, kami menggunakan, "Itu adalah bunga."

“Those are flowers.”

"Itu bunga."

They’re far away.

Mereka jauh.

“Those are flowers.”

"Itu bunga."

Let’s look at these.

Mari kita lihat ini.

“This is a marker.”

"Ini adalah penanda."

“These are markers.”

"Ini adalah penanda."

“That is a marker.”

"Itu adalah penanda."

“Those are markers.”

"Itu adalah penanda."

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s move on to the next part.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian selanjutnya.

So we know “These are flowers”.

Jadi kita tahu "Ini adalah bunga".

They’re close by.

Mereka dekat.

And for the flowers that are far away, we say,

Dan untuk bunga yang jauh, kita katakan,

“Those are flowers”.

“Itu adalah bunga”.

Okay.

Oke.

But over here we have ‘chairs’.

Tapi di sini kita punya 'kursi'.

So, we have to use the negative.

Jadi, kita harus menggunakan yang negatif.

Okay.

We use the contraction ‘aren’t’

Oke.

Kami menggunakan kontraksi 'tidak'

which is short for ‘are not’.

yang merupakan kependekan dari 'tidak'.

“These aren’t flowers.”

"Ini bukan bunga."

“These aren’t flowers.

“Ini bukan bunga.

Okay, and for the chairs that are far away,

Oke, dan untuk kursi yang jauh,

we say, “Those aren’t flowers”.

kita katakan, “Itu bukan bunga”.

“Those aren’t flowers.”

Okay, and let’s try with the markers.

"Itu bukan bunga."

Oke, dan mari kita coba dengan spidol.

“These aren’t pens.”

"Ini bukan pena."

“These aren’t pens.”

"Ini bukan pena."

Okay, and far away.

Oke, dan jauh.

“Those aren’t pens.”

"Itu bukan pena."

“Those aren’t pens.”

"Itu bukan pena."

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Okay, now we’re going to make some questions.

Oke, sekarang kita akan membuat beberapa pertanyaan.

We know, “These are flowers”.

Kita tahu, "Ini adalah bunga".

When you want to make a  question, you have to change

Ketika Anda ingin membuat pertanyaan, Anda harus mengubah

‘these are’ and put the ‘be’ verb first.

'ini adalah' dan menempatkan kata kerja 'menjadi' terlebih dahulu.

So, it becomes, “Are these flowers?”.

Jadi, menjadi, "Apakah ini bunga?".

“Are these flowers?”

"Apakah ini bunga?"

And the answer is “Yes, they are.”

Dan jawabannya adalah "Ya, mereka."

Okay, now the flowers are far away.

Oke, sekarang bunganya jauh.

So we say, “Are those flowers?”.

Jadi kita berkata, "Apakah itu bunga?".

“Are those flowers?”

"Apakah itu bunga?"

And again, the answer is “Yes, they are.”

Dan sekali lagi, jawabannya adalah "Ya, mereka."

Okay. Now here, we have chairs.

Oke. Sekarang di sini, kami memiliki kursi.

“Are these flowers?”

"Apakah ini bunga?"

The answer is “No, they aren’t.”

Jawabannya adalah "Tidak, mereka tidak."

Okay, now they’re far away.

Oke, sekarang mereka jauh.

“Are those flowers?”

"Apakah itu bunga?"

And again, the answer is “No, they aren’t.”

Dan sekali lagi, jawabannya adalah “Tidak, mereka tidak.”

How about these? “Are these markers?”

Bagaimana dengan ini? "Apakah ini penanda?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

“Are those markers?”

"Apakah itu penanda?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

“Are these pens?”

"Apakah ini pena?"

“No, they aren’t.”

"Tidak, mereka tidak."

“Are those pens?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"Apakah itu pena?" "Tidak, mereka tidak."

Okay, so in this video, we learned  how to use ‘these’ and ‘those’.

Oke, jadi di video ini, kita belajar cara menggunakan 'ini' dan 'itu'.

I hope you guys understand and I’ll see you in the next video.

Semoga kalian mengerti dan sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Let’s do some practice with ‘this’, ‘that’,  

Mari kita berlatih dengan 'ini', 'itu',

‘these’, and ‘those’. First, I have this pen.

'ini', dan 'itu'. Pertama, saya punya pena ini.

I have to say, “This is a pen.”

Saya harus mengatakan, "Ini adalah pena."

“This is a pen.”

"Ini pena."

Okay.

Oke.

Over there, “That is a pen.”

Di sana, "Itu pena."

“That is a pen.”

"Itu pena."

Now, I have two pens.

Sekarang, saya punya dua pena.

“These are pens.”

"Ini adalah pena."

“These are pens.”

"Ini adalah pena."

Okay, I’m going to move them far away.

Oke, aku akan memindahkan mereka jauh.

“Those are pens.”

"Itu pena."

“Those are pens.”

"Itu pena."

Okay, let’s move on to questions.

Oke, mari kita beralih ke pertanyaan.

I have one pen.

Saya punya satu pena.

“Is this a pen?”

"Apakah ini sebuah pulpen?"

“Yes, it is.”

"Ya itu."

“Is this a cookie?”

"Apakah ini kue?"

“No, it isn’t.”

"Tidak, tidak."

“Is that a pen?”

“Yes, it is.”

"Apakah itu pena?" "Ya itu."

“Is that a cookie?”

“No, it isn’t.”

"Apakah itu kue?"

"Tidak, tidak."

Okay, two pens.

Oke, dua pena.

“Are these pens?”

"Apakah ini pena?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

“Are these cookies?”

“Apakah ini kue?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"Tidak, mereka tidak."

Okay, now they’re over here.

Oke, sekarang mereka di sini.

“Are those pens?”

"Apakah itu pena?"

Yes, they are?”

Iya itu mereka?"

“Are those cookies?”

"Apakah itu kue?"

“No, they aren’t.”

"Tidak, mereka tidak."

Okay, so that was our practice

Oke, jadi itu latihan kami

for ‘this’, ‘that’, ‘these’, and ‘those’.

untuk 'ini', 'itu', 'ini', dan 'itu'.

I hope you guys understood and  I’ll see you in the next video.

Semoga kalian mengerti dan sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going to  learn about possessive adjectives.

Dalam video ini, kita akan belajar tentang kata sifat posesif.

We use possessive adjectives to show that something belongs to me,

Kami menggunakan kata sifat posesif untuk menunjukkan bahwa sesuatu adalah milik saya,

or something belongs to someone else.

atau sesuatu milik orang lain.

I own something or someone owns something.

Saya memiliki sesuatu atau seseorang memiliki sesuatu.

Okay.

Oke.

So let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi mari kita lihat papannya.

Now last time we learned about subjective pronouns

Sekarang terakhir kali kita belajar tentang kata ganti subyektif

and here they are.

dan ini dia.

‘I’, ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, ‘you’, ‘we’, ‘they’.

'Aku', 'dia', 'dia', 'itu', 'kamu', 'kita', 'mereka'.

And here are the possessive adjectives.

Dan inilah kata sifat posesif.

Okay.

Oke.

‘My’.

'Ku'.

We use ‘my’ to show that something belongs to me.

Kami menggunakan 'saya' untuk menunjukkan bahwa sesuatu adalah milik saya.

Okay.

Oke.

‘His’.

'Miliknya'.

This means that something belongs to one man or one boy.

Ini berarti bahwa sesuatu adalah milik satu orang atau satu anak laki-laki.

‘Her’.

'Dia'.

We use that to show something belongs to one woman or one girl.

Kami menggunakannya untuk menunjukkan sesuatu yang dimiliki oleh seorang wanita atau seorang gadis.

‘Its’.

'Nya'.

We use ‘its’ to show that something belongs to an animal.

Kami menggunakan 'nya' untuk menunjukkan bahwa sesuatu itu milik binatang.

We use ‘your’ to show that  something belongs to you.

Kami menggunakan 'milik Anda' untuk menunjukkan bahwa sesuatu itu milik Anda.

Okay.

Oke.

‘Our’.

'Kita'.

‘Our’ means that something belongs to me and you or me and somebody else.

'Kami' berarti bahwa sesuatu adalah milik saya dan Anda atau saya dan orang lain.

Okay, or me and other people.

Oke, atau saya dan orang lain.

Okay, and last.

Oke, dan terakhir.

We use ‘their’ to show that something belongs to many people.

Kami menggunakan 'mereka' untuk menunjukkan bahwa sesuatu adalah milik banyak orang.

Okay, not me, but many people.

Oke, bukan saya, tapi banyak orang.

Okay, now I want you to pay  attention to three special words.

Oke, sekarang saya ingin Anda memperhatikan tiga kata khusus.

‘Its’, ‘your’ and ‘their’.

'Ini', 'milikmu' dan 'mereka'.

Now I want you to notice these words sound like other words.

Sekarang saya ingin Anda memperhatikan bahwa kata-kata ini terdengar seperti kata-kata lain.

So you have to be careful  not to get them confused.

Jadi, Anda harus berhati-hati agar mereka tidak bingung.

And I’m going to explain.

Dan saya akan menjelaskan.

‘Its’ sounds like the contraction for ‘it is’; ‘it’s’.

'Its' terdengar seperti kontraksi untuk 'it is'; 'nya'.

Okay, so, don’t get that confused.

Oke, jadi, jangan bingung.

‘Your’ sounds like the contraction for ‘you are’ ‘you’re’.

'Anda' terdengar seperti kontraksi untuk 'Anda' 'Anda'.

Okay.

Oke.

So make sure you use this one to show possession.

Jadi pastikan Anda menggunakan yang ini untuk menunjukkan kepemilikan.

Okay.

Oke.

And the last word, ‘their’, it actually sounds like two other words.

Dan kata terakhir, 'mereka', sebenarnya terdengar seperti dua kata lainnya.

The contraction for ‘they are’ ‘they’re’

Kontraksi untuk 'mereka' 'mereka'

or the word t-h-e-r-e, the  other word ‘there’. Okay.

atau kata di sana, kata lain 'di sana'. Oke.

So please don’t get those confused.

Jadi tolong jangan buat mereka bingung.

Now I know all of this sounds very hard,

Sekarang saya tahu semua ini terdengar sangat sulit,

but if you practice with me,  I’m sure you’ll understand.

tetapi jika Anda berlatih dengan saya, saya yakin Anda akan mengerti.

So let’s move on to the next part.

Jadi mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian selanjutnya.

Okay, let’s practice together.

Oke, mari kita berlatih bersama.

Now, here I have a marker.

Sekarang, di sini saya memiliki penanda.

It belongs to me.

Itu milikku.

So, I have to say, “This is my marker.”

Jadi, saya harus mengatakan, "Ini adalah penanda saya."

“This isn’t your marker.”

"Ini bukan penandamu."

“This is my marker.”

"Ini adalah penanda saya."

Okay, let’s look at this boy.

Oke, mari kita lihat anak ini.

He has a hat.

Dia punya topi.

So, I have to say, “This is his hat.”

Jadi, saya harus mengatakan, "Ini topinya."

“This is his hat.”

"Ini topinya."

“This isn’t my hat.”

"Ini bukan topiku."

“This isn’t your hat.”

"Ini bukan topimu."

Okay.

Oke.

And this girl has a dress.

Dan gadis ini memiliki gaun.

So, “This is her dress.”

Jadi, "Ini gaunnya."

“This is her dress.”

"Ini gaunnya."

“This isn’t my dress.”

"Ini bukan gaunku."

“This isn’t your dress.”

"Ini bukan gaunmu."

Okay, in this picture there’s an animal; a dog…and it has a ball.

Oke, di gambar ini ada binatang; seekor anjing… dan ia memiliki sebuah bola.

I have to say, “This is its ball.”

Saya harus mengatakan, "Ini bolanya."

“This is its ball.”

"Ini bolanya."

“This isn’t my ball.”

"Ini bukan bolaku."

and “This isn’t your ball.”

dan "Ini bukan bolamu."

Now, in this picture, we have two people.

Sekarang, dalam gambar ini, kami memiliki dua orang.

Okay, and they both own this house.

Oke, dan mereka berdua memiliki rumah ini.

So, “This is their house.”

Jadi, "Ini adalah rumah mereka."

“This is their house.”

“Ini adalah rumah mereka.”

Okay, now a little bit farther away, we have three books.

Oke, sekarang sedikit lebih jauh, kami memiliki tiga buku.

Okay.

Oke.

And this boy and girl have the books here.

Dan anak laki-laki dan perempuan ini memiliki buku di sini.

So, we have to say “those”.

Jadi, kita harus mengatakan "mereka".

And because we have more than one,

Dan karena kita memiliki lebih dari satu,

we have to use ‘are’.

kita harus menggunakan 'are'.

Okay.

Oke.

“Those are their books.”

"Itu adalah buku-buku mereka."

“Those are their books.”

“Those aren’t my books.”

"Itu adalah buku-buku mereka."

"Itu bukan buku saya."

“Those aren’t your books.”

"Itu bukan bukumu."

Okay.

Oke.

And the last one.

Dan yang terakhir.

Here’s the county Korea.

Berikut kabupaten Korea.

Okay, we all live here.

Oke, kita semua tinggal di sini.

So we say, “This is our country.”

Jadi kita berkata, "Ini adalah negara kita."

“This is our country.”

“Ini adalah negara kita.”

Okay, let’s move on to the next  part for some more practice.

Oke, mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian selanjutnya untuk beberapa latihan lagi.

Here are some practice sentences.

Berikut adalah beberapa kalimat latihan.

We’re going to put possessive  adjectives on these lines.

Kami akan menempatkan kata sifat posesif pada baris ini.

Okay.

Oke.

So, let’s try together.

Jadi, mari kita coba bersama.

“I put candy in ____ mouth.”

“Saya memasukkan permen ke dalam mulut ____.”

Okay, this is a mouth.

Oke, ini adalah mulut.

“I put candy in ……”

“Aku memasukkan permen ……”

What should we put?

Apa yang harus kita masukkan?

“my mouth.”

"mulutku."

Okay, next.

Oke, selanjutnya.

“John.”

“Yohanes.”

John is one man or boy.

John adalah satu laki-laki atau laki-laki.

“John lost ____ bag.”

“John kehilangan ____ tas.”

Okay, for one man or boy, we say, “his”.

Oke, untuk satu pria atau anak laki-laki, kita katakan, "miliknya".

“John lost his bag.”

"John kehilangan tasnya."

Okay, “The parents…”

Oke, "Orang tua ..."

That’s more than one person. That’s two people.

Itu lebih dari satu orang. Itu dua orang.

So, “The parents love ____ baby.”

Jadi, "Orang tua mencintai ____ sayang."

We have to put…

Kita harus menempatkan ...

“their”.

"mereka".

“The parents love their baby.”

“Orang tua mencintai bayi mereka.”

Okay. And here, “The dog…”

Oke. Dan di sini, "Anjing ..."

Okay, ‘the dog’ is an animal.

Oke, 'anjing' adalah binatang.

So, “The dog eats ____ food.”

Jadi, "Anjing itu makan ____ makanan."

What do we put?

Apa yang kita taruh?

We have to say, “its”.

Kita harus mengatakan, "itu".

“The dog eats its food.”

"Anjing itu memakan makanannya."

Okay, let’s look at some more examples.

Oke, mari kita lihat beberapa contoh lagi.

Let’s continue.

Ayo lanjutkan.

“_____ names are Paul and Sam.”

“_____ nama adalah Paul dan Sam.”

Okay, we have two people, Paul, and Sam.

Oke, kita punya dua orang, Paul, dan Sam.

And the plural names.

Dan nama jamak.

So we have to say, “Their”.

Jadi kita harus mengatakan, "Mereka".

“Their names are Paul and Sam.”

"Nama mereka adalah Paul dan Sam."

Okay.

Oke.

“Can I use ____ phone?”

“Bisakah saya menggunakan ____ telepon?”

Okay, I’m asking you.

Oke, aku bertanya padamu.

So I have to say, “Can I use… your phone?”

Jadi saya harus mengatakan, "Bisakah saya menggunakan ... ponsel Anda?"

Okay.

Oke.

And the next one. “_____ make-up looks good.”

Dan yang berikutnya. “_____ riasan terlihat bagus.”

Whose make-up? Well, usually  girls or women wear make-up.

Make up siapa? Nah, biasanya cewek atau wanita memakai make-up.

So, I’m going to say,

Jadi, saya akan mengatakan,

“Her make-up looks good.”

"Riasannya terlihat bagus."

Okay, and…

Oke, dan…

“_____ videos are helpful to you.”

“_____ video sangat membantu Anda.”

Okay, these are the videos that we make. Right?

Oke, ini adalah video yang kami buat. Benar?

We teach English in these videos.

Kami mengajar bahasa Inggris di video ini.

So, the answer is “our”.

Jadi, jawabannya adalah "kita".

“Our videos are helpful to you.”

“Video kami sangat membantu Anda.”

Or we sure hope they are.

Atau kami yakin berharap mereka.

Okay, so in this video, we learned  how to use possessive adjectives.

Oke, jadi di video ini, kita belajar cara menggunakan kata sifat posesif.

Don’t forget you have to  put a noun after each one.

Jangan lupa Anda harus meletakkan kata benda setelah setiap kata benda.

I hope you understand, and I hope to see you in the next video.

Saya harap Anda mengerti, dan saya berharap untuk melihat Anda di video berikutnya.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody and welcome.

Hai, semuanya dan selamat datang.

In this video, we’re going to learn about possessive pronouns.

Dalam video ini, kita akan belajar tentang kata ganti posesif.

Okay.

And we use possessive pronouns to show that something belongs to us

Oke. Dan kita menggunakan kata ganti posesif untuk menunjukkan bahwa sesuatu itu milik kita

or something is owned by us.

atau sesuatu milik kita.

Okay, or someone else.

Oke, atau orang lain.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

Now, last time we learned  about subjective pronouns.

Sekarang, terakhir kali kita belajar tentang kata ganti subyektif.

And here they are.

Dan inilah mereka.

Okay.

Oke.

And in another video, we talked  about possessive adjectives.

Dan di video lain, kami berbicara tentang kata sifat posesif.

And here they are.

Dan inilah mereka.

Okay.

Oke.

And over here are the possessive pronouns that we’re going to talk about in this video.

Dan di sini adalah kata ganti posesif yang akan kita bicarakan di video ini.

Now, possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns are the same.

Sekarang, kata sifat posesif dan kata ganti posesif adalah sama.

They show possession.

Mereka menunjukkan kepemilikan.

Which means, I own something.

Artinya, saya memiliki sesuatu.

Something belongs to me…or to someone else.

Sesuatu menjadi milikku… atau milik orang lain.

Okay.

Oke.

The only difference is that they’re used a little differently.

Satu-satunya perbedaan adalah bahwa mereka digunakan sedikit berbeda.

For possessive adjectives, you have to put a noun after.

Untuk kata sifat posesif, Anda harus meletakkan kata benda setelahnya.

Okay.

“My dog.”

Oke.

"Anjingku."

Okay.

But for possessive pronouns, you don’t have to put a noun after it.

Oke.

Tapi untuk kata ganti posesif, Anda tidak harus meletakkan kata benda setelahnya.

Okay, you can just say “mine”.

Oke, Anda hanya bisa mengatakan "milikku".

Okay.

Oke.

So let’s go through each one.

Jadi mari kita pergi melalui masing-masing.

“My"

"Saya"

"Mine”

"Milikku"

Okay.

Oke.

And this is the same.

Dan ini sama.

“His"

"Dia"

"His”

"Dia"

Okay.

For ‘her’, we say “hers”.

Oke.

Untuk 'dia', kami mengatakan "miliknya".

We add an ‘s’.

Kami menambahkan 's'.

“Hers”

"Miliknya"

“Its"

"Ini"

"Its”

"Ini"

Again, it’s the same.

Sekali lagi, itu sama.

“Your"

"Anda"

"Yours”

"Milik Anda"

We have to put an ‘s’.

Kita harus memberi tanda 's'.

“Yours”

"Milikmu"

“Our"

"Kami"

"Ours” and “Their"

"Kami" dan "Mereka"

"Theirs”

"Mereka"

Okay, again, I know that this can be really confusing, but let’s practice some more.

Oke, sekali lagi, saya tahu ini bisa sangat membingungkan, tapi mari kita berlatih lagi.

Okay.

And let’s move on to the next part.

Oke.

Dan mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian selanjutnya.

Okay, let’s practice together.

Oke, mari kita berlatih bersama.

Now, “This is my marker.”

Sekarang, "Ini adalah penanda saya."

But with possessive pronouns, you do not have to put a noun after.

Tetapi dengan kata ganti posesif, Anda tidak harus meletakkan kata benda setelahnya.

Okay, so I can say, “This is mine.”

Oke, jadi saya bisa mengatakan, "Ini milik saya."

“This isn’t yours.”

“Ini bukan milikmu.”

“This is mine.”

"Ini adalah milikku."

Okay, let’s look at the board.

Oke, mari kita lihat papannya.

This boy has a hat.

Anak laki-laki ini memiliki topi.

So we say, “This is his.”

Jadi kita berkata, "Ini miliknya."

“This isn’t mine.”

“Ini bukan milikku.”

“This isn’t yours.”

“Ini bukan milikmu.”

“This is his.”

“Ini miliknya.”

The girl has a dress.

Gadis itu memiliki gaun.

“This is hers.”

"Ini miliknya."

“This isn’t mine.”

“This isn’t yours.”

“Ini bukan milikku.”

“Ini bukan milikmu.”

“This is hers.”

"Ini miliknya."

Okay.

Oke.

Now with ‘its’, it’s kind of different.

Sekarang dengan 'itu', itu agak berbeda.

Okay.

You still have to put a noun,

Oke.

Anda masih harus meletakkan kata benda,

so you can’t say, “This is its.”

jadi Anda tidak bisa mengatakan, "Ini miliknya."

You have to say, “This is its ball.”

Anda harus mengatakan, "Ini bolanya."

Again, “This is its ball.”

Sekali lagi, "Ini bolanya."

“This isn’t mine.”

“This isn’t yours.”

“Ini bukan milikku.”

“Ini bukan milikmu.”

“This is its ball.”

"Ini bolanya."

Okay.

Now we have two people who have a house.

Oke.

Sekarang kami memiliki dua orang yang memiliki rumah.

“This is theirs.”

“Ini milik mereka.”

“This isn’t mine.”

“This isn’t yours.”

“Ini bukan milikku.”

“Ini bukan milikmu.”

“This is theirs.”

“Ini milik mereka.”

Okay.

Now over here, we have some books and we’re going to say that they belong to these two people.

Oke.

Sekarang di sini, kami memiliki beberapa buku dan kami akan mengatakan bahwa itu milik dua orang ini.

Okay.

Oke.

So we’re going to use the plural ‘be’ verb; ‘are’.

Jadi kita akan menggunakan kata kerja jamak 'be'; 'adalah'.

Okay.

Oke.

“These are theirs.”

“Ini milik mereka.”

“These aren’t mine.”

"Ini bukan milikku."

“These aren’t yours.”

"Ini bukan milikmu."

“These are theirs.”

“Ini milik mereka.”

Okay.

Oke.

And last, we have a picture of Korea.

Dan terakhir, kami memiliki gambar Korea.

Okay.

Oke.

“This is ours.”

"Ini milik kami."

“This is ours.”

"Ini milik kami."

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Okay, let’s look at these examples.

Oke, mari kita lihat contoh-contoh ini.

We have to put in some possessive pronouns.

Kita harus memasukkan beberapa kata ganti posesif.

Okay.

Oke.

“That lipstick is _____.”

“Lipstik itu _____.”

Okay, well we have the noun ‘lipstick’ and usually a girl or woman wears lipstick,

Oke, kita memiliki kata benda 'lipstik' dan biasanya seorang gadis atau wanita memakai lipstik,

so we’re going to use the possessive pronoun ‘hers’.

jadi kita akan menggunakan kata ganti posesif 'miliknya'.

Okay.

Oke.

“That lipstick is hers.”

"Lipstik itu miliknya."

Okay.

Oke.

The next sentence.

Kalimat berikutnya.

“That sports car is _____.”

“Mobil sport itu adalah _____.”

Okay.

Oke.

Again, usually a man will drive a sports car.

Lagi-lagi, biasanya pria akan mengendarai mobil sport.

So, we can say, “That sports car is his.”

Jadi, kita dapat mengatakan, "Mobil sport itu miliknya."

Okay.

Oke.

Now, let’s look at these last two.

Sekarang, mari kita lihat dua yang terakhir ini.

“This money is mine, not yours.”

"Uang ini milikku, bukan milikmu."

“This money is mine; it belongs to me.”

“Uang ini milikku; itu milikku."

“It doesn’t belong to you.”

“Itu bukan milikmu.”

Not yours.

Bukan milikmu.

Okay.

Oke.

And the last one.

Dan yang terakhir.

“Dokdo is ours.”

“Dokdo adalah milik kita.”

It’s Koreas.

Ini Korea.

Right…

Benar…

“Not theirs.”

“Bukan milik mereka.”

Not Japan’s.

Bukan milik Jepang.

“It belongs to us.”

“Itu milik kita.”

So we say, “It’s ours.”

Jadi kita berkata, "Ini milik kita."

Okay, so in this video, we  learned possessive pronouns.

Oke, jadi di video ini, kita belajar kata ganti posesif.

I hope you understand, and I’ll see you in the next video.

Saya harap Anda mengerti, dan sampai jumpa di video berikutnya.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

This is a checkup for ‘this’,  ‘that’, ‘these’, ‘those’,

Ini adalah pemeriksaan untuk 'ini', 'itu', 'ini', 'mereka',

possessive adjectives, and possessive pronouns.

kata sifat posesif, dan kata ganti posesif.

Okay.

Oke.

Now here, I want you to focus on ‘this’, ‘that’, ‘these’, and ‘those’.

Sekarang di sini, saya ingin Anda fokus pada 'ini', 'itu', 'ini', dan 'itu'.

Okay, so here’s the first example.

Oke, jadi inilah contoh pertama.

We have a dog.

Kami punya anjing.

One dog.

Satu anjing.

So we have to use ‘this’ or ‘that’.

Jadi kita harus menggunakan 'ini' atau 'itu'.

Okay.

Oke.

If it’s close, I say, “This is a dog.”

Kalau dekat, saya bilang, “Ini anjing.”

If it’s far away, I say, “That is a dog.”

Jika jauh, saya katakan, “Itu anjing.”

So, I’m going to write ‘this’.

Jadi, saya akan menulis 'ini'.

Okay.

Oke.

The next one says, “…are balloons.”

Yang berikutnya mengatakan, "...adalah balon."

“…are balloons.” With an ‘s’.

"... adalah balon." Dengan 's'.

There’s more than one.

Ada lebih dari satu.

So can we use ‘this’ or ‘that’?

Jadi bisakah kita menggunakan 'ini' atau 'itu'?

No.

Tidak.

We have to use ‘these’ or ‘those’.

Kita harus menggunakan 'ini' atau 'itu'.

So, if it’s close, I say “These are balloons.”

Jadi, kalau dekat, saya bilang “Ini balon.”

If they are far, “Those are balloons.”

Jika mereka jauh, "Itu adalah balon."

Okay.

Oke.

So let’s write ‘those’.

Jadi mari kita menulis 'mereka'.

“Those are balloons.”

"Itu adalah balon."

Okay.

Oke.

Now when we ask the question,

Sekarang ketika kita mengajukan pertanyaan,

“Are these pens?”

“Apakah ini pulpen?”

we have more than one.

kami memiliki lebih dari satu.

“These pens.” With an ‘s’.

"Pena-pena ini." Dengan 's'.

Okay.

Oke.

I can put two answers here.

Saya dapat menempatkan dua jawaban di sini.

“No, ___ aren’t.”

“Tidak, ___ tidak.”

I can say “No, these aren’t.”

Saya dapat mengatakan "Tidak, ini bukan."

Or… I can say “No, they..."  more than one "... they aren’t.”

Atau… Saya bisa mengatakan “Tidak, mereka…” lebih dari satu “…mereka tidak.”

Okay.

Oke.

The next one. “These ____ eyes.”

Yang selanjutnya. "Mata ini."

We need a ‘be’ verb.

Kita membutuhkan kata kerja 'menjadi'.

Okay.

Oke.

There’s more than one, right.

Ada lebih dari satu, kan.

There are two eyes.

Ada dua mata.

So, “These are eyes.”

Jadi, "Ini adalah mata."

Okay.

Oke.

And here “…is a nose.”

Dan di sini "... adalah hidung."

One.

Satu.

A nose.

And it’s close.

Hidung.

Dan itu dekat.

So, I have to say, “This is a nose.”

Jadi, saya harus mengatakan, "Ini adalah hidung."

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

We’re going to do some more checkup.

Kami akan melakukan pemeriksaan lagi.

Now here, I want you to focus on possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns.

Sekarang di sini, saya ingin Anda fokus pada kata sifat posesif dan kata ganti posesif.

Let’s look at the first example.

Mari kita lihat contoh pertama.

“These are my pen.”

"Ini pena saya."

Okay.

Oke.

We have ‘these…are’.

Kami memiliki 'ini ... adalah'.

This means we need more than one.

Ini berarti kita membutuhkan lebih dari satu.

Right…

Benar…

More than one pen.

Lebih dari satu pena.

So, we have to put ‘s’.

Jadi, kita harus meletakkan 's'.

“These are my pens.”

"Ini pena saya."

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s look at these two together.

Mari kita lihat keduanya bersama-sama.

“Those aren’t her children.”

"Itu bukan anak-anaknya."

Okay.

Oke.

So we can also say, “Those aren’t ____.”

Jadi kita juga bisa mengatakan, “Itu bukan ____.”

What do we put?

Apa yang kita taruh?

“… her children.”

“… anak-anaknya.”

We can always say, “Those aren’t hers.”

Kita selalu bisa mengatakan, "Itu bukan miliknya."

Okay.

Oke.

We don’t need a noun here.

Kami tidak membutuhkan kata benda di sini.

We do need a noun over here, though.

Kami memang membutuhkan kata benda di sini.

Okay.

Oke.

Then, “Is it yours?”

Lalu, "Apakah itu milikmu?"

“Is it yours?”

"Apakah ini milikmu?"

“Yes, it’s _____.”

“Ya, itu _____.”

There’s no noun.

Tidak ada kata benda.

We have to say…

Kita harus mengatakan…

“mine”.

“milikku”.

“Is it yours?”

"Apakah ini milikmu?"

“Yes, it’s mine.”

"Ya itu milik saya."

Okay.

Oke.

And the last two…

Dan dua yang terakhir…

” _____ these his shoes?”

” _____ ini sepatunya?”

We need a ‘be’ verb here.

Kita membutuhkan kata kerja 'be' di sini.

” _____ these his shoes?”

” _____ ini sepatunya?”

We have ‘these’, and we have ‘shoes’ with an ‘s’.

Kami memiliki 'ini', dan kami memiliki 'sepatu' dengan 's'.

So we need the plural ‘be’ verb.

Jadi kita membutuhkan kata kerja jamak 'be'.

“Are”. “Are these his shoes?”

"Adalah". "Apakah ini sepatunya?"

Okay.

And the answer. “No, they…”

Oke.

Dan jawabannya. “Tidak, mereka…”

Plural.

Jamak.

“…are.”

"…adalah."

We have ‘no’. “No, they aren’t”

Kita tidak punya'. "Tidak, mereka tidak"

Okay.

Oke.

“Are not, aren’t”.

"Tidak, tidak".

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s move on to the next part.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke bagian selanjutnya.

For this last part, we’re going to look at these sentences.

Untuk bagian terakhir ini, kita akan melihat kalimat-kalimat ini.

But they’re all wrong.

Tapi mereka semua salah.

They all have mistakes.

Mereka semua memiliki kesalahan.

So you have to find the mistakes for me.

Jadi Anda harus menemukan kesalahan untuk saya.

Okay.

Oke.

So, the first one says, “That are chairs.”

Jadi, yang pertama berkata, "Itu kursi."

Hmmmm, we know that’s wrong.

Hmmm, kita tahu itu salah.

‘That’ is used for singular nouns.

'Itu' digunakan untuk kata benda tunggal.

One.

Satu.

But it says “are” and it says “chairs” with an ‘s’.

Tapi tertulis "adalah" dan tertulis "kursi" dengan 's'.

So, we have to change this word.

Jadi, kita harus mengubah kata ini.

We can say, “These are chairs.”

Kita dapat mengatakan, "Ini adalah kursi."

or “Those are chairs.”

atau “Itu kursi.”

Okay.

Oke.

“This book is my.”

"Buku ini milikku."

Hmm.

Hmm.

We have the possessive pronoun ‘my’.

Kami memiliki kata ganti posesif 'saya'.

But remember, you have to have a noun after,

Tapi ingat, Anda harus memiliki kata benda setelahnya,

but there’s no noun.

tetapi tidak ada kata benda.

So, we can change this to the  possessive adjective ‘mine’.

Jadi, kita bisa mengubahnya menjadi kata sifat posesif 'milikku'.

Okay.

You don’t need a noun if you say ‘mine’.

Oke.

Anda tidak perlu kata benda jika Anda mengatakan 'milikku'.

Okay.

Oke.

“That is he house.”

"Itu dia rumahnya."

Hmm.

Hmm.

We want to show that this house belongs to this man or boy.

We want to show that this house belongs to this man or boy.

“That is he house.”

“That is he house.”

But this word ‘he’, does not show possession.

But this word 'he', does not show possession.

Okay.

Oke.

So, we say, “This is his house.”

So, we say, “This is his house.”

‘His’, then the noun ‘house’.

'His', then the noun 'house'.

Similarly, for the next one.

Similarly, for the next one.

“She name is Jenny.”

“She name is Jenny.”

We want to show that this name belongs to Jenny.

We want to show that this name belongs to Jenny.

So, we say…

So, we say…

“her”.

“her”.

“Her name is Jenny.”

“Her name is Jenny.”

Okay, and the last one is also similar.

Okay, and the last one is also similar.

“It’s ours house.”

“It's ours house.”

Now, if we don’t have ‘house’, “It’s ours.”

Now, if we don't have 'house', “It's ours.”

We can say that.

We can say that.

But since we have a noun, …

But since we have a noun, …

we use the possessive pronoun,

we use the possessive pronoun,

“It’s ‘our’ house.”

“It's 'our' house.”

Okay.

Oke.

That was the checkup for possessive  pronouns, possessive adjectives,

That was the checkup for possessive pronouns, possessive adjectives,

‘this’, ‘that’, ‘these’, and ‘those’.

'this', 'that', 'these', and 'those'.

I hope you understood, and I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you understood, and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going to talk about the articles; ‘a’, ‘an’ and ‘the’.

In this video, we're going to talk about the articles; 'a', 'an' and 'the'.

Now this can be very confusing, so please make sure you pay careful attention.

Now this can be very confusing, so please make sure you pay careful attention.

We use articles in front of nouns.

We use articles in front of nouns.

Okay, so remember that and  let’s look at the board.

Okay, so remember that and let's look at the board.

First, we use ‘a’ or ‘an’ when we’re talking about any one thing.

First, we use 'a' or 'an' when we're talking about any one thing.

For example, let’s say I  say, “A banana is delicious.”

For example, let's say I say, “A banana is delicious.”

Okay, that means all bananas.

Okay, that means all bananas.

Any banana is delicious.

Any banana is delicious.

“A banana is delicious.”

“A banana is delicious.”

Okay, let’s jump over here.

Okay, let's jump over here.

If I’m talking about a specific banana…

If I'm talking about a specific banana…

maybe I have a banana in my hand.

maybe I have a banana in my hand.

It’s specific, not any banana, this one.

It's specific, not any banana, this one.

I have to use ‘the’,

I have to use 'the',

“The banana is old.”

“The banana is old.”

Okay. This one.

Oke. Yang ini.

I can’t say, “A banana is old.”

I can't say, “A banana is old.”

Then that means all bananas are old.

Then that means all bananas are old.

And that’s not true. Just this one.

And that's not true. Just this one.

So, I say, “The banana is old.”

So, I say, “The banana is old.”

Okay, let’s move over here.

Okay, let's move over here.

We also use ‘a’ or ‘an’ when we’re talking about something for the first time.

We also use 'a' or 'an' when we're talking about something for the first time.

So, I have another example here.

So, I have another example here.

“I watched a movie.”

“I watched a movie.”

Okay.

I’m talking about this movie for the first time, so I have to use “…a movie”.

Oke.

I'm talking about this movie for the first time, so I have to use “…a movie”.

But, if I want to talk about this movie again,

But, if I want to talk about this movie again,

for the second time, or the  third time or fourth, fifth…

for the second time, or the third time or fourth, fifth…

it doesn’t matter.

it doesn't matter.

I have to use ‘the’.

I have to use 'the'.

“The movie was fun.”

“The movie was fun.”

I’m talking about this one. The specific.

I'm talking about this one. The specific.

“The movie was fun.”

“The movie was fun.”

I can’t say, “A movie was fun.”

I can't say, “A movie was fun.”

That means all movies are fun.

That means all movies are fun.

That’s not true.

Itu tidak benar.

“The movie was fun.”

“The movie was fun.”

Okay, and I also use ‘the’

Okay, and I also use 'the'

when I’m talking about a noun  where there’s only one and only.

when I'm talking about a noun where there's only one and only.

Okay.

Oke.

For example, there’s only one sun.

For example, there's only one sun.

Okay, when I look at the  sky, there’s only one sun.

Okay, when I look at the sky, there's only one sun.

So, I say, “The sun.”

So, I say, “The sun.”

“The sun is hot.”

“The sun is hot.”

I cannot say, “A sun.”

I cannot say, “A sun.”

That’s wrong.

Itu salah.

When there’s one and only, we say, “The sun.”

When there's one and only, we say, “The sun.”

Okay.

Let’s look at some more examples.

Oke.

Let's look at some more examples.

The first example says, “A lion is dangerous.”

The first example says, “A lion is dangerous.”

I have to use ‘a’ because I’m  talking about any one lion.

I have to use 'a' because I'm talking about any one lion.

Any lion is dangerous.

Any lion is dangerous.

All lions are dangerous.

All lions are dangerous.

So, I use ‘a’.

So, I use 'a'.

The next sentence says, “It’s a dog.”

The next sentence says, “It's a dog.”

I’m talking about this dog for the first time, so I use ‘a’.

I'm talking about this dog for the first time, so I use 'a'.

Now, I’m talking about this  dog for the second time.

Now, I'm talking about this dog for the second time.

So, I say, “The dog is cute.”

So, I say, “The dog is cute.”

Okay.

Oke.

Here’s a similar example.

Here's a similar example.

“It’s an ant.”

“It's an ant.”

Well, I used ‘an’ because we have ‘ant’, which start with a vowel.

Well, I used 'an' because we have 'ant', which start with a vowel.

And I’m talking about this ant for the first time.

And I'm talking about this ant for the first time.

“It’s an ant.”

“It's an ant.”

Now, I’m talking about this ant again.

Now, I'm talking about this ant again.

“The ant is small.”

“The ant is small.”

“The ant…”, this one, “…is small.”

“The ant…”, this one, “…is small.”

Okay, and the last one.

Okay, and the last one.

“It’s the moon.”

“It's the moon.”

I have to say, “the moon”  because there’s only one moon.

I have to say, “the moon” because there's only one moon.

I cannot say, “a moon”.

I cannot say, “a moon”.

“It’s the moon.

“It's the moon.

The moon…”, only one, “…is round.”

The moon…”, only one, “…is round.”

Okay.

Let’s look at some more examples.

Oke.

Let's look at some more examples.

Okay, we have some more examples,

Okay, we have some more examples,

but this time I want you to think about  whether we should put ‘a’, ‘an’ or ‘the’.

but this time I want you to think about whether we should put 'a', 'an' or 'the'.

Okay.

Oke.

So, “I see ____ desk and ___ chair.”

So, “I see ____ desk and ___ chair.”

We don’t know which desk and chair.

We don't know which desk and chair.

And it’s the first time I’m talking about them.

And it's the first time I'm talking about them.

So, we have to put ‘a’.

So, we have to put 'a'.

“I see a desk and a chair.”

“I see a desk and a chair.”

The next one.

Yang selanjutnya.

“I see ____ octopus.”

“I see ____ octopus.”

Okay, this is the same.

Okay, this is the same.

It’s the first time I’m  talking about this octopus.

It's the first time I'm talking about this octopus.

So, do I put ‘a’ or ‘an’?

So, do I put 'a' or 'an'?

Well here we have the vowel ‘o’.

Well here we have the vowel 'o'.

So we have to put “‘an’ octopus”.

So we have to put “'an' octopus”.

“I see an octopus.”

“I see an octopus.”

Okay, the next one.

Oke, yang berikutnya.

“It’s ___ pen.”

“It's ___ pen.”

Okay, it’s the same.

Okay, it's the same.

It’s the first time, so I say, “a pen”.

It's the first time, so I say, “a pen”.

Now, I’m talking about the  pen for the second time.

Now, I'm talking about the pen for the second time.

So I say, “The pen is red.”

So I say, “The pen is red.”

Okay, I’m talking about this one.

Okay, I'm talking about this one.

So I say, “the”.

So I say, “the”.

Okay, similarly…

Okay, similarly…

“She is ____ girl.”

“She is ____ girl.”

What do I say?

What do I say?

“a girl.”

“a girl.”

We’re talking about her for the first time.

We're talking about her for the first time.

Okay.

And now we’re talking about this girl again, for the second time.

Oke.

And now we're talking about this girl again, for the second time.

So, I have to say, “The girl is pretty.”

So, I have to say, “The girl is pretty.”

And the last example.

Dan contoh terakhir.

“I can see ___ sky.”

“I can see ___ sky.”

Now, we only have one sky.

Now, we only have one sky.

Right…

So, if there’s only one and only, we have to put the article ‘the’.

Right…

So, if there's only one and only, we have to put the article 'the'.

“I can see the sky.”

“I can see the sky.”

Okay.

Oke.

So in this video, we talked about the articles ‘a’, ‘an’ and ‘the’.

So in this video, we talked about the articles 'a', 'an' and 'the'.

I hope you understand, and  I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you understand, and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going to talk about the prepositions: in, on and under.

In this video, we're going to talk about the prepositions: in, on and under.

Now, we use prepositions to  show ‘where’ something is.

Now, we use prepositions to show 'where' something is.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

Okay, now in this picture, we have a cat.

Okay, now in this picture, we have a cat.

Okay, and we’re talking about this specific cat, so we have to say, “the cat”.

Okay, and we're talking about this specific cat, so we have to say, “the cat”.

Okay. “…is in the box.”

Oke. “…is in the box.”

Okay.

The preposition is ‘in’.

Oke.

The preposition is 'in'.

“He’s ‘in’ the box.” “…’in’ the box.”

“He's 'in' the box.” “…'in' the box.”

Okay.

And the next one.

Oke.

Dan yang berikutnya.

“The cat is on…”

“The cat is on…”

The preposition ‘on’… “the chair”.

The preposition 'on'… “the chair”.

“He’s on the chair.”

“He's on the chair.”

Okay.

Oke.

And the next one.

Dan yang berikutnya.

“The cat is ‘under’…

“The cat is 'under'…

’under’ the table.”

'under' the table.”

“…’under’ the table.”

“…'under' the table.”

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s look at the next one.

Mari kita lihat yang berikutnya.

Now we have plural nouns.

Now we have plural nouns.

“The apples ‘are’…”

“The apples 'are'…”

Okay. “…in the box.”

Okay. “…in the box.”

Again, the apples are “…’in’ the box.”

Again, the apples are “…'in' the box.”

Okay.

Oke.

Next, “The apples are ‘on’ the chair.”

Next, “The apples are 'on' the chair.”

And last.

Dan terakhir.

“The apples are ‘under’….’under’ the table.”

“The apples are 'under'….'under' the table.”

Okay, let’s look at some more examples.

Okay, let's look at some more examples.

Okay, let’s look at some pictures to help us understand the prepositions:

Okay, let's look at some pictures to help us understand the prepositions:

in, on, and under.

in, on, and under.

I’m going to ask you some questions.

I'm going to ask you some questions.

I want you to think about  which one you should use.

I want you to think about which one you should use.

Okay.

Oke.

“Where is the dog?”

“Where is the dog?”

“Where is the dog?”

“Where is the dog?”

“The dog is ‘in’ the doghouse.

“The dog is 'in' the doghouse.

You should use the preposition ‘in’.

You should use the preposition 'in'.

“The dog is ‘in’ the doghouse.

“The dog is 'in' the doghouse.

“Where is the man?”

“Where is the man?”

“Where is the man?”

“Where is the man?”

“The man is ‘under’ the umbrella.”

“The man is 'under' the umbrella.”

“The man is ‘under’ the umbrella.”

“The man is 'under' the umbrella.”

And last.

Dan terakhir.

“Where are the girls?”

“Where are the girls?”

“Where are the girls?”

“Where are the girls?”

“The girls are ‘on’ the bridge.”

“The girls are 'on' the bridge.”

“The girls are ‘on’ the bridge.”

“The girls are 'on' the bridge.”

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s look at some more examples.

Let's look at some more examples.

Now, we’re going to practice asking and answering questions using: in, on and under.

Now, we're going to practice asking and answering questions using: in, on and under.

First, let’s take a look at this picture.

First, let's take a look at this picture.

Here we have a rabbit, a chair  and one, two, three snakes.

Here we have a rabbit, a chair and one, two, three snakes.

Okay.

Oke.

So, I will ask a question using in, on or under.

So, I will ask a question using in, on or under.

I want you to think.

I want you to think.

Is the answer, “Yes, it is.”

Is the answer, “Yes, it is.”

or “No, it isn’t.”

or “No, it isn't.”

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s start with the rabbit.

Let's start with the rabbit.

“Is the rabbit under the chair?”

“Is the rabbit under the chair?”

“No, it isn’t.”

"Tidak, tidak."

“Is the rabbit in the chair?”

“Is the rabbit in the chair?”

“No, it isn’t.”

"Tidak, tidak."

“Is the rabbit on the chair?” “…on the chair?”

“Is the rabbit on the chair?” “…on the chair?”

“Yes, it is.”

“Yes, it is.”

Okay.

Oke.

Now, we’re going to move on to the snakes.

Now, we're going to move on to the snakes.

Now, there are…there are more than one, right, so it’s plural, so we say,

Now, there are…there are more than one, right, so it's plural, so we say,

“Are the snakes…” with an ‘s’.

“Are the snakes…” with an 's'.

Okay.

So again, think.

Oke.

So again, think.

Is the answer, “Yes, they are.”

Is the answer, “Yes, they are.”

or “No, they aren’t.”

or “No, they aren't.”

“Are the snakes in the chair?”

“Are the snakes in the chair?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"Tidak, mereka tidak."

“Are the snakes on the chair?”

“Are the snakes on the chair?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"Tidak, mereka tidak."

“Are the snakes under the chair?”

“Are the snakes under the chair?”

“Yes, they are.”

"Iya itu mereka."

Okay, how did you do?

Okay, how did you do?

I hope you guys understand how to use the 

I hope you guys understand how to use the

prepositions; in, on and under  after watching this video.

prepositions; in, on and under after watching this video.

Thanks for joining and I’ll see you next time.

Thanks for joining and I'll see you next time.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going  to talk about adjectives.

In this video, we're going to talk about adjectives.

Now, we use adjectives to  describe nouns or things.

Now, we use adjectives to describe nouns or things.

Okay, we can describe its size, its color, its shape or other things like that.

Okay, we can describe its size, its color, its shape or other things like that.

Okay.

So let’s take a look at the board.

Oke.

Jadi mari kita lihat papannya.

The first noun we’re going to use is ‘marker’.

The first noun we're going to use is 'marker'.

“It’s a marker.”

“It's a marker.”

Now, I want to use an adjective  to describe the color.

Now, I want to use an adjective to describe the color.

I'm going to say, “It’s a ‘black’ marker.”

I'm going to say, “It's a 'black' marker.”

‘Black’ is the adjective.

'Black' is the adjective.

Now notice, I have to put the adjective after the article ‘a’, but before the noun ‘marker’.

Now notice, I have to put the adjective after the article 'a', but before the noun 'marker'.

“It’s a black marker.”

“It's a black marker.”

Now, I can use another  adjective to describe its size.

Now, I can use another adjective to describe its size.

“It’s a long marker.”

“It's a long marker.”

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s try the next one.

Mari kita coba yang berikutnya.

Here we have a bird.

Here we have a bird.

So, “It’s a bird.”

So, “It's a bird.”

Okay.

I want to use another adjective  to describe the color.

Oke.

I want to use another adjective to describe the color.

So, I’m going to say, “It’s a blue bird.”

So, I'm going to say, “It's a blue bird.”

Again, you have to put the adjective after the article, before the noun.

Again, you have to put the adjective after the article, before the noun.

I can also describe its size.

I can also describe its size.

“It’s a small bird.”

“It's a small bird.”

‘Small’ is another adjective.

'Small' is another adjective.

Now, at the last part, we have some apples.

Now, at the last part, we have some apples.

Three apples.

Tiga apel.

Okay, remember, when we have more than one noun, it’s called a plural noun.

Okay, remember, when we have more than one noun, it's called a plural noun.

So, we have to say, “They’re apples.”, with an ‘s’.

So, we have to say, “They're apples.”, with an 's'.

“They’re apples.”

I want to use the adjective ‘red’ to describe the color of these apples.

“They're apples.”

I want to use the adjective 'red' to describe the color of these apples.

So, I’m going to say, “They’re red apples.”

So, I'm going to say, “They're red apples.”

Okay.

Oke.

Here, there’s no article.

Here, there's no article.

There’s no ‘a’.

There's no 'a'.

That’s because there’s more than one.

That's because there's more than one.

“They’re red apples.”

“They're red apples.”

So, I just have to put the adjective before the noun that it’s describing.

So, I just have to put the adjective before the noun that it's describing.

“They’re red apples.”

“They're red apples.”

Okay, let’s move on to some more examples.

Okay, let's move on to some more examples.

Okay. Now we’re going to  practice asking and answering 

Oke. Now we're going to practice asking and answering

questions using adjectives.

questions using adjectives.

Okay.

Oke.

So, we have a man here.

So, we have a man here.

I want to ask, “Is he a small man?”

I want to ask, “Is he a small man?”

Okay.

Oke.

We have the adjective ‘small’.

We have the adjective 'small'.

Notice, even in a question,

Notice, even in a question,

we have to put the adjective after  the article and before the noun.

we have to put the adjective after the article and before the noun.

“Is he a small man?”

“Is he a small man?”

Well, let’s take a look at this picture.

Well, let's take a look at this picture.

The answer is, “No, he’s a _____ man.”

The answer is, “No, he's a _____ man.”

We need another adjective.

We need another adjective.

He’s not a small man.

He's not a small man.

So, we have to say “No, he’s a…

So, we have to say “No, he's a…

big man.”

big man.”

Okay.

Oke.

We’re going to use the adjective ‘big’.

We're going to use the adjective 'big'.

Okay, let’s look at the next one.

Oke, mari kita lihat yang berikutnya.

“Is it a _____ table?”

“Is it a _____ table?”

The answer is “Yes, it is.”

The answer is “Yes, it is.”

We need an adjective to describe color, shape or size or something.

We need an adjective to describe color, shape or size or something.

Well, we can’t really describe the color.

Well, we can't really describe the color.

So, I think we should try the shape.

So, I think we should try the shape.

Okay.

Oke.

Well, “Is it a….

Well, “Is it a….

round table?”

round table?”

And the answer is “Yes, it is.”

And the answer is “Yes, it is.”

Okay, and last, we have two dresses.

Okay, and last, we have two dresses.

Okay. So that means the noun is plural.

Oke. So that means the noun is plural.

In that case, for the  questions, we begin with ‘are’.

In that case, for the questions, we begin with 'are'.

“Are they red dresses?”

“Are they red dresses?”

Okay, the adjective is ‘red’.

Okay, the adjective is 'red'.

But, “Are they red dresses?”

But, “Are they red dresses?”

“No, they’re…

“No, they're…

blue dresses.”

blue dresses.”

Okay.

Oke.

“No, they’re…blue dresses.”

“No, they're…blue dresses.”

Okay.

Oke.

So, in this video, we learned about adjectives.

So, in this video, we learned about adjectives.

I hope you guys understand.

I hope you guys understand.

And I’ll see you in the next video.

And I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

This is a check-up video for articles,  prepositions, and adjectives.

This is a check-up video for articles, prepositions, and adjectives.

I’ve written some sentences on the board.

I've written some sentences on the board.

Let’s try to finish them together.

Let's try to finish them together.

Okay.

Oke.

The first sentence says, “It’s __ ___umbrella.”

The first sentence says, “It's __ ___umbrella.”

Okay.

Oke.

We have the noun.

We have the noun.

We need an article and an  adjective to describe the umbrella.

We need an article and an adjective to describe the umbrella.

Okay.

So here it is.

Oke.

Jadi begini.

Let’s describe the color.

Let's describe the color.

Okay.

Oke.

We would say ‘black’.

We would say 'black'.

Remember, the adjective comes before the noun.

Remember, the adjective comes before the noun.

Now we need an article.

Now we need an article.

And the correct article is ‘a’.

And the correct article is 'a'.

“It’s a black umbrella.”

“It's a black umbrella.”

Okay.

Oke.

Next, “It’s ___ ___ ___.”

Next, “It's ___ ___ ___.”

We have three blanks.

We have three blanks.

Here, we have the noun ‘ant’.

Here, we have the noun 'ant'.

So, we’re going to put that at the end.

So, we're going to put that at the end.

Okay.

Oke.

Let’s use the adjective ugly.

Let's use the adjective ugly.

Okay.

Remember, again, the adjective  comes before the noun.

Oke.

Remember, again, the adjective comes before the noun.

“…ugly ant.”

“…ugly ant.”

“It’s __ ugly ant.”

“It's __ ugly ant.”

We need an article.

We need an article.

Should we use ‘a’ or ‘an’?

Should we use 'a' or 'an'?

Well, ‘ugly’ starts with the vowel ‘u’, so we have to say ‘an’.

Well, 'ugly' starts with the vowel 'u', so we have to say 'an'.

“It’s an ugly ant.”

“It's an ugly ant.”

Next.

Berikutnya.

“It’s __ __ __.”

“It's __ __ __.”

Okay.

Oke.

We have the noun ‘car’.

We have the noun 'car'.

So, we put that at the end.

So, we put that at the end.

Again, let’s use an adjective  that describes the color.

Again, let's use an adjective that describes the color.

Let’s use ‘blue’.

Let's use 'blue'.

Okay.

Oke.

What article should we use?

What article should we use?

We have to say “a”.

We have to say “a”.

“It’s a blue car.”

“It's a blue car.”

Okay, and last.

Okay, and last.

“I __ ___ nice girl.”

“I __ ___ nice girl.”

That’s me.

That's me.

We have the noun ‘girl’…and the adjective ‘nice’.

We have the noun 'girl'…and the adjective 'nice'.

So, we need the article.

So, we need the article.

We’re going to say “a”.

We're going to say “a”.

Now, we’re missing one more thing.

Now, we're missing one more thing.

We need the ‘be’ verb ‘am’.

We need the 'be' verb 'am'.

“I am a nice girl.”

“I am a nice girl.”

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Oke kita lanjut ke part selanjutnya.

Okay, let’s continue with the checkup.

Okay, let's continue with the checkup.

Here’s a picture.

Berikut gambar.

Okay.

Oke.

Look at it carefully.

Look at it carefully.

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“What is it?”

"Apa itu?"

“It’s __ banana.”

“It's __ banana.”

We need an article here.

We need an article here.

And it’s the first time I’m talking about this, so we’re going to say “a”.

And it's the first time I'm talking about this, so we're going to say “a”.

“It’s a banana.”

“It's a banana.”

“Where is ___ banana?”

“Where is ___ banana?”

Now, you know, I’m talking about this one.

Now, you know, I'm talking about this one.

It’s specific.

It's specific.

So, I’m going to use the article ‘the’.

So, I'm going to use the article 'the'.

“Where is the banana?”

“Where is the banana?”

Okay. And now, let’s think about the preposition.

Oke. And now, let's think about the preposition.

“It’s __ the chair.”

“It's __ the chair.”

We need to use the preposition ‘on’.

We need to use the preposition 'on'.

“It’s on the chair.”

“It's on the chair.”

Okay.

Let’s move on.

Oke.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

“What are they?”

“What are they?”

Okay.

Oke.

“They’re ____ oranges.”

“They're ____ oranges.”

Okay.

We have more than one.

Oke.

We have more than one.

That’s why we said, “They are…they’re” and “oranges” …with an ‘s’.

That's why we said, “They are…they're” and “oranges” …with an 's'.

Okay.

Oke.

Can we use ‘the’?

Can we use 'the'?

No, you don’t know what oranges I’m talking about because it’s the first time I said

No, you don't know what oranges I'm talking about because it's the first time I said

anything about them.

anything about them.

Then, can I use ‘a’ or ‘an’?

Then, can I use 'a' or 'an'?

No, ‘a’ or ‘an’ is used for any one thing.

No, 'a' or 'an' is used for any one thing.

So here we do not need any article.

So here we do not need any article.

“They’re oranges.”

“They're oranges.”

“What are they?”

“They’re oranges.”

“What are they?”

“They're oranges.”

Okay.

Oke.

“Where __ __ oranges?”

“Where __ __ oranges?”

Okay.

Oke.

Now, again, you know I’m talking about these specific oranges, so we use ‘the’.

Now, again, you know I'm talking about these specific oranges, so we use 'the'.

“Where __ the oranges?”

“Where __ the oranges?”

Okay, remember, when you ask a question with plural, you need ‘are’.

Okay, remember, when you ask a question with plural, you need 'are'.

“Where are the oranges?”

“Where are the oranges?”

Okay.

Oke.

Now, let’s think about the preposition.

Now, let's think about the preposition.

“They’re ___ the chair.”

“They're ___ the chair.”

Okay.

The preposition we need is ‘under’.

Oke.

The preposition we need is 'under'.

Okay.

Oke.

They’re not ‘on’, “they’re ‘under’ the chair.”

They're not 'on', “they're 'under' the chair.”

Okay, let’s move on to the last part.

Okay, let's move on to the last part.

Okay, let’s continue with the checkup.

Okay, let's continue with the checkup.

Now, we have two short stories here.

Now, we have two short stories here.

You have to help me find the mistakes.

You have to help me find the mistakes.

The first sentence says, “It’s snake.”

The first sentence says, “It's snake.”

Well, we’re missing an article.

Well, we're missing an article.

Okay.

Oke.

And that article is ‘a’.

And that article is 'a'.

“It’s a snake.”

“It's a snake.”

Okay.

Oke.

“It’s blue a snake.”

“It's blue a snake.”

Can you find the mistake?

Bisakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

Okay.

Oke.

Remember, the adjective ‘blue’ has to go between the article and the noun.

Remember, the adjective 'blue' has to go between the article and the noun.

So, we have to move the article to the front.

So, we have to move the article to the front.

“It’s a blue snake.”

“It's a blue snake.”

That is the correct answer.

That is the correct answer.

“It’s a blue snake.”

“It's a blue snake.”

Okay, the next one.

Oke, yang berikutnya.

“The snake under the box.”

“The snake under the box.”

It sounds right.

It sounds right.

“The snake under the box.”,

“The snake under the box.”,

but we forgot the ‘be’ verb.

but we forgot the 'be' verb.

“The snake is under the box.”

“The snake is under the box.”

Okay, let’s move on to the next story.

Okay, let's move on to the next story.

“It’s a octopus.”

“It's a octopus.”

Okay, we have an article, but octopus starts with the vowel ‘o’.

Okay, we have an article, but octopus starts with the vowel 'o'.

So, we have to use ‘an’.

So, we have to use 'an'.

“It’s an octopus.”

“It's an octopus.”

“An octopus is big.”

“An octopus is big.”

Hmmm…

Hmmm…

This one’s a little bit hard.

This one's a little bit hard.

But remember, we’re talking about the same octopus.

But remember, we're talking about the same octopus.

So now, this octopus is specific.

So now, this octopus is specific.

So, we have to change the article ‘an’ to ‘the’.

So, we have to change the article 'an' to 'the'.

“The octopus is big.”

“The octopus is big.”

The octopus from the first sentence.

The octopus from the first sentence.

Last, “The octopus are under the chair.”

Last, “The octopus are under the chair.”

What’s the mistake?

Apa kesalahannya?

“The octopus…”

“The octopus…”

There’s only one.

There's only one.

So, we don’t use ‘are’, we have to say “is”.

So, we don't use 'are', we have to say “is”.

“The octopus is under the chair.”

“The octopus is under the chair.”

Okay.

Oke.

So that was our checkup for articles,  prepositions and adjectives.

So that was our checkup for articles, prepositions and adjectives.

I hope you guys understand better and I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you guys understand better and I'll see you in the next video.

Thank you.

Bye.

Terima kasih.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going  to learn ‘have’ and ‘has’.

Dalam video ini, kita akan belajar 'memiliki' dan 'memiliki'.

Now we use ‘have’ or ‘has’ to show possession.

Sekarang kita menggunakan 'have' atau 'has' untuk menunjukkan kepemilikan.

To show something belongs to you.

Untuk menunjukkan sesuatu milik Anda.

Okay.

Oke.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

Okay.

Oke.

When you’re talking about ‘you’, or me, we say, “I have…”

When you're talking about 'you', or me, we say, “I have…”

Okay.

Okay.

If something belongs to a boy or man, we say, “He has…”

If something belongs to a boy or man, we say, “He has…”

For a girl or a woman.

For a girl or a woman.

“She has…”

“Dia punya…”

For an animal or thing.

Untuk binatang atau benda.

“It has…”

“Sudah…”

For you, “You have…”

Untuk Anda, “Anda punya…”

For us.

Bagi kami.

Me and some other people.

Saya dan beberapa orang lainnya.

We say, “We have…”

We say, “We have…”

Okay, and some other people.

Okay, and some other people.

“They have…”

“They have…”

Okay.

Okay.

This is very easy, you just have to remember it.

This is very easy, you just have to remember it.

Okay.

Oke.

So, let’s practice with these pictures.

So, let's practice with these pictures.

Here we have a rabbit…

Here we have a rabbit…

and a carrot.

and a carrot.

So, which one do we have to use?

So, which one do we have to use?

Well, a rabbit is an animal.

Nah, kelinci adalah binatang.

So, we have to use ‘it’.

So, we have to use 'it'.

“It has a carrot.”

"Ada wortel."

Again, “It has a carrot.”

Sekali lagi, “Ada wortel.”

Now, in this picture, we have two ants.

Sekarang, dalam gambar ini, kita memiliki dua semut.

Okay.

Oke.

So, for two things we have to use ‘they’.

So, for two things we have to use 'they'.

Okay.

Oke.

So, here are two ants and an apple.

So, here are two ants and an apple.

So, we’re going to say, “They have an apple.”

Jadi, kita akan mengatakan, "Mereka punya sebuah apel."

“They have an apple.”

"Mereka punya apel."

Okay, let’s move on to some more practice.

Okay, let's move on to some more practice.

Let’s do some practice together.

Let's do some practice together.

You have to think about if we should use ‘have’ or ‘has’ in the blanks.

Anda harus memikirkan apakah kita harus menggunakan 'memiliki' atau 'memiliki' di bagian yang kosong.

Okay.

Oke.

So, let’s look at the first one.

So, let's look at the first one.

“The girl ‘blank’ long hair.”

"Gadis 'kosong' berambut panjang."

Okay.

Oke.

Now, ‘the girl’.

Now, 'the girl'.

We can we use instead of the girl?

We can we use instead of the girl?

We can say “she”.

Kita bisa mengatakan "dia".

“She” then what do we say?

"Dia" lalu apa yang kita katakan?

“Has.”

"Memiliki."

“She has long hair.”

"Dia memiliki rambut panjang."

Or…

“The girl has long hair.”

Atau…

“Gadis itu berambut panjang.”

It’s the same.

Itu sama.

Okay.

Oke.

The next one.

Yang selanjutnya.

“The boys…”

“Anak-anak…”

Now, there’s an ‘s’ here.

Sekarang, ada 's' di sini.

That means there’s more than one boy.

Itu berarti ada lebih dari satu anak laki-laki.

When we have more than one thing, what do we use?

Ketika kita memiliki lebih dari satu hal, apa yang kita gunakan?

“They.”

"Mereka."

Okay.

Oke.

“They…”

“They…”

Do we say ‘have’ or ‘has’?

Do we say 'have' or 'has'?

We have to say “have”.

Kita harus mengatakan "memiliki".

“They have caps.”

"Mereka punya topi."

Or…

Atau ...

“The boys have caps.”

"Anak laki-laki memiliki topi."

Okay, the next one’s easier.

Okay, the next one's easier.

“I…”

"Saya ..."

When we have ‘I’, we say “have”.

Ketika kita memiliki 'aku', kita mengatakan "memiliki".

“I have a friend.”

"Saya punya teman."

Okay, the next one is also easy.

Okay, the next one is also easy.

“He…”

"Dia ..."

“He ‘blank’ an umbrella.”

"Dia 'mengosongkan' payung."

What do we have to use?

Apa yang harus kita gunakan?

“Has.”

"Memiliki."

“He has an umbrella.”

"Dia punya payung."

Okay, the next one says, “The dog ‘blank’ a bone.”

Okay, the next one says, “The dog 'blank' a bone.”

“The dog…”

"Anjing ..."

What do we use for animals?

Apa yang kita gunakan untuk hewan?

“It.”

"Dia."

“It…

“It…

has a bone.”

has a bone.”

Or… “The dog has a bone.”

Or… “The dog has a bone.”

And last.

Dan terakhir.

“My mother and I ‘blank’ a car.”

"Ibuku dan aku 'mengosongkan' mobil."

Okay, this one’s tricky.

Okay, this one's tricky.

“My mother and I…”

“Ibuku dan aku…”

We have to say “we”.

Kita harus mengatakan “kita”.

“We…have…a car.”

"Kami ... punya ... mobil."

“My mother and I have a car.”

"Ibuku dan aku punya mobil."

Okay.

Oke.

So, I hope you understand how to use ‘have’ and ‘has’.

So, I hope you understand how to use 'have' and 'has'.

And I’ll see you in the next video.

And I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going to learn negatives with ‘have’ and ‘has’.

In this video, we're going to learn negatives with 'have' and 'has'.

Now this also pretty easy.

Now this also pretty easy.

You just have to remember everything that I wrote.

You just have to remember everything that I wrote.

Okay.

Oke.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Jadi, mari kita lihat papannya.

Okay, first, for ‘I’, we use, “I don’t have…”

Okay, first, for 'I', we use, “I don't have…”

Remember, ‘don’t’ is a contraction for ‘do not’.

Remember, 'don't' is a contraction for 'do not'.

“I don’t have…”

“I don't have…”

For ‘he, ‘she’ and ‘it’, we use ‘doesn’t have’.

For 'he, 'she' and 'it', we use 'doesn't have'.

‘Doesn’t’ is a contraction for ‘does not’.

'Doesn't' is a contraction for 'does not'.

“He doesn’t have…”

“He doesn't have…”

“She doesn’t have…”

“She doesn't have…”

“It doesn’t have…”

“It doesn't have…”

Now on the bottom.

Now on the bottom.

For ‘you’, ‘we’, ‘they’, it’s the same as ‘I’.

For 'you', 'we', 'they', it's the same as 'I'.

We use ‘don’t have’.

We use 'don't have'.

“You don’t have…”

“You don't have…”

“We don’t have…” and “They don’t have…”

“We don't have…” and “They don't have…”

So, let’s look at these pictures.

So, let's look at these pictures.

Remember, we have a rabbit and a carrot.

Remember, we have a rabbit and a carrot.

So, we said, “It has a carrot.”

So, we said, “It has a carrot.”

Okay, but, we’re doing  negatives, so we have to say,

Okay, but, we're doing negatives, so we have to say,

“It doesn’t have a cake.”

“It doesn't have a cake.”

“It doesn’t have a cake.”

“It doesn't have a cake.”

Okay.

Oke.

Now here, we have the ants and an apple.

Now here, we have the ants and an apple.

So, we said, “They have an apple.”

So, we said, “They have an apple.”

Okay.

Oke.

But for this banana here, we have to say, “They don’t have a banana.”

But for this banana here, we have to say, “They don't have a banana.”

“They don’t have a banana.”

“They don't have a banana.”

Okay, let’s move on to some more practice.

Okay, let's move on to some more practice.

Now let’s try this practice with the negatives ‘doesn’t have’ and ‘don’t have’ together.

Now let's try this practice with the negatives 'doesn't have' and 'don't have' together.

Now this is a little easy because we know that the second word is have.

Now this is a little easy because we know that the second word is have.

All you have to think is should  we use ‘doesn’t’ or ‘don’t’.

All you have to think is should we use 'doesn't' or 'don't'.

Okay.

Oke.

So, I’m just going to put ‘have’ her first.

So, I'm just going to put 'have' her first.

Okay.

Oke.

“She ‘blank’ have short hair.”

“She 'blank' have short hair.”

Should we use ‘don’t’ or ‘doesn’t’?

Should we use 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

If you remember, for ‘she’, we use ‘doesn’t’.

If you remember, for 'she', we use 'doesn't'.

“She doesn’t have short hair.”

“She doesn't have short hair.”

Okay.

Oke.

And again, I’m going to put ‘have’ first.

And again, I'm going to put 'have' first.

This is easy.

Ini mudah.

‘He’ and ‘she’ we both use ‘doesn’t’.

'He' and 'she' we both use 'doesn't'.

“He doesn’t have an umbrella.”

“He doesn't have an umbrella.”

Okay.

Oke.

How about for ‘I’?

How about for 'I'?

“I doesn’t have….”

“I doesn't have….”

Or “I don’t have…”?

Or “I don't have…”?

The correct answer is ‘don’t’.

The correct answer is 'don't'.

“I don’t have a wife.”

“I don't have a wife.”

“People…”

“People…”

Remember, if we have more than one person, animal and thing, we have to think of ‘they’.

Remember, if we have more than one person, animal and thing, we have to think of 'they'.

For ‘they’, do we use ‘don’t’ or ‘doesn’t’?

For 'they', do we use 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

Do you remember?

Apakah kamu ingat?

The correct answer is ‘don’t’.

The correct answer is 'don't'.

“People don’t have manners.”

“People don't have manners.”

Okay.

Oke.

Next.

Berikutnya.

“We…”

“We…”

“We ‘blank’ have money.”

“We 'blank' have money.”

Should we put ‘doesn’t’ or ‘don’t’?

Should we put 'doesn't' or 'don't'?

The correct answer is ‘don’t’.

The correct answer is 'don't'.

“We don’t have money.”

“We don't have money.”

Okay, and the last one.

Okay, and the last one.

“A snake…”

“A snake…”

A snake is an animal.

A snake is an animal.

What do we use for an animal?

What do we use for an animal?

“It.”

"Dia."

“It…”

“It…”

What should we put here?

What should we put here?

“It…doesn’t…have legs.”

“It…doesn't…have legs.”

Okay, so that was our practice the negatives ‘don’t have’ and ‘doesn’t have’.

Okay, so that was our practice the negatives 'don't have' and 'doesn't have'.

I hope you understand, and I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you understand, and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

In this video, we’re going to learn how to ask questions using ‘have’.

In this video, we're going to learn how to ask questions using 'have'.

Okay, let’s look at the board.

Okay, let's look at the board.

When we are talking about ‘he’, ‘she’ or ‘it’,

When we are talking about 'he', 'she' or 'it',

the question always begins with ‘does’.

the question always begins with 'does'.

After the pronoun, we have ‘have’.

After the pronoun, we have 'have'.

So, we say, “Does he have…”

So, we say, “Does he have…”

“Does she have…”

“Does she have…”

“Does it have…”

“Does it have…”

Now, let’s practice with this question and let’s look at the two answers.

Now, let's practice with this question and let's look at the two answers.

Okay.

Oke.

“Does he have a friend?”

“Does he have a friend?”

If the answer is ‘yes’, we say “yes”,

If the answer is 'yes', we say “yes”,

in the blank, we match… this has to be the same.

in the blank, we match… this has to be the same.

“Yes, he does.”

“Yes, he does.”

If the answer is ‘no’.

If the answer is 'no'.

“No, he doesn’t.”

“No, he doesn't.”

“Does he have a friend?”

“Does he have a friend?”

“Yes, she does.”

“Yes, she does.”

“No, she doesn’t.”

“No, she doesn't.”

“Does it have a friend?”

“Does it have a friend?”

“Yes, it does.”

“Yes, it does.”

“No, it doesn’t.”

“No, it doesn't.”

Okay, so remember ‘does…have’.

Okay, so remember 'does…have'.

Now, when we use ‘you’, ‘we’, ‘they’, we use ‘do’ in the front.

Now, when we use 'you', 'we', 'they', we use 'do' in the front.

And ‘have’ after.

And 'have' after.

“Do you have a friend?”

“Do you have a friend?”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Do they have a friend?”

“Do they have a friend?”

Okay.

And again, we have two answers.

Oke.

And again, we have two answers.

We finish with ‘do’ or ‘don’t’.

We finish with 'do' or 'don't'.

So, “Do you have a friend?”

So, “Do you have a friend?”

“Yes, I do.”

"Ya, saya bersedia."

Right, the question is asking ‘you’, so, you say “I do.”

Right, the question is asking 'you', so, you say “I do.”

Or, “No, I don’t.”

Or, “No, I don't.”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Yes, we do.”

“Yes, we do.”

Or, “No, we don’t.”

Or, “No, we don't.”

And last.

Dan terakhir.

“Do they have a friend?”

“Do they have a friend?”

“Yes, they do.”

“Yes, they do.”

“No, they don’t.”

“No, they don't.”

Okay, let’s move on to some more practice.

Okay, let's move on to some more practice.

Alright, let’s try this practice together.

Alright, let's try this practice together.

I know it looks hard, but I’m going to help you.

I know it looks hard, but I'm going to help you.

Okay.

Oke.

So let’s look at the first practice.

So let's look at the first practice.

It’s a question.

Ini sebuah pertanyaan.

Okay, so remember when we ask a question, we begin with ‘do’ or ‘does’.

Okay, so remember when we ask a question, we begin with 'do' or 'does'.

Okay.

Oke.

We have ‘she’.

We have 'she'.

Well, remember for all questions we use ‘have’.

Well, remember for all questions we use 'have'.

In the front, should we use ‘does’ or ‘do’?

In the front, should we use 'does' or 'do'?

The answer is ‘does’.

The answer is 'does'.

“Does she have a dress?”

“Does she have a dress?”

When we answer, “Yes…”

When we answer, “Yes…”

What do we put here?

What do we put here?

Remember, we put the pronoun ‘she’.

Remember, we put the pronoun 'she'.

And the answer ‘does’.

And the answer 'does'.

“Yes, she does.”

“Yes, she does.”

The next one.

Yang selanjutnya.

We have ‘they’.

We have 'they'.

Okay, ‘have’ is again the same.

Okay, 'have' is again the same.

“…have a bicycle?”

“…have a bicycle?”

Okay, what goes in the front?

Okay, what goes in the front?

For ‘they’, we use ‘do’.

For 'they', we use 'do'.

“Do they have a bicycle?”

“Do they have a bicycle?”

This time the answer is negative.

This time the answer is negative.

“No, they….”

“No, they….”

What do we put here?

What do we put here?

It doesn’t make sense to say, “do”.

It doesn't make sense to say, “do”.

Right?

“No, they do.”

Benar?

“No, they do.”

That’s wrong.

Itu salah.

It’s a negative.

Ini negatif.

We have to say, “No, they don’t.”

We have to say, “No, they don't.”

“No, they do not.”

“No, they do not.”

Okay, and again, we have ‘have’ over here.

Okay, and again, we have 'have' over here.

“It…”

“It…”

Which one, ‘do’ or ‘does’?

Which one, 'do' or 'does'?

The answer is ‘does’.

The answer is 'does'.

“Does it have a ball?”

“Does it have a ball?”

Again, the answer is negative.

Again, the answer is negative.

“No, it…does not.”

“No, it…does not.”

or the contraction, “No, it doesn’t.”

or the contraction, “No, it doesn't.”

Okay.

So that was our practice for asking questions with ‘have’.

Oke.

So that was our practice for asking questions with 'have'.

I hope you understand and I’ll  see you in the next video. 

I hope you understand and I'll see you in the next video.

This is a checkup video for 'have', 'has', 'don't have', 'doesn't have'

This is a checkup video for 'have', 'has', 'don't have', 'doesn't have'

and questions with 'have'.

and questions with 'have'.

Let's take a look at the board.

Let's take a look at the board.

Here, we have a picture of a dog and a ball.

Here, we have a picture of a dog and a ball.

And this ball belongs to this dog.

And this ball belongs to this dog.

So let's make a sentence about this picture.

So let's make a sentence about this picture.

Ok...

The dog is an animal.

Ok...

The dog is an animal.

So, we have to use 'it'.

So, we have to use 'it'.

Ok...

Ok...

With 'it', do we use 'have' or 'has'?

With 'it', do we use 'have' or 'has'?

We have to use 'has'.

We have to use 'has'.

"It has a ball."

"It has a ball."

Now, there's a hat, but it says "no".

Now, there's a hat, but it says "no".

It's negative.

Ini negatif.

So, "It..."

So, "It..."

Remember, for negative, we always use 'have'.

Remember, for negative, we always use 'have'.

But what goes in the front?

But what goes in the front?

'Doesn't' or 'don't'?

'Doesn't' or 'don't'?

For 'it', we say "doesn't".

For 'it', we say "doesn't".

"It doesn't have a hat."

"It doesn't have a hat."

Next, we have a question.

Next, we have a question.

We use 'have'.

We use 'have'.

Remember, we have to put the pronoun over here.

Remember, we have to put the pronoun over here.

The same one.

The same one.

And we put 'does' or 'do' in the front.

And we put 'does' or 'do' in the front.

What do you think?

Bagaimana menurutmu?

We have to say, "does".

We have to say, "does".

"Does it have a ball?"

"Does it have a ball?"

Well, "Does it have a ball?"

Well, "Does it have a ball?"

"Yes, it does."

"Yes, it does."

Let's move on to the next part.

Let's move on to the next part.

Here we have two people.

Here we have two people.

So, we're going to say "they".

So, we're going to say "they".

And a car...that belongs to them.

And a car...that belongs to them.

For 'they', we have to say "have".

For 'they', we have to say "have".

"They have a car."

"They have a car."

Here, there's a bus.

Here, there's a bus.

But, again, it says, "no".

But, again, it says, "no".

Negative.

Negatif.

"They 'blank' 'blank' a bus."

"They 'blank' 'blank' a bus."

Again, for negative, we say "have".

Again, for negative, we say "have".

'Doesn't have' or 'don't have'?

'Doesn't have' or 'don't have'?

Which one is it?

Yang mana?

For 'don't'...uhh for 'they', we say,

For 'don't'...uhh for 'they', we say,

"They don't have a bus."

"They don't have a bus."

Ok, and we have a question.

Ok, and we have a question.

Well, again, we have to put the same pronoun.

Well, again, we have to put the same pronoun.

How about in the front?

How about in the front?

'Do' or 'does'?

'Do' or 'does'?

For 'they', we put 'do'.

For 'they', we put 'do'.

"Do they have a bus?"

"Do they have a bus?"

"Do they have a bus?"

"Do they have a bus?"

"No, they don't."

"No, they don't."

Ok, let's move on to some more practice.

Oke, mari kita beralih ke beberapa latihan lagi.

Ok, now for this practice, we have to find the mistakes in these sentences.

Ok, now for this practice, we have to find the mistakes in these sentences.

What's wrong with them?

Apa yang salah dengan mereka?

Ok...

Ok...

So, let's look at the first one.

So, let's look at the first one.

"They has two watches."

"They has two watches."

Hmmmm.

Hmm.

Remember, for 'they', we have  to use 'have', not 'has'.

Remember, for 'they', we have to use 'have', not 'has'.

"They have two watches."

"They have two watches."

The next one is a question.

The next one is a question.

"Does they have three watches?"

"Does they have three watches?"

Ok...

Ok...

Remember, when we start a question, we have to use 'do' or 'does'.

Remember, when we start a question, we have to use 'do' or 'does'.

Here we have 'does'.

Here we have 'does'.

But remember, for 'they', we begin with 'do'.

But remember, for 'they', we begin with 'do'.

"Do they have three watches?"

"Do they have three watches?"

And in the answer...

And in the answer...

"No, we don't."

"No, we don't."

What's wrong with this answer?

What's wrong with this answer?

Remember, the pronoun has to match.

Remember, the pronoun has to match.

It has to be the same.

It has to be the same.

"Do they have three watches?"

"Do they have three watches?"

"No, they don't."

"No, they don't."

Let's look at these.

Let's look at these.

"She have a dress."

"She have a dress."

Remember, for 'she', we use 'has'.

Remember, for 'she', we use 'has'.

"She has a dress."

"She has a dress."

How about in the question?

How about in the question?

"Do she have a hat?"

"Do she have a hat?"

Remember, we begin with 'do' or 'does', but for 'she', we should begin with 'does'.

Remember, we begin with 'do' or 'does', but for 'she', we should begin with 'does'.

"Does she have a hat?"

"Does she have a hat?"

And the answer.

And the answer.

"No, she do."

"No, she do."

Hmmm.

Hmmm.

'No' means it's negative.

'No' means it's negative.

So, we need a negative here.

So, we need a negative here.

Is it 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

Is it 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

"No, she..

"No, she..

doesn't." is the correct answer.

doesn't." adalah jawaban yang benar.

Okay.

So that was our checkup.

Oke.

So that was our checkup.

I hope you understand better.

I hope you understand better.

And I'll see you in the next video.

And I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

I’m Esther. Welcome to  

Saya Ester. Welcome to

my English grammar course on the tenses. I’m going to teach you how to use the twelve  

my English grammar course on the tenses. Saya akan mengajari Anda cara menggunakan dua belas

tenses in the past, present, and future. It’s a great course, and there’s a lot of  

tenses di masa lalu, sekarang, dan masa depan. Ini kursus yang bagus, dan ada banyak

important information. So keep watching.

informasi penting. Jadi teruslah menonton.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

My name is Esther.

Nama saya Ester.

I'm so excited to teach you the present simple tense in today's video.

Saya sangat bersemangat untuk mengajari Anda present simple tense dalam video hari ini.

Now this lesson can be a little difficult,

Sekarang pelajaran ini bisa menjadi sedikit sulit,

so I'll do my best to keep it easy and fun for you.

jadi saya akan melakukan yang terbaik untuk membuatnya tetap mudah dan menyenangkan bagi Anda.

My goal is for you to understand how and when to use this grammar by the end of the video.

Tujuan saya adalah agar Anda memahami bagaimana dan kapan menggunakan tata bahasa ini di akhir video.

Let's get started.

Mari kita mulai.

Let's start with the first usage for the present simple tense.

Mari kita mulai dengan penggunaan pertama untuk present simple tense.

The first usage is pretty easy.

Penggunaan pertama cukup mudah.

We use it to talk about facts, truths, and generalizations.

Kami menggunakannya untuk berbicara tentang fakta, kebenaran, dan generalisasi.

Let's look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

‘The Sun is bright.’

'Matahari bersinar.'

Now that's a fact.

Sekarang itu fakta.

It doesn't change.

Itu tidak berubah.

Everybody knows that the Sun is bright.

Semua orang tahu bahwa Matahari cerah.

It was bright yesterday.

Itu cerah kemarin.

It's bright today.

Hari ini cerah.

And it will be bright tomorrow.

Dan besok akan cerah.

That makes it a fact.

Itu membuatnya menjadi fakta.

‘Pigs don't fly.’

'Babi tidak terbang.'

That's also a fact.

Itu juga fakta.

Everybody knows that pigs don't fly.

Semua orang tahu bahwa babi tidak bisa terbang.

‘Cats are better than dogs.’

'Kucing lebih baik daripada anjing.'

Now this you may not agree with.

Sekarang ini Anda mungkin tidak setuju.

This is my truth.

Ini adalah kebenaran saya.

I'm making a generalization about cats and dogs in this example.

Saya membuat generalisasi tentang kucing dan anjing dalam contoh ini.

And finally, ‘It's cold in winter.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Dingin di musim dingin.'

This really depends on where you live, but for a lot of people, or let's say for

Ini benar-benar tergantung di mana Anda tinggal, tetapi bagi banyak orang, atau katakanlah bagi

most people, it is cold in the winter,

kebanyakan orang, dingin di musim dingin,

so that's the truth for some people.

jadi itulah kebenaran bagi sebagian orang.

Now let's look back and see what verb I used in the present simple tense.

Sekarang mari kita lihat kembali dan lihat kata kerja apa yang saya gunakan dalam present simple tense.

For the first sentence, we have ‘is’.

Untuk kalimat pertama, kita memiliki 'adalah'.

I use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’ to talk about the Sun.

Saya menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'is' untuk berbicara tentang Matahari.

In the next sentence, I use the negative of do - ‘do not’

Dalam kalimat berikutnya, saya menggunakan negatif dari lakukan - 'jangan'

And you'll notice I use the contraction and put these two words together to make it ‘don't’.

Dan Anda akan melihat saya menggunakan kontraksi dan menggabungkan dua kata ini menjadi 'jangan'.

‘Cats are better than dogs.’

'Kucing lebih baik daripada anjing.'

I use the ‘be’ verb "are" to talk about cats because ‘cats’ is plural.

Saya menggunakan kata kerja 'be' untuk berbicara tentang kucing karena 'cats' itu jamak.

And finally, it's cold and winter.

Dan akhirnya, dingin dan musim dingin.

Here I use the ‘be’ verb "is" again,

Di sini saya menggunakan 'be' verb "is" lagi,

but I use the contraction to combine ‘it’ and ‘is’

tapi saya menggunakan kontraksi untuk menggabungkan 'it' dan 'is'

and made ‘it’s’.

dan membuat 'it's'.

Let's move on to the next usage.

Mari kita beralih ke penggunaan berikutnya.

We also use the present simple tense to talk about habits and routines.

Kami juga menggunakan present simple tense untuk berbicara tentang kebiasaan dan rutinitas.

So things and actions that happen regularly.

Jadi hal dan tindakan yang terjadi secara teratur.

Let’s look at the examples.

Mari kita lihat contoh-contohnya.

‘I always eat lunch at noon.’

"Aku selalu makan siang di siang hari."

You'll notice I use the adverb ‘always’ because I'm talking about something that I

Anda akan melihat saya menggunakan kata keterangan 'selalu' karena saya berbicara tentang sesuatu yang saya

do regularly.

lakukan secara teratur.

What is that?

Apa itu?

‘Eat lunch at noon.’

"Makan siang di siang hari."

So I use the present simple tense.

Jadi saya menggunakan present simple tense.

And here I use the verb ‘eat’.

Dan disini saya menggunakan kata kerja 'makan'.

‘I eat…’

'Saya makan…'

The second example says you play games every day.

Contoh kedua mengatakan Anda bermain game setiap hari.

Do you see the clue that helps you know that this is something that happens regularly?

Apakah Anda melihat petunjuk yang membantu Anda mengetahui bahwa ini adalah sesuatu yang terjadi secara teratur?

It's ‘every day’.

Ini 'setiap hari'.

So it's something that happens as a routine or a habit,

Jadi itu adalah sesuatu yang terjadi sebagai rutinitas atau kebiasaan,

so you play games.

jadi Anda bermain game.

The verb here is ‘play’.

Kata kerja di sini adalah 'bermain'.

‘You play…’

'Kamu bermain ...'

The next example says ‘Seth starts work at 9:00 a.m. daily.’

Contoh berikutnya mengatakan 'Seth mulai bekerja pada jam 9:00 setiap hari.'

Again this is something that happens regularly.

Sekali lagi ini adalah sesuatu yang terjadi secara teratur.

‘Seth goes to work at 9:00 a.m.’ every day.

'Seth pergi bekerja pada jam 9:00' setiap hari.

Now you'll notice I put a blue line under the ‘s’ in ‘starts’.

Sekarang Anda akan melihat saya meletakkan garis biru di bawah 's' di 'starts'.

Can you figure out why?

Bisakah Anda mencari tahu mengapa?

Well remember that when the subject of a sentence is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’,

Ingatlah bahwa ketika subjek kalimat adalah 'he', 'she', atau 'it',

we need to add an ‘s’ or ‘es’ to the end of the verb in the present simple tense.

kita perlu menambahkan 's' atau 'es' di akhir kata kerja dalam present simple tense.

Seth is a ‘he’, so we need to add an ‘s’.

Seth adalah 'dia', jadi kita perlu menambahkan 's'.

‘Seth starts work at 9:00 a.m. daily.’

'Seth mulai bekerja pada pukul 9.00 setiap hari.'

And the last example: ‘They study English every Monday.’

Dan contoh terakhir: 'Mereka belajar bahasa Inggris setiap hari Senin.'

Again, ‘every Monday’ means that they do it regularly,

Sekali lagi, 'setiap hari Senin' berarti mereka melakukannya secara teratur,

and that's why we use the present simple tense.

dan itulah sebabnya kami menggunakan present simple tense.

‘They study…’.

'Mereka belajar…'.

So as a review, remember we use the present simple tense

Jadi sebagai review, ingat kita menggunakan present simple tense

to talk about habits and routines that happen regularly.

untuk berbicara tentang kebiasaan dan rutinitas yang terjadi secara teratur.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

We also use the present simple tense with non-continuous verbs.

Kami juga menggunakan present simple tense dengan kata kerja non-kontinyu.

These are verbs that we  don't use in the continuous 

Ini adalah kata kerja yang tidak kita gunakan dalam bentuk kontinu

form,

even if they're happening right now.

,

bahkan jika itu terjadi sekarang.

They're also called stative verbs.

Mereka juga disebut kata kerja statif.

These are connected with thoughts, opinions, feelings, emotions, and our five senses.

Ini terhubung dengan pikiran, pendapat, perasaan, emosi, dan panca indera kita.

Let's look at these examples.

Mari kita lihat contoh-contoh ini.

‘I love my mom.’

'Aku cinta ibuku.'

The verb here is ‘love’.

Kata kerja di sini adalah 'cinta'.

That's an emotion, so I use the present simple tense.

Itu adalah emosi, jadi saya menggunakan present simple tense.

‘It smells good.’

'Baunya enak.'

‘Smell’ is one of the five senses, so I use the present simple tense.

'Penciuman' adalah salah satu dari panca indera, jadi saya menggunakan present simple tense.

You'll notice I underlined the ‘s’ because remember the subject is ‘it’.

Anda akan melihat saya menggarisbawahi 's' karena ingat subjeknya adalah 'itu'.

‘Kelly feels happy.’

"Kelly merasa senang."

This is talking about a feeling.

Ini berbicara tentang perasaan.

Again the subject here is ‘Kelly’ which is a ‘she’,

Sekali lagi subjek di sini adalah 'Kelly' yang merupakan 'dia',

so I added an ‘s’ to the verb.

jadi saya menambahkan 's' ke kata kerja.

And finally, ‘They need help.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Mereka membutuhkan bantuan.'

We don't say, ‘they are needing help’ even though it's happening right now.

Kami tidak mengatakan, 'mereka membutuhkan bantuan' meskipun itu terjadi sekarang.

‘Need’ is non-continuous, so we say, ‘they need help’,

'Need' adalah non-continuous, jadi kita katakan, 'the they need help',

so remember you also use the present simple tense with non-continuous verbs,

jadi ingatlah Anda juga menggunakan present simple tense dengan non-continuous verbs, yang

connected with thoughts, opinions, feelings, emotions, and our five senses.

berhubungan dengan pikiran, opini, perasaan, emosi, dan panca indera kita.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Speakers occasionally use the present simple tense to talk about something that will happen

Penutur kadang-kadang menggunakan present simple tense untuk membicarakan sesuatu yang akan terjadi

in the near future.

dalam waktu dekat.

Now this can be a little confusing, but we're not using the future tense,

Sekarang ini bisa sedikit membingungkan, tapi kita tidak menggunakan tense masa depan,

we're using the present simple tense.

kita menggunakan present simple tense.

It's possible to do that and it's actually common for people to do that.

Itu mungkin untuk dilakukan dan sebenarnya umum bagi orang untuk melakukan itu.

Again, for something that will happen in the near future.

Sekali lagi, untuk sesuatu yang akan terjadi dalam waktu dekat.

Let's look at the examples.

Mari kita lihat contoh-contohnya.

‘I have class at 6 p.m.’

'Saya ada kelas jam 6 sore'

‘6 p.m.’ that's pretty soon, so I can say,

'6 sore' itu sebentar lagi, jadi saya bisa bilang,

'I have class.'

'Saya ada kelas.'

- the present simple tense.

- bentuk sederhana saat ini.

‘Lisa arrives on Sunday.’

"Lisa tiba pada hari Minggu."

Again the near future, ‘Sunday’.

Lagi-lagi dalam waktu dekat, 'Minggu'.

So I use the present simple tense.

Jadi saya menggunakan present simple tense.

I added an ‘s’ at the end of arrive, because Lisa, the subject, is a ‘she’.

Saya menambahkan 's' di bagian akhir, karena Lisa, subjeknya, adalah 'she'.

‘We start work soon.’

"Kami akan segera mulai bekerja."

Again, the near future, ‘soon’,

Sekali lagi, dalam waktu dekat, 'segera',

so I use the present simple verb ‘start’.

jadi saya menggunakan kata kerja sederhana sekarang 'mulai'.

And finally, ‘My students come tomorrow.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Murid saya datang besok.'

This is something that will happen in the near future,

Ini adalah sesuatu yang akan terjadi dalam waktu dekat,

so I use the verb ‘come’.

jadi saya menggunakan kata kerja 'datang'.

So remember it is possible, and it is common to use the present simple tense

Jadi ingat itu mungkin, dan adalah umum untuk menggunakan present simple tense

to talk about something that will happen in the near future.

untuk membicarakan sesuatu yang akan terjadi dalam waktu dekat.

Let's go to the next usage.

Mari kita pergi ke penggunaan berikutnya.

Let's talk about a possible negative usage for the present simple tense,

Mari kita bicara tentang kemungkinan penggunaan negatif untuk present simple tense,

and that is ‘do not’ and ‘does not’.

dan itu adalah 'jangan' dan 'tidak'.

The first example says, ‘Mike eats bread.’

Contoh pertama mengatakan, 'Mike makan roti.'

I put an ‘s’ at the end of ‘eat’ because the subject is Mike which is a ‘he’.

Saya meletakkan 's' di akhir 'eat' karena subjeknya adalah Mike yang merupakan 'he'.

Now that's not a negative statement.

Sekarang itu bukan pernyataan negatif.

What happens when I want to turn it into a negative statement?

Apa yang terjadi ketika saya ingin mengubahnya menjadi pernyataan negatif?

Well I change it like this - ‘Mike doesn't eat bread.’

Yah saya mengubahnya seperti ini - 'Mike tidak makan roti.'

So you'll notice that I didn't move the ‘s’ here, okay.

Jadi Anda akan melihat bahwa saya tidak memindahkan 's' di sini, oke.

Instead I added ‘doesn't’.

Sebaliknya saya menambahkan 'tidak'.

I took ‘does’ and ‘not’ and I turned it into a contraction by combining the two

Saya mengambil 'tidak' dan 'tidak' dan saya mengubahnya menjadi kontraksi dengan menggabungkan keduanya

and making it ‘doesn't’.

dan menjadikannya 'tidak'.

So if the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’,

Jadi jika subjeknya adalah 'dia', 'dia', atau 'itu',

we use ‘does not’ or ‘doesn't’ to make it negative.

kami menggunakan 'tidak' atau 'tidak' untuk membuatnya negatif.

‘You swim well.’

"Kamu berenang dengan baik."

In this case, I don't need to put an ‘s’ at the end of ‘swim’ because the subject

Dalam hal ini, saya tidak perlu menambahkan 's' di akhir 'swim' karena subjeknya

is ‘you’.

adalah 'you'.

If I want to make this sentence negative, I use ‘don't’.

Jika saya ingin membuat kalimat ini negatif, saya menggunakan 'jangan'.

‘You don't swim well.’

"Kamu tidak pandai berenang."

I use the contraction for ‘do’ and ‘not’.

Saya menggunakan kontraksi untuk 'lakukan' dan 'tidak'.

I combine them to make ‘don't’,

Saya menggabungkan mereka untuk membuat 'jangan',

so if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’,

jadi jika subjeknya adalah 'saya', 'kamu', 'kami', atau 'mereka',

we use ‘do not’ or ‘don't’.

kami menggunakan 'jangan' atau 'jangan'.

So to review ‘do not’ and ‘does not’ or ‘don't’ and ‘doesn't’

Jadi untuk meninjau 'jangan' dan 'tidak' atau 'tidak' dan 'tidak'

is a possible usage for the negative for present simple

adalah penggunaan yang mungkin untuk negatif untuk present simple

tense.

tense.

Let's continue on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now I'll talk about one possible question form for the present simple tense

Sekarang saya akan berbicara tentang satu kemungkinan bentuk pertanyaan untuk present simple tense

and that is by using ‘do’ or ‘does’.

dan itu adalah dengan menggunakan 'do' atau 'does'.

So let's look at the example, ‘They live here.’

Jadi mari kita lihat contoh, 'Mereka tinggal di sini.'

That's not a question, right?

Itu bukan pertanyaan, kan?

'They live here’

'Mereka tinggal di sini'

In order to turn it into a question, it's really simple.

Untuk mengubahnya menjadi pertanyaan, itu sangat sederhana.

All I have to do is add ‘do’ to the beginning and add a question mark at the end.

Yang harus saya lakukan adalah menambahkan 'lakukan' di awal dan menambahkan tanda tanya di akhir.

‘Do they live here?’

'Apakah mereka tinggal di sini?'

So if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’,

Jadi jika subjeknya adalah 'saya', 'kamu', 'kami', atau 'mereka',

simply add ‘do’ to the beginning of the question.

cukup tambahkan 'lakukan' di awal pertanyaan.

How about this one, ‘He plays soccer.’

Bagaimana dengan yang ini, 'Dia bermain sepak bola.'

In this statement, the subject is ‘he’ and that's why you should know by now,

Dalam pernyataan ini, subjeknya adalah 'dia' dan itulah mengapa Anda harus tahu sekarang,

I have an ‘s’ at the end of ‘play’.

saya memiliki 's' di akhir 'bermain'.

However, to turn this into a question, I add ‘does’ at the beginning.

Namun, untuk mengubahnya menjadi pertanyaan, saya menambahkan 'tidak' di awal.

‘Does he play soccer?’

'Apakah dia bermain sepak bola?'

What you'll notice here is that I no longer have the ‘s’ at the end of play.

Apa yang akan Anda perhatikan di sini adalah bahwa saya tidak lagi memiliki 's' di akhir permainan.

Instead I just used ‘does’ at the beginning,

Sebagai gantinya saya hanya menggunakan 'does' di awal,

so for ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’, put ‘does’ at the beginning,

jadi untuk 'he', 'she', atau 'it', letakkan 'does' di awal,

and don't worry about putting an ‘s’ or ‘es’ at the end of the verb.

dan jangan khawatir tentang meletakkan 's' atau 'es' di akhir kata kerja.

So to review, one possible way of forming a question for the present simple tense is

Jadi untuk meninjau, salah satu cara yang mungkin untuk membentuk pertanyaan untuk present simple tense adalah

using ‘do’ or ‘does’ at the beginning.

menggunakan 'do' atau 'does' di awal.

Alright let's move on.

Baiklah mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's start with the first checkup.

Mari kita mulai dengan pemeriksaan pertama.

In this checkup, I want you to focus on the ‘be’ verbs.

Dalam pemeriksaan ini, saya ingin Anda fokus pada kata kerja 'menjadi'.

Remember ‘be’ verbs, in the present simple tense, can be ‘is’, ‘am’, or ‘are’.

Ingat kata kerja 'be', dalam present simple tense, dapat berupa 'is', 'am', atau 'are'.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

It says, ‘She _ blank _ at school.’

Dikatakan, 'Dia _ kosong _ di sekolah.'

The subject of this sentence is ‘she’.

Subjek dari kalimat ini adalah 'dia'.

What ‘be’ verb do we use for ‘she’?

Apa kata kerja 'be' yang kita gunakan untuk 'she'?

The correct answer is ‘is’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'adalah'.

Now if you were thinking of the negative, the

Sekarang jika Anda berpikir negatif,

correct answer would be ‘she isn't’

jawaban yang benar adalah 'dia tidak'

or ‘she is not’.

atau 'dia tidak'.

That's correct as well.

Itu benar juga.

And if we want to use a contraction for ‘she is’, we can say ‘she's at school’

Dan jika kita ingin menggunakan singkatan untuk 'dia', kita dapat mengatakan 'dia di sekolah'.

For the next one, it says, ‘They _ blank _ twenty years old.’

Untuk yang berikutnya, ia mengatakan, 'Mereka _ kosong _ dua puluh tahun.'

The subject of this sentence is ‘they’.

Subjek dari kalimat ini adalah 'mereka'.

What ‘be’ verb do we use for ‘they’?

Apa kata kerja 'menjadi' yang kita gunakan untuk 'mereka'?

The correct answer is ‘are’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'adalah'.

For the negative, you can also use ‘aren't’ or ‘are not’.

Untuk negatifnya, Anda juga bisa menggunakan 'aren't' atau ' are not'.

Also if you want to use the contraction for ‘they are’, you can say,

Juga jika Anda ingin menggunakan singkatan untuk 'mereka', Anda dapat mengatakan,

‘They're 20 years old.’

'Mereka berusia 20 tahun.'

The next sentence says, ‘His father _ blank_ busy.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'ayahnya _ kosong_ sibuk.'

The subject of this sentence is ‘his father’.

Subjek kalimat ini adalah 'ayahnya'.

What subject pronoun do we use for ‘his father’?

Apa kata ganti subjek yang kita gunakan untuk 'ayahnya'?

The correct answer is ‘he’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'dia'.

Remember for ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, the ‘be’ verb is ‘is’.

Ingat untuk 'dia', 'dia', 'itu', kata kerja 'menjadi' adalah 'adalah'.

For the negative, we can say ‘isn't’ or ‘is not’.

Untuk negatifnya, kita bisa mengatakan 'tidak' atau 'tidak'.

And for a contraction, for ‘father’ and ‘is’, we can say, ‘His father's busy.’

Dan untuk singkatan, untuk 'ayah' dan 'adalah', kita dapat mengatakan, 'Ayahnya sibuk.'

Now I want you to try to find the mistakes in this sentence.

Sekarang saya ingin Anda mencoba menemukan kesalahan dalam kalimat ini.

‘We isn't good friends.’

"Kami bukan teman baik."

Did you find the mistake?

Apakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

This is the mistake.

Ini adalah kesalahannya.

The subject is ‘we’ and the ‘be’ verb is ‘are’.

Subjeknya adalah 'kami' dan kata kerja 'be' adalah 'adalah'.

Therefore, the correct answer is ‘we are not’,

Oleh karena itu, jawaban yang benar adalah 'kami bukan',

or the contraction, ‘we aren't good friends.’

atau singkatannya, 'kami bukan teman baik.'

The next sentence.

Kalimat berikutnya.

Can you find the mistake?

Bisakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

‘Are John a teacher?’

'Apakah John seorang guru?'

Think about the subject of this sentence.

Pikirkan tentang subjek kalimat ini.

The subject is ‘John’.

Subjeknya adalah 'John'.

And ‘John’, the subject pronoun is ‘he’.

Dan 'John', kata ganti subjeknya adalah 'he'.

Therefore, we don't use ‘are’, we use ‘is’.

Oleh karena itu, kami tidak menggunakan 'are', kami menggunakan 'is'.

‘Is John a teacher?’

'Apakah John seorang guru?'

‘Is John a teacher?’

'Apakah John seorang guru?'

And finally, ‘It am a puppy.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Ini anak anjing.'

hmm This one is a big mistake.

hmm yang ini salah besar.

The subject here is ‘it’.

Subjek di sini adalah 'itu'.

What ‘be’ verb do we use for ‘it’?

Apa kata kerja 'be' yang kita gunakan untuk 'it'?

The correct answer is ‘is’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'adalah'.

So we don't say, ‘It am a puppy,’ we say, ‘It is a puppy.’

Jadi kami tidak mengatakan, 'Ini anak anjing,' kami mengatakan, 'Ini anak anjing.'

Great job guys.

Kerja bagus.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke pemeriksaan berikutnya.

For the next checkup, I want you to think of some other verbs in the present simple

Untuk pemeriksaan berikutnya, saya ingin Anda memikirkan beberapa kata kerja lain dalam present simple

tense.

tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

‘He __ blank __ …’, I want you to think of the verb, ‘like his dinner’.

'He __ blank __ …', saya ingin Anda memikirkan kata kerjanya, 'like his dinner'.

What do we do to the verb when the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’?

Apa yang kita lakukan pada kata kerja ketika subjeknya adalah 'dia', 'dia', atau 'itu'?

Remember we add an ‘s’.

Ingat kita menambahkan 's'.

‘He likes his dinner.’

"Dia suka makan malamnya."

For the negative, you can also say, ‘He doesn't like his dinner.’

Untuk hal negatifnya, Anda juga bisa mengatakan, 'Dia tidak suka makan malamnya.'

The next sentence says, ‘My students __ blank __…’, I want you to think of ‘need’,

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Siswa saya __ kosong __…', saya ingin Anda memikirkan 'membutuhkan',

‘…books’.

'…buku'.

What is the subject pronoun for ‘my students’?

Apa kata ganti subjek untuk 'murid saya'?

The correct answer is ‘they’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'mereka'.

If the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’, in the present simple tense,

Jika subjeknya adalah 'saya', 'kamu', 'kami', atau 'mereka', dalam present simple tense,

we don't change the verb, we keep it as is.

kami tidak mengubah kata kerjanya, kami tetap mempertahankannya apa adanya.

So the correct answer is, ‘My students need books.’

Jadi jawaban yang benar adalah, 'Siswa saya membutuhkan buku.'

Now for the negative, you can say, ‘My students don't need books.’

Sekarang untuk negatifnya, Anda dapat mengatakan, 'Siswa saya tidak membutuhkan buku.'

The next sentence says, ‘I __ blank __…’, think of the verb,

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'I __ blank __…', pikirkan kata kerjanya,

‘…live in London.’

'...live in London.'

What do we do here?

Apa yang kita lakukan di sini?

Again the subject is ‘I’, therefore we don't change the verb.

Sekali lagi subjeknya adalah 'saya', oleh karena itu kami tidak mengubah kata kerjanya.

The correct answer is, ‘I live in London.’

Jawaban yang benar adalah, 'Saya tinggal di London.'

What's the negative?

Apa negatifnya?

‘I don't live in London.’

"Aku tidak tinggal di London."

For the next part, I would like for you to try to find the mistake in the sentence.

Untuk bagian selanjutnya, saya ingin Anda mencoba menemukan kesalahan dalam kalimat tersebut.

‘He doesn't likes math.’

"Dia tidak suka matematika."

What's the error here?

Apa kesalahan di sini?

Well this is a negative.

Nah ini negatif.

‘He doesn't…’, that's correct.

'Dia tidak ...', itu benar.

However, we do not add an ‘s’ when we have ‘doesn't’ in front of ‘it’.

Namun, kami tidak menambahkan 's' ketika kami memiliki 'not' di depan 'it'.

‘Do he eat candy?’

'Apakah dia makan permen?'

Here we have a question.

Di sini kita punya pertanyaan.

The subject of the sentence is ‘he’.

Subjek kalimatnya adalah 'dia'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, when we're making a sentence in the present simple tense,

Untuk 'he', 'she', 'it', saat kita membuat kalimat dalam present simple tense,

we use ‘does’ not ‘do’.

kita menggunakan 'does' not 'do'.

So the correct answer is, ‘Does he eat candy?’

Jadi jawaban yang benar adalah, 'Apakah dia makan permen?'

And finally, ‘Sam is play computer games.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Sam sedang bermain game komputer.'

There are two present simple verbs here and we can't have that,

Ada dua kata kerja sederhana saat ini di sini dan kita tidak dapat memilikinya,

so the correct way to fix this sentence is to get rid of the ‘is’.

jadi cara yang benar untuk memperbaiki kalimat ini adalah dengan menghilangkan 'adalah'.

So take that out and say, ‘Sam plays computer games.’

Jadi keluarkan itu dan katakan, 'Sam memainkan game komputer.'

Add an ‘s’ because the subject is ‘Sam’ which is a ‘he’.

Tambahkan 's' karena subjeknya adalah 'Sam' yang merupakan 'dia'.

Great job!

Kerja bagus!

Let's move on to the next practice.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke latihan berikutnya.

For this next practice, we're taking a look at routines.

Untuk latihan berikutnya, kita akan melihat rutinitas.

Remember the present simple tense can be used to describe events that happen regularly.

Ingat present simple tense dapat digunakan untuk menggambarkan peristiwa yang terjadi secara teratur.

Let's take a look at the first sentence,

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama,

‘We _ blank _ the bus every day.’

'Kami _ kosong _ bus setiap hari.'

And I want you to use the verb ‘take’.

Dan saya ingin Anda menggunakan kata kerja 'ambil'.

Here we see the clue word ‘every day’ which shows that this is a routine.

Di sini kita melihat kata petunjuk 'setiap hari' yang menunjukkan bahwa ini adalah rutinitas.

The subject of the sentence is ‘we’.

Subjek kalimatnya adalah 'kita'.

In the present simple tense,

Dalam present simple tense,

remember if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’,

ingatlah jika subjeknya adalah 'saya', 'kamu', 'kami', atau 'mereka',

we do not change the verb.

kami tidak mengubah kata kerjanya.

Therefore the correct answer is, ‘We take the bus every day.’

Oleh karena itu jawaban yang benar adalah, 'Kami naik bus setiap hari.'

In the second sentence it says, ‘He _ blank _ to school every morning.’

Di kalimat kedua tertulis, 'Dia _kosong_ ke sekolah setiap pagi.'

Again a routine.

Lagi-lagi rutinitas.

The subject here is ‘he’.

Subjek di sini adalah 'dia'.

What do we do if the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’?

Apa yang kita lakukan jika subjeknya adalah 'dia', 'dia', atau 'itu'?

We add ‘s’ or ‘es’ to the verb.

Kami menambahkan 's' atau 'es' ke kata kerja.

In this example, the verb is ‘go’, so we have to add ‘es’.

Dalam contoh ini, kata kerjanya adalah 'go', jadi kita harus menambahkan 'es'.

‘He goes to school every morning.’

"Dia pergi ke sekolah setiap pagi."

In the next sentence, it says, ‘Lizzy not play (in parenthesis) tennis.’

Dalam kalimat berikutnya, dikatakan, 'Lizzy tidak bermain tenis (dalam kurung).'

Here I want you to think about the negative form.

Di sini saya ingin Anda berpikir tentang bentuk negatifnya.

Lizzy is a ‘she’.

Lizzy adalah 'dia'.

The subject pronoun is ‘she’ so what do we do for the negative?

Kata ganti subjeknya adalah 'dia' jadi apa yang kita lakukan untuk yang negatif?

We say ‘does not’ or the contraction ‘doesn't play tennis’.

Kami mengatakan 'tidak' atau kontraksi 'tidak bermain tenis'.

We do not add an ‘s’ or ‘es’ to the end of the verb.

Kami tidak menambahkan 's' atau 'es' di akhir kata kerja.

Instead we say ‘doesn't’ or ‘does not’.

Sebaliknya kita mengatakan 'tidak' atau 'tidak'.

Now I want you to find a mistake in the next sentence.

Sekarang saya ingin Anda menemukan kesalahan dalam kalimat berikutnya.

‘They watches TV at night.’

"Mereka menonton TV di malam hari."

Can you figure out what's wrong with the sentence?

Bisakah Anda mencari tahu apa yang salah dengan kalimat itu?

The subject is ‘they’.

Topiknya adalah 'mereka'.

Therefore, remember, we do not change the verb.

Karena itu, ingat, kami tidak mengubah kata kerja.

We say ‘watch’.

Kami mengatakan 'menonton'.

‘They watch TV at night’.

'Mereka menonton TV di malam hari'.

In the next sentence, or question, it says, ‘Does he plays soccer every week?’

Dalam kalimat, atau pertanyaan berikutnya, dikatakan, 'Apakah dia bermain sepak bola setiap minggu?'

The subject of the sentence is ‘he’.

Subjek kalimatnya adalah 'dia'.

To make a sentence, putting ‘does’ at the beginning is okay,

Untuk membuat kalimat, menempatkan 'melakukan' di awal boleh saja,

However, we don't put an ‘s’ at the end of ‘play’.

Namun, kami tidak menempatkan 's' di akhir 'bermain'.

Therefore, the correct answer is to simply say,

Oleh karena itu, jawaban yang benar adalah dengan mengatakan,

‘Does he play soccer every week?’

'Apakah dia bermain sepak bola setiap minggu?'

And finally, ‘He always forget his book.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Dia selalu lupa bukunya.'

In this case, the subject is ‘he’.

Dalam hal ini, subjeknya adalah 'dia'.

Remember, again, for he/she/it we add 's' or 'es' to the end of the verb.

Ingat, sekali lagi, untuk he/she/it kita menambahkan 's' atau 'es' di akhir kata kerja.

What's the verb in the sentence?

Apa kata kerja dalam kalimat?

It's ‘forget’.

Itu 'lupa'.

Therefore we have to say, ‘He always forgets his book.’

Oleh karena itu kita harus mengatakan, 'Dia selalu melupakan bukunya.'

Great job.

Kerja bagus.

Let's move on to the next practice.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke latihan berikutnya.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at how the present simple tense can be used to describe

Dalam pemeriksaan ini, kita akan melihat bagaimana present simple tense dapat digunakan untuk menggambarkan

future events.

kejadian di masa depan.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

It says, ‘The airplane _ blank _ tonight.’

Dikatakan, 'Pesawat _ kosong _ malam ini.'

And we're looking at the verb ‘leave’.

Dan kita sedang melihat kata kerja 'pergi'.

What is the subject of the sentence?

Apa subjek kalimatnya?

The correct answer is ‘airplane’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'pesawat'.

What subject pronoun do we use for ‘airplane’?

Apa kata ganti subjek yang kita gunakan untuk 'pesawat'?

It's ‘it’.

Ini 'itu'.

Remember in the present simple tense, for ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we add an ‘s’

Ingat dalam present simple tense, untuk 'he', 'she', 'it', kita menambahkan 's'

or ‘es’ to the verb.

atau 'es' ke kata kerja.

The verb here is ‘leave’ so we simply add an ‘s’.

Kata kerja di sini adalah 'pergi' jadi kita cukup menambahkan 's'.

The correct answer is, ‘The airplane leaves tonight.’

Jawaban yang benar adalah, 'Pesawat berangkat malam ini.'

In the second sentence, it says, ‘Does the movie _blank_ soon?’

Di kalimat kedua, tertulis, 'Apakah filmnya _blank_ segera?'

And we're using the verb ‘start’.

Dan kami menggunakan kata kerja 'mulai'.

What is the subject of this sentence?

Apa subjek dari kalimat ini?

It’s ‘movie’.

Ini 'film'.

And what subject pronoun do we use for movie?

Dan apa kata ganti subjek yang kita gunakan untuk film?

It’s ‘it’.

Ini 'itu'.

So it's like saying, ‘Does it _ blank _ soon?’

Jadi seperti mengatakan, 'Apakah _ kosong _ segera?'

Well this is a question, so we already have the correct word in the front - ‘does’.

Nah ini adalah pertanyaan, jadi kita sudah memiliki kata yang benar di depan - 'tidak'.

For he/she/it, when we're asking a question, we use ‘does’.

Untuk he/she/it, ketika kita mengajukan pertanyaan, kita menggunakan 'does'.

Now all we have to do is use the same verb in its base form,

Sekarang yang harus kita lakukan adalah menggunakan kata kerja yang sama dalam bentuk dasarnya,

so ‘Does the movie start soon?’

jadi 'Apakah filmnya segera dimulai?'

We do not add an ‘s’ or ‘es’ here.

Kami tidak menambahkan 's' atau 'es' di sini.

Finally, it says, ‘Viki _ blank _ tomorrow.’

Akhirnya, tertulis, 'Viki _ blank _ besok.'

The subject of the sentence is ‘Vicki’.

Subjek kalimatnya adalah 'Vicki'.

‘Vicki’ is a girl so the subject pronoun is ‘she’.

'Vicki' adalah seorang gadis sehingga kata ganti subjeknya adalah 'dia'.

You'll remember now that for… in this case, we put ‘works’.

Anda akan ingat sekarang bahwa untuk… dalam hal ini, kami menempatkan 'bekerja'.

w-o-r-k-s ‘works’.

bekerja 'bekerja'.

‘Vicki works tomorrow.’

"Vicki bekerja besok."

Now let's find the mistakes in the sentence below.

Sekarang mari kita temukan kesalahan dalam kalimat di bawah ini.

‘He do leave at 3:30 p.m.’

'Dia berangkat jam 15:30'

Actually there's only one mistake.

Sebenarnya hanya ada satu kesalahan.

Can you find it?

Dapatkah Anda menemukannya?

‘He do leave at 3:30 p.m.’

'Dia berangkat pukul 15:30'

We do not need the ‘do’ here.

Kita tidak perlu 'melakukan' di sini.

We only use ‘do’ in a question or in the negative form.

Kami hanya menggunakan 'lakukan' dalam pertanyaan atau dalam bentuk negatif.

But also the subject is ‘he’, so we would use ‘does’.

Tapi juga subjeknya adalah 'dia', jadi kita akan menggunakan 'does'.

Either way we don't need this here.

Either way kita tidak perlu ini di sini.

Well now we have the verb ‘leave’ with the subject ‘he’.

Nah sekarang kita punya verb 'leave' dengan subject 'he'.

Do you know what to do?

Apakah Anda tahu apa yang harus dilakukan?

We simply change this to ‘leaves’.

Kami hanya mengubah ini menjadi 'daun'.

Just like we did in the first sentence.

Seperti yang kita lakukan pada kalimat pertama.

‘He leaves at 3:30 p.m.’

'Dia berangkat jam 15:30'

In the next sentence, ‘They don't start school today.’

Dalam kalimat berikutnya, 'Mereka tidak mulai sekolah hari ini.'

We have a negative sentence.

Kami memiliki kalimat negatif.

‘They don't…’, that's correct.

'Mereka tidak ...', itu benar.

‘…do not’ is correct.

'...jangan' benar.

For subject pronoun ‘they’.

Untuk kata ganti subjek 'mereka'.

However, in the negative form, we don't have to change the main verb at all.

Namun, dalam bentuk negatif, kita tidak perlu mengubah kata kerja utama sama sekali.

Therefore, all we will do is say, ‘They don't start school today.’

Karena itu, yang akan kita lakukan hanyalah mengatakan, 'Mereka tidak mulai sekolah hari ini.'

No ‘s’.

Tidak ada 's'.

Finally, ‘Does we eat at noon?’

Akhirnya, 'Apakah kita makan di siang hari?'

Take a look.

Lihatlah.

What is the subject or subject pronoun in the sentence?

Apa yang dimaksud dengan subject atau subject pronoun dalam kalimat tersebut?

The correct answer is ‘we’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'kita'.

Think about the question form.

Pikirkan tentang bentuk pertanyaan.

Do we say ‘do’ or ‘does’ in the question form for the subject pronoun ‘we’?

Apakah kita mengatakan 'melakukan' atau 'melakukan' dalam bentuk pertanyaan untuk kata ganti subjek 'kita'?

The correct answer is ‘do’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'lakukan'.

We say ‘do’.

Kami mengatakan 'lakukan'.

So the correct way to say this sentence or question is,

Jadi cara yang benar untuk mengucapkan kalimat atau pertanyaan ini adalah,

‘Do we eat at noon?’

'Apakah kita makan di siang hari?'

Great job guys.

Kerja bagus.

You're done with the practice.

Anda sudah selesai dengan latihan.

Thank you for your hard work.

Terima kasih atas kerja keras Anda.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Good job guys.

Kerja bagus.

You put in a lot of practice today.

Anda melakukan banyak latihan hari ini.

The present simple tense is not easy, and I'm really happy to see how hard you guys

Simple tense saat ini tidak mudah, dan saya sangat senang melihat seberapa keras kalian

worked on mastering it.

bekerja untuk menguasainya.

Be sure to check out my other videos and thank you for watching this video.

Jangan lupa tonton video saya yang lain dan terima kasih sudah menonton video ini.

I'll see you next time.

Sampai jumpa lagi.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody. I'm Esther.

Hai semuanya. Saya Ester.

I'm so excited to be teaching you the  present continuous tense in this video.

Saya sangat bersemangat untuk mengajari Anda present continuous tense dalam video ini.

This tense is used to describe: an action that's happening right now,

Tense ini digunakan untuk menggambarkan: suatu tindakan yang sedang terjadi saat ini,

a longer action in progress , and something happening in the near future.

tindakan yang lebih lama sedang berlangsung , dan sesuatu yang terjadi dalam waktu dekat.

There's a lot to learn, but don't worry I'll guide you through it.

Ada banyak yang harus dipelajari, tapi jangan khawatir saya akan memandu Anda melewatinya.

Let's get started.

Mari kita mulai.

The present continuous tense is used to talk  about actions that are happening right now.

Present continuous tense digunakan untuk membicarakan tindakan yang sedang terjadi saat ini.

For example,

Misalnya,

‘I'm teaching English’ and ‘You are studying English.’

'Saya mengajar bahasa Inggris' dan 'Anda sedang belajar bahasa Inggris.'

Let's take a look at some more examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh lagi.

The first sentence says, ‘He is watching a movie’.

Kalimat pertama mengatakan, 'Dia sedang menonton film'.

We start with the subject and a ‘be’ verb.

Kita mulai dengan subjek dan kata kerja 'menjadi'.

In this case, the subject is ‘he’.

Dalam hal ini, subjeknya adalah 'dia'.

For ‘he’ / ‘she’ and ‘it’,  we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

Untuk 'he' / 'she' dan 'it', kita menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'is'.

Then you'll notice I added an ‘-ing’  to the end of the verb ‘watch’.

Kemudian Anda akan melihat saya menambahkan '-ing' di akhir kata kerja 'watch'.

‘He is watching a movie.’

"Dia sedang menonton film."

The next sentence says, ‘Tim is playing a computer game.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Tim sedang bermain game komputer.'

He's doing that right now.

Dia sedang melakukan itu sekarang.

Tim is a ‘he’, therefore, again  we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

Tim adalah 'dia', oleh karena itu, sekali lagi kita menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'is'.

And again you'll notice I added  ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb.

Dan sekali lagi Anda akan melihat saya menambahkan '-ing' di akhir kata kerja.

The next sentence says,

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi,

‘The machine is making a noise.’

'Mesinnya mengeluarkan suara.'

Now pay attention to the subject, ‘the machine’.

Sekarang perhatikan subjek, 'mesin'.

What is the proper pronoun?

Apa kata ganti yang tepat?

The answer is ‘it’, therefore  we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

Jawabannya adalah 'itu', oleh karena itu kita menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'is'.

‘The machine is making a noise.’

'Mesin itu mengeluarkan suara.'

We can also say, ‘It is making a noise’. Or the contraction, ‘It's making a noise’.

Kita juga bisa mengatakan, 'Itu membuat kebisingan'. Atau kontraksi, 'Ini membuat suara'.

And finally, ‘Tom and Ben are speaking English’.

Dan akhirnya, 'Tom dan Ben berbicara bahasa Inggris'.

In this case, you'll notice  that we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

Dalam hal ini, Anda akan melihat bahwa kita menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'are'.

Can you figure out why?

Bisakah Anda mencari tahu mengapa?

That's because Tom and Ben - the subject pronoun for these two is ‘they’.

Itu karena Tom dan Ben - kata ganti subjek untuk keduanya adalah 'mereka'.

‘They are speaking English.’

"Mereka berbicara bahasa Inggris."

Let's move on to the next usage.

Mari kita beralih ke penggunaan berikutnya.

The present continuous tense is also used to describe a longer action in progress.

Present continuous tense juga digunakan untuk menggambarkan tindakan yang lebih lama yang sedang berlangsung.

Even though you might not be  doing the action right now.

Meskipun Anda mungkin tidak melakukan tindakan sekarang.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

The first sentence says,

Kalimat pertama berbunyi,

‘I'm reading an interesting book these days.’

'Aku sedang membaca buku yang menarik akhir-akhir ini.'

In this case, the subject is  ‘I’, so the ‘be’ verb is ‘am’.

Dalam hal ini, subjeknya adalah 'I', jadi kata kerja 'be' adalah 'am'.

In this example, we use the contraction  ‘I'm’ by putting ‘I’ and ‘am’ together.

Dalam contoh ini, kita menggunakan kontraksi 'I'm' dengan menggabungkan 'I' dan 'am'.

Again, you'll notice there's  an ‘-ing’ after the verb.

Sekali lagi, Anda akan melihat ada '-ing' setelah kata kerja.

The next sentence says,

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi,

‘You are studying to become an English teacher.’

'Kamu sedang belajar untuk menjadi guru bahasa Inggris.'

The subject here is ‘you’,

Subjek di sini adalah 'kamu',

therefore the ‘be’ verb is ‘are’.

oleh karena itu kata kerja 'menjadi' adalah 'adalah'.

Next, ‘Steven is preparing for the IELTS exam.’

Selanjutnya, 'Steven sedang mempersiapkan ujian IELTS.'

The subject here is ‘Steven’ which is a ‘he’,

Subjek di sini adalah 'Steven' yang merupakan 'he',

therefore we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

oleh karena itu kami menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'is'.

And finally, ‘John and June are working at a company.’

Dan akhirnya, 'John dan June bekerja di sebuah perusahaan.'

If you look at the subject ‘John and June’, the pronoun for that is ‘they’.

Jika Anda melihat subjek 'John and June', kata ganti untuk itu adalah 'mereka'.

That's why we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

Itu sebabnya kami menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'are'.

‘They are working at a company.’

"Mereka bekerja di sebuah perusahaan."

Let's move on to the next usage.

Mari kita beralih ke penggunaan berikutnya.

The present continuous is also used  to talk about near future plans.

Present continuous juga digunakan untuk membicarakan rencana yang akan datang.

Let's take a look.

Mari lihat.

‘She is meeting some friends tonight.’

"Dia bertemu dengan beberapa teman malam ini."

That's going to happen in the near future.

Itu akan terjadi dalam waktu dekat.

You'll notice that we have 'she', so the ‘be’ verb is ‘is’.

Anda akan melihat bahwa kita memiliki 'she', jadi kata kerja 'be' adalah 'is'.

And then we added an ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb ‘meet’.

Dan kemudian kami menambahkan '-ing' di akhir kata kerja 'meet'.

The next example says, ‘We are going on vacation in July.’

Contoh berikutnya mengatakan, 'Kami akan berlibur di bulan Juli.'

The subject here is ‘we’, therefore we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

Subjek di sini adalah 'kita', oleh karena itu kita menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'are'.

We can also use a contraction and say, ‘We're going on vacation in July.’

Kita juga bisa menggunakan singkatan dan berkata, 'Kita akan pergi berlibur di bulan Juli.'

Again, another near future plan.

Sekali lagi, rencana lain dalam waktu dekat.

The next example says,

Contoh berikutnya mengatakan,

‘David is learning to drive tomorrow.’

'David belajar mengemudi besok.'

‘tomorrow’ is the near future.

'besok' adalah waktu dekat.

‘David’ is the subject.

'David' adalah subjeknya.

‘David’ is a ‘he’, so we use ‘is’.

'David' adalah 'dia', jadi kami menggunakan 'adalah'.

And lastly, ‘Vicki and I are teaching English next week.’

Dan terakhir, 'Vicki dan saya mengajar bahasa Inggris minggu depan.'

‘Vicky and I’… If we think about the subject pronoun is ‘we’.

'Vicky and I'… Jika kita berpikir tentang subject pronoun adalah 'we'.

That's why we used ‘are’. ‘We are teaching.’

Itu sebabnya kami menggunakan 'adalah'. "Kami sedang mengajar."

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's talk about the negative  form of the present continuous tense.

Sekarang mari kita bicara tentang bentuk negatif dari present continuous tense.

I have some examples here.

Saya punya beberapa contoh di sini.

These two examples are for actions that are happening right now, or longer actions.

Kedua contoh ini adalah untuk tindakan yang sedang terjadi saat ini, atau tindakan yang lebih lama.

These last two are for near future plans.

Dua yang terakhir ini untuk rencana masa depan.

Let's take a look.

Mari lihat.

The first sentence says, ‘I am not having fun.’

Kalimat pertama mengatakan, 'Saya tidak bersenang-senang.'

Now that's not true for me because I am having fun,

Itu tidak benar bagi saya karena saya bersenang-senang,

but in this example I am not having fun.

tetapi dalam contoh ini saya tidak bersenang-senang.

You'll notice that the word ‘not’ goes  between the ‘be’ verb and the ‘verb -ing’.

Anda akan melihat bahwa kata 'tidak' berada di antara kata kerja 'menjadi' dan 'kata kerja -ing'.

In the second example it says, ‘Jane isn't doing her homework.’

Dalam contoh kedua dikatakan, 'Jane tidak mengerjakan PR-nya.'

Here we use the contraction ‘isn't’ for ‘is not’,

Di sini kita menggunakan kontraksi 'isn't' untuk 'is not',

so just like the first sentence, we put ‘not’ between ‘is’ and ‘verb -ing’.

jadi seperti kalimat pertama, kita menempatkan 'not' di antara 'is' dan 'verb -ing'.

The next sentence says, ‘You're not seeing him tonight.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Kamu tidak akan bertemu dengannya malam ini.'

Here we have a contraction for ‘you are’.

Di sini kita memiliki singkatan untuk 'kamu'.

‘You're not seeing him tonight.’

"Kau tidak akan bertemu dengannya malam ini."

And finally, ‘We are not running tomorrow morning.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Kami tidak akan lari besok pagi.'

Here we have the subject ‘we’, therefore, we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

Di sini kita memiliki subjek 'kita', oleh karena itu, kita menggunakan kata kerja 'be' 'are'.

Don’t forget to add a ‘not’ after that to make it negative.

Jangan lupa untuk menambahkan 'tidak' setelah itu untuk membuatnya negatif.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's talk about how to form ‘be’ verb  questions in the present continuous tense.

Sekarang mari kita bicara tentang bagaimana membentuk pertanyaan kata kerja 'menjadi' dalam present continuous tense.

The first example here says,

Contoh pertama di sini mengatakan,

‘Is he waiting for you?’

'Apakah dia menunggumu?'

or ‘Is he waiting for you?’

atau 'Apakah dia menunggumu?'

We start with the ‘be’ verb.

Kita mulai dengan kata kerja 'be'.

Take a look at the subject though.

Lihatlah subjeknya.

The subject is ‘he’ and that's why we start with the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

Subjeknya adalah 'dia' dan itulah mengapa kita mulai dengan kata kerja 'be' 'is'.

‘Is he waiting for you?’

"Apakah dia menunggumu?"

You can answer, ‘Yes, he is.’ or ‘No he isn't.’

Anda bisa menjawab, 'Ya, memang begitu.' atau 'Tidak, dia tidak.'

The second sentence says,

Kalimat kedua mengatakan,

‘Are you coming to class?’

'Apakah kamu datang ke kelas?'

The subject here is ‘you’ and  that's why we start with ‘are’.

Subjek di sini adalah 'Anda' dan itulah mengapa kita mulai dengan 'adalah'.

‘Are you coming to class?’

'Apakah kamu datang ke kelas?'

You can answer, ‘Yes I am.’ or ‘No, I'm not.’

Anda dapat menjawab, 'Ya, saya.' atau 'Tidak, saya tidak.'

The next question says, ‘Is he preparing to study in Canada?’

Pertanyaan berikutnya mengatakan, 'Apakah dia bersiap untuk belajar di Kanada?'

The subject is ‘he’, and so we start with ‘is’.

Subjeknya adalah 'dia', jadi kita mulai dengan 'adalah'.

The answer can be, ‘Yes, he is.’ or it can also be ‘No, he isn't.’

Jawabannya bisa, 'Ya, memang begitu.' atau bisa juga 'Tidak, dia tidak.'

Finally the last question says, ‘Are they going out tonight?’

Akhirnya pertanyaan terakhir berbunyi, 'Apakah mereka akan keluar malam ini?'

The subject here is ‘they’, and so we start with ‘are’.

Subjek di sini adalah 'mereka', jadi kita mulai dengan 'adalah'.

The answer can be ‘Yes, they are.’ or ‘No, they aren't.’

Jawabannya bisa 'Ya, memang begitu.' atau 'Tidak, mereka tidak.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's talk about the WH question  form for the present continuous tense.

Sekarang mari kita bicara tentang bentuk pertanyaan WH untuk present continuous tense.

I have some examples here

Saya memiliki beberapa contoh di sini

and you'll notice that we start with the WH questions:

dan Anda akan melihat bahwa kita mulai dengan pertanyaan WH:

what, where, when, who, why, and how.

apa, di mana, kapan, siapa, mengapa, dan bagaimana.

What comes after?

Apa yang datang setelahnya?

You'll notice it's the ‘be’ verbs: ‘are’, ‘is’, and if the subject is ‘I’, ‘am’.

Anda akan melihat bahwa itu adalah kata kerja 'be': 'are', 'is', dan jika subjeknya adalah 'I', 'am'.

So after that you have the subject and then the verb -ing.

Jadi setelah itu Anda memiliki subjek dan kemudian kata kerja -ing.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama.

‘What are you doing?’

'Apa yang sedang kamu lakukan?'

I'm asking about right now.

Aku bertanya tentang sekarang.

For example, ‘I'm teaching English.’

Misalnya, 'Saya mengajar bahasa Inggris.'

‘Where are you going?’ ‘I'm going to the store.’

'Kemana kamu pergi?' "Aku akan pergi ke toko."

‘When is it starting?’ ‘It's starting at 3.’

'Kapan mulainya?' 'Mulai jam 3'

I can be talking about a movie a show anything can be ‘it’.

Saya dapat berbicara tentang film, pertunjukan apa pun bisa menjadi 'itu'.

‘Who is she talking to?’ ‘She's talking to Bob.’

'Dengan siapa dia berbicara?' "Dia sedang berbicara dengan Bob."

‘Why is she crying?’ ‘She's crying because she's sad.’

'Mengapa dia menangis?' "Dia menangis karena dia sedih."

And finally, ‘How is it going?’ ‘It's going well.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Bagaimana kabarnya?' "Ini berjalan dengan baik."

For this checkup of the present continuous tense,

Untuk pemeriksaan present continuous tense ini,

we'll look at how this tense can be used to  describe an action that's happening right now.

kita akan melihat bagaimana tense ini dapat digunakan untuk menggambarkan suatu tindakan yang sedang terjadi saat ini.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama.

‘You -blank- learning English.’

'Kamu -kosong- belajar bahasa Inggris.'

Remember for this tense, we start  with the subject and the ‘be’ verb

Ingat untuk tense ini, kita mulai dengan subjek dan kata kerja 'be'

and then the verb ‘-ing’.

dan kemudian kata kerja '-ing'.

We already have the verb ‘-ing’ here, so we need the ‘be’ verb.

Kita sudah memiliki kata kerja '-ing' di sini, jadi kita membutuhkan kata kerja 'be'.

The subject in the first sentence is ‘you’.

Subjek dalam kalimat pertama adalah 'kamu'.

For ‘you’, ‘we’, and ‘they’,  we use the ‘be’ verb - ‘are’,

Untuk 'kamu', 'kami', dan 'mereka', kami menggunakan kata kerja 'be' - 'are',

so the correct answer is,

jadi jawaban yang benar adalah,

‘You are learning English’ right now.

'You are learning English' sekarang.

The next sentence says,

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi,

‘She _blank_ not watching TV.’

'Dia _blank_ tidak menonton TV.'

This is the negative form of  the present continuous tense.

Ini adalah bentuk negatif dari present continuous tense.

We have the word ‘not’ before the verb ‘-ing’,

Kami memiliki kata 'not' sebelum kata kerja '-ing',

However, we're missing the ‘be’ verb again.

Namun, kami kehilangan kata kerja 'be' lagi.

What is the be verb to use  if the subject is ‘she’?

Apa kata kerja be yang digunakan jika subjeknya adalah 'dia'?

the correct answer is ‘is’.

jawaban yang benar adalah 'adalah'.

‘She is not watching TV.’

"Dia tidak sedang menonton TV."

This one says, ‘I _blank_ studying now.’

Yang ini mengatakan, 'Saya _blank_ belajar sekarang.'

The subject here is ‘I’.

Subjek di sini adalah 'aku'.

Again think of the ‘be’ verb that goes before the subject ‘I’.

Sekali lagi pikirkan kata kerja 'be' yang mendahului subjek 'I'.

The ‘be’ verb is ‘am’.

Kata kerja 'be' adalah 'am'.

‘I am studying now.’

"Saya sedang belajar sekarang."

We can also use a contraction and say, ‘I'm studying now’

Kita juga dapat menggunakan singkatan dan mengatakan, 'Saya sedang belajar sekarang'

If we wanted to turn this into the negative form,

Jika kita ingin mengubahnya menjadi bentuk negatif,

we can also say, ‘I'm not studying now.’

kita juga dapat mengatakan, 'Saya tidak belajar sekarang.'

Now, take a look at the next  sentence and find the mistake.

Sekarang, lihat kalimat berikutnya dan temukan kesalahannya.

‘Layla is watch a movie.’

'Layla sedang menonton film.'

Here we have the subject and the subject pronoun for Layla would be ‘she’.

Di sini kita memiliki subjek dan kata ganti subjek untuk Layla adalah 'dia'.

We have the correct ‘be’ verb - ‘is’,

Kami memiliki kata kerja 'be' yang benar - 'is',

However, you'll notice we forgot  the ‘-ing’ at the end of the verb.

Namun, Anda akan melihat kami lupa '-ing' di akhir kata kerja.

We need to say, ‘watching’.

Kita perlu mengatakan, 'menonton'.

‘Layla is watching a movie.’

'Layla sedang menonton film.'

The next sentence says,

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi,

‘They playing soccer now.’

'Mereka bermain sepak bola sekarang.'

What's missing?

Apa yang hilang?

If you got it the correct answer is we need the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’

Jika Anda mendapatkannya, jawaban yang benar adalah kita membutuhkan kata kerja 'be' – 'are'

because the subject is ‘they’.

karena subjeknya adalah 'they'.

‘They are playing soccer now.’

"Mereka sedang bermain sepak bola sekarang."

And finally, ‘What do you do?’

Dan akhirnya, 'Apa yang kamu lakukan?'

If you want to ask somebody  what they're doing right now,

Jika Anda ingin bertanya kepada seseorang apa yang sedang mereka lakukan saat ini,

you say, 'what’... and the ‘be’ verb – ‘are... you.. doing?’

katakan, 'apa'... dan kata kerja 'be' – 'are... you..do?'

‘What are you doing?’

'Apa yang sedang kamu lakukan?'

Let's move on to the next practice.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke latihan berikutnya.

For this checkup we'll talk about the present continuous tense

Untuk pemeriksaan ini kita akan berbicara tentang present continuous tense

and how it can be used to describe an action that started in the past and continues today.

dan bagaimana itu dapat digunakan untuk menggambarkan suatu tindakan yang dimulai di masa lalu dan berlanjut hari ini.

It's a longer action.

Ini adalah tindakan yang lebih lama.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama.

‘He _blank_ studying economics.’

'Dia _blank_ belajar ekonomi.'

Remember for this tense, we take the  subject, a ‘be’ verb, and then verb ‘-ing’.

Ingat untuk tense ini, kita mengambil subjek, kata kerja 'be', dan kemudian kata kerja '-ing'.

Here we already have the verb ‘-ing’, ‘studying’.

Di sini kita sudah memiliki kata kerja '-ing', 'belajar'.

So what are we missing?

Jadi apa yang kita lewatkan?

The ‘be’ verb.

Kata kerja 'menjadi'.

The correct ‘be’ verb for  the subject ‘he’ is ‘is’.

Kata kerja 'be' yang benar untuk subjek 'he' adalah 'is'.

So, ‘He is studying economics.’

Jadi, 'Dia sedang belajar ekonomi.'

The next sentence says, ‘They're _blank_ for the fight.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Mereka _blank_ untuk pertarungan.'

The verb we want to use is ‘train’.

Kata kerja yang ingin kita gunakan adalah 'melatih'.

Now we already have the 'be' verb here.

Sekarang kita sudah memiliki kata kerja 'be' di sini.

It's in the contraction ‘there’  because it's ‘they are’.

Itu dalam kontraksi 'di sana' karena itu 'mereka'.

All we have to do now is add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Yang harus kita lakukan sekarang adalah menambahkan '-ing' ke kata kerja.

‘They're training for the fight these days.’

"Mereka sedang berlatih untuk pertarungan akhir-akhir ini."

And ‘We _blank_ teaching at the school.’

Dan 'Kami _blank_ mengajar di sekolah.'

Again we're missing the ‘be’ verb.

Sekali lagi kita kehilangan kata kerja 'be'.

What is the ‘be’ verb for ‘we’?

Apa kata kerja 'be' untuk 'we'?

The correct answer is ‘are’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'adalah'.

‘We are teaching at the school.’

"Kami sedang mengajar di sekolah."

Now let's look for the  mistakes in the next sentence.

Sekarang mari kita cari kesalahan pada kalimat berikutnya.

‘Ben is study to become a doctor.’

'Ben sedang belajar untuk menjadi dokter.'

Can you find the error?

Bisakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

Well we have the subject and we have the proper ‘be verb’.

Kami memiliki subjek dan kami memiliki 'be verb' yang tepat.

What we're missing is the ‘-ing’ at the end of ‘study’.

Apa yang kita lewatkan adalah '-ing' di akhir 'studi'.

The correct answer is, ‘Ben is studying to become a doctor’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah, 'Ben sedang belajar untuk menjadi dokter'.

Let's look at the next sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat selanjutnya.

‘I don't reading that book.’

"Aku tidak membaca buku itu."

hmm

‘I don't reading that book.’

hmm 'I don't reading that book.'

To form the negative in the present continuous, we don't use ‘do’ or ‘does’

Untuk membentuk negatif dalam present continuous, kita tidak menggunakan 'do' atau 'does'.

We use the ‘be’ verb. What is the be verb for ‘I’?

Kita menggunakan verb 'be'. Apa kata kerja be untuk 'aku'?

The correct answer is ‘am’.

Jawaban yang benar adalah 'saya'.

‘I am not reading that book.’

"Saya tidak sedang membaca buku itu."

There is no contraction for ‘am not’.

Tidak ada kontraksi untuk 'saya tidak'.

Finally, ‘They are to learn English.’

Akhirnya, 'Mereka harus belajar bahasa Inggris.'

We have the subject and we have the correct ‘be’ verb,

Kami memiliki subjek dan kami memiliki kata kerja 'be' yang benar,

but remember we need verb ‘-ing’.

tetapi ingat kami membutuhkan kata kerja '-ing'.

Therefore, the correct answer is,

Oleh karena itu, jawaban yang benar adalah,

‘They are learning English.’

'Mereka sedang belajar bahasa Inggris.'

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke pemeriksaan berikutnya.

For this checkup we'll take a look at how the present continuous tense

Untuk pemeriksaan ini kita akan melihat bagaimana present continuous tense

can be used to talk about future plans.

dapat digunakan untuk membicarakan rencana masa depan.

Let's take a look.

Mari lihat.

The first sentence says, ‘They're play a game tonight.’

Kalimat pertama berbunyi, 'Mereka bermain game malam ini.'

The verb we want to use is ‘play’.

Kata kerja yang ingin kita gunakan adalah 'bermain'.

Remember we start with the subject  and here we have it, ‘they’.

Ingat kita mulai dengan subjek dan di sini kita memilikinya, 'mereka'.

Then we have the ‘be’ verb.

Kemudian kita memiliki kata kerja 'be'.

In this case we used a contraction  for ‘they are – ‘they’re’.

Dalam hal ini kami menggunakan singkatan untuk 'mereka adalah – 'mereka'.

That's correct.

Itu benar.

After that we have to add ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb,

Setelah itu kita harus menambahkan '-ing' di akhir kata kerja,

so the correct answer is, ‘They're playing a game tonight.’

jadi jawaban yang benar adalah, 'Mereka bermain game malam ini.'

The next sentence says, 'We _blank_ not studying tomorrow.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Kami _blank_ tidak belajar besok.'

Looks good but there's a word that's missing.

Kelihatannya bagus tapi ada satu kata yang hilang.

This is the negative form because we have ‘not’.

Ini adalah bentuk negatif karena kita memiliki 'tidak'.

We simply need the ‘be’ verb for ‘we’.

Kita hanya membutuhkan kata kerja 'be' untuk 'we'.

The correct ‘be’ verb is ‘are’. ‘We are not studying tomorrow.’

Kata kerja 'menjadi' yang benar adalah 'adalah'. "Kami tidak belajar besok."

The next sentence says, ‘Lynn is _blank_ out tonight.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Lynn _blank_ keluar malam ini.'

and we want to use the verb ‘go’.

dan kami ingin menggunakan kata kerja 'pergi'.

Remember 'Lynn' and then the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’.

Ingat 'Lynn' dan kemudian kata kerja 'be' – 'is'.

That's correct. All we have to do is add ‘-ing’.

Itu benar. Yang harus kita lakukan adalah menambahkan '-ing'.

‘Lynn is going out tonight.’

'Lynn akan keluar malam ini.'

To make this negative you can say,

Untuk membuatnya negatif, Anda dapat mengatakan,

‘Lynn is not going out tonight.’ or ‘Lynn isn't going out tonight.’

'Lynn tidak akan pergi malam ini.' atau 'Lynn tidak akan keluar malam ini.'

The next sentence says, ‘Laura isn't study this evening.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Laura tidak belajar malam ini.'

Can you find the mistake?

Bisakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

Remember we have to add  ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb,

Ingat kita harus menambahkan '-ing' di akhir kata kerja,

so we need to say,

jadi kita perlu mengatakan,

‘Laura isn't studying this evening.’

'Laura tidak belajar malam ini.'

The next sentence says,

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi,

‘My sons will playing chess later.’

'Anak-anakku akan bermain catur nanti.'

We are talking about a future plan,

Kita berbicara tentang rencana masa depan,

so you might be tempted to use ‘well’ or ‘will’, I'm sorry.

jadi Anda mungkin tergoda untuk menggunakan 'well' atau 'will', maaf.

However, instead of saying ‘will’, we use the ‘be’ verb.

Namun, alih-alih mengatakan 'akan', kami menggunakan kata kerja 'menjadi'.

‘My sons are playing chess later.’

'Anak-anak saya bermain catur nanti.'

And finally, ‘She's not to eating dinner tonight.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Dia tidak akan makan malam malam ini.'

There's an extra word in here that we don't need.

Ada kata tambahan di sini yang tidak kita butuhkan.

What is it?

Apa itu?

It's ‘to’.

Ini 'ke'.

Remember, subject - ‘be’ verb, not verb ‘-ing’.

Ingat, subjek - kata kerja 'be', bukan kata kerja '-ing'.

We do not need ‘to’ in this sentence.

Kami tidak membutuhkan 'untuk' dalam kalimat ini.

All right well that's the end of this checkup.

Baiklah, itulah akhir dari pemeriksaan ini.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Good job, everyone.

Kerja bagus, semuanya.

You just completed the lesson  on the present continuous tense.

Anda baru saja menyelesaikan pelajaran tentang present continuous tense.

This tense is not easy but you did a great job.

Tense ini tidak mudah tetapi Anda melakukan pekerjaan dengan baik.

And keep watching to learn more.

Dan teruslah menonton untuk mempelajari lebih lanjut.

I know English can be difficult but with practice and effort you will improve.

Saya tahu bahasa Inggris bisa sulit tetapi dengan latihan dan usaha Anda akan meningkat.

I promise.

Saya berjanji.

See you in the next video.

Sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya.

Hi, everyone.

Halo semuanya.

I'm Esther.

Saya Ester.

In this video, I'm going to introduce the present perfect tense.

Di video ini, saya akan memperkenalkan present perfect tense.

This tense can be used to talk about an action that happened in the past,

Tense ini dapat digunakan untuk membicarakan suatu tindakan yang terjadi di masa lalu,

but when it happened is not very important or it’s unknown.

tetapi kapan itu terjadi tidak terlalu penting atau tidak diketahui.

It can also be used to talk about an action that started in the past and continues in

Ini juga dapat digunakan untuk membicarakan suatu tindakan yang dimulai di masa lalu dan berlanjut di

the present.

masa sekarang.

We really want to emphasize how long that action has been happening.

Kami benar-benar ingin menekankan berapa lama tindakan itu telah terjadi.

And finally, we use this tense to talk about a recent action.

Dan akhirnya, kita menggunakan tense ini untuk berbicara tentang tindakan baru-baru ini.

There's a lot to learn and a lot of important information, so keep watching.

Ada banyak hal yang harus dipelajari dan banyak informasi penting, jadi teruslah menonton.

Let's talk about one usage of the present perfect tense.

Mari kita bicara tentang salah satu penggunaan present perfect tense.

This tense can be used to talk about an action that happened in the past.

Tense ini dapat digunakan untuk membicarakan suatu tindakan yang terjadi di masa lampau.

But when it happened is not important or not known.

Tapi kapan itu terjadi tidak penting atau tidak diketahui.

However, this action is  important to the conversation 

Namun, tindakan ini penting untuk percakapan

right now.

sekarang.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

The first one says, ‘I have been to Canada.’

Yang pertama berkata, 'Saya pernah ke Kanada.'

What we do here is we start with the subject, ‘I’.

Apa yang kita lakukan di sini adalah kita mulai dengan subjek, 'aku'.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, and ‘they’, we follow with ‘have’.

Untuk 'aku', 'kamu', 'kami', dan 'mereka', kita ikuti dengan 'memiliki'.

After that we use the past participle of the verb.

Setelah itu kita menggunakan past participle dari kata kerja.

In this case, the verb is ‘be’.

Dalam hal ini, kata kerjanya adalah 'menjadi'.

And so the past participle is ‘been’.

Jadi past participlenya adalah 'been'.

‘I have been to Canada.’

"Saya pernah ke Kanada."

The next sentence says, ‘My cousins have seen the movie.’

Kalimat berikutnya berbunyi, 'Sepupu saya sudah menonton filmnya.'

My cousins is a ‘they’.

Sepupu saya adalah 'mereka'.

And so again, we follow with ‘have’.

Dan sekali lagi, kita ikuti dengan 'memiliki'.

And the past participle of see is ‘seen’.

Dan past participle dari see adalah 'terlihat'.

‘They have seen the movie.’

"Mereka sudah menonton filmnya."

Or ‘My cousins have seen the movie.’

Atau 'Sepupu saya sudah menonton filmnya.'

The next example says, ‘Chad has gone home.’

Contoh berikutnya mengatakan, 'Chad sudah pulang.'

Chad is a ‘he’.

Chad adalah 'dia'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we follow with ‘has’.

Untuk 'dia', 'dia', 'itu', kita ikuti dengan 'memiliki'.

Then, the past participle ‘gone’ is for the verb ‘go’.

Kemudian, past participle 'pergi' adalah untuk kata kerja 'pergi'.

‘Chad has gone home.’

"Chad sudah pulang."

And finally, ‘My phone has been fixed.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Ponsel saya telah diperbaiki.'

My phone is an ‘it’.

Ponsel saya adalah 'itu'.

Therefore, I use ‘has’.

Oleh karena itu, saya menggunakan 'has'.

And then I need the past participle of ‘be’ – ‘been’.

Dan kemudian saya membutuhkan past participle dari 'be' – 'been'.

‘My phone has been fixed.’

'Ponsel saya telah diperbaiki.'

Let's move on to the next usage.

Mari kita beralih ke penggunaan berikutnya.

The present perfect tense is also used to describe an action that started in the past

Present perfect tense juga digunakan untuk menggambarkan suatu tindakan yang dimulai di masa lalu

and continues in the present.

dan berlanjut di masa sekarang.

‘for’ and since’ are common expressions used with the present perfect tense.

'untuk' dan karena' adalah ekspresi umum yang digunakan dengan present perfect tense.

Let's take a look at these examples.

Mari kita lihat contoh-contoh ini.

‘I have worked there since 2002.’

'Saya telah bekerja di sana sejak tahun 2002.'

You'll notice we start with the subject.

Anda akan melihat kita mulai dengan subjek.

If it's ‘I’, ‘you’ or ‘we’, we have ‘have’.

Jika itu 'aku', 'kamu' atau 'kita', kita punya 'punya'.

Then the past participle of the verb.

Kemudian past participle dari kata kerja.

In this case - ‘worked’.

Dalam hal ini - 'bekerja'.

What you'll notice here is that we also have ‘since 2002’.

Apa yang akan Anda perhatikan di sini adalah bahwa kami juga memiliki 'sejak 2002'.

This shows when the action started, so with the expression ‘since’, you need to use

Ini menunjukkan kapan aksi dimulai, jadi dengan ekspresi 'sejak', Anda perlu menggunakan

a specific point in time.

titik waktu tertentu.

The next example does the same thing.

Contoh berikutnya melakukan hal yang sama.

‘You have had a car since last year.’

"Kamu sudah punya mobil sejak tahun lalu."

Again, we use ‘since’, so we have a specific point in time - ‘last year’.

Sekali lagi, kami menggunakan 'sejak', jadi kami memiliki titik waktu tertentu - 'tahun lalu'.

Take a look at the next example.

Lihatlah contoh berikutnya.

‘Anna has liked him for weeks.’

"Anna menyukainya selama berminggu-minggu."

In this case the subject is ‘Anna’.

Dalam hal ini subjeknya adalah 'Anna'.

Which is a ‘she’, and so we use ‘has’.

Yang merupakan 'dia', jadi kami menggunakan 'memiliki'.

Then the past participle ‘liked’.

Kemudian past participle 'menyukai'.

However, at the end of the sentence, we see ‘for weeks’.

Namun, di akhir kalimat, kita melihat 'selama berminggu-minggu'.

Not ‘since weeks’.

Bukan 'sejak berminggu-minggu'.

When we use ‘for’, we talk about the duration.

Ketika kita menggunakan 'untuk', kita berbicara tentang durasinya.

We explain how long this action has been true.

Kami menjelaskan berapa lama tindakan ini benar.

And finally, ‘We have eaten lunch here for 3 months.’

Dan akhirnya, 'Kami sudah makan siang di sini selama 3 bulan.'

Again, the sentence ends with ‘for 3 months’.

Sekali lagi, hukuman diakhiri dengan 'selama 3 bulan'.

So we show the duration.

Jadi kami menunjukkan durasinya.

Let's move on to the next usage.

Mari kita beralih ke penggunaan berikutnya.

In addition, the present perfect tense can be used to describe an action that recently

Selain itu, present perfect tense dapat digunakan untuk menggambarkan suatu tindakan yang baru saja

stopped.

berhenti.

Let’s take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

‘I have just been to the doctor,’

'Saya baru saja ke dokter,'

So just like for all the other usages, we start with the subject,

Jadi seperti untuk semua penggunaan lainnya, kita mulai dengan subject,

‘have’ or ‘has’, and the past participle.

'have' atau 'has', dan past participle.

But you'll notice here, I used the word ‘just’ between ‘have’ and the verb.

Tapi Anda akan melihat di sini, saya menggunakan kata 'hanya' antara 'memiliki' dan kata kerja.

‘I have just been to the doctor.’

"Saya baru saja ke dokter."

This shows that it happened very recently.

Ini menunjukkan bahwa itu terjadi baru-baru ini.

The next example says, ‘James has just seen his new baby.’

Contoh berikutnya mengatakan, 'James baru saja melihat bayi barunya.'

Again, just goes in between ‘have’ or ‘has’ and the verb.

Sekali lagi, cukup masuk di antara 'memiliki' atau 'memiliki' dan kata kerja.

Take a look at the next example.

Lihatlah contoh berikutnya.

It says, ‘She has already been to China.’

Dikatakan, 'Dia sudah pernah ke Cina.'

‘already’ is another word you can use to show that this action recently happened.

'sudah' adalah kata lain yang dapat Anda gunakan untuk menunjukkan bahwa tindakan ini baru saja terjadi.

However, ‘already’ can also be moved to the end of the sentence.

However, 'already' can also be moved to the end of the sentence.

So it's perfectly fine to say, ‘She has been to China already.’

So it's perfectly fine to say, 'She has been to China already.'

And in the last example, ‘We have recently visited Tom.’

And in the last example, 'We have recently visited Tom.'

Again, you can put this word between ‘have’ or ‘has’ and the verb.

Again, you can put this word between 'have' or 'has' and the verb.

Or you can also put it at the end of the sentence.

Or you can also put it at the end of the sentence.

‘We have visited Tom recently.’

'We have visited Tom recently.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect tense.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect tense.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

The first one says, ‘I have not been to Europe.’

The first one says, 'I have not been to Europe.'

What you'll notice in the first sentence is that we simply put a 'not' between ‘have’

What you'll notice in the first sentence is that we simply put a 'not' between 'have'

and ‘been’.

and 'been'.

‘I have not been to Europe.’

'I have not been to Europe.'

You can also use a contraction and say ‘I haven't been to Europe.’

You can also use a contraction and say 'I haven't been to Europe.'

The next sentence says, ‘It has not rained for 3 months.’

The next sentence says, 'It has not rained for 3 months.'

Again, we put the ‘not’ between the ‘has’ and the verb.

Again, we put the 'not' between the 'has' and the verb.

‘It has not rained for 3 months.’

'It has not rained for 3 months.'

Here we have a time expression to show the duration.

Here we have a time expression to show the duration.

The next example says, ‘Teddy hasn't driven for 2 years.’

The next example says, 'Teddy hasn't driven for 2 years.'

We used the contraction here for ‘has’ and ‘not’ – ‘hasn't’.

We used the contraction here for 'has' and 'not' – 'hasn't'.

And then we use the time expression ‘for 2 years’ at the end of the sentence.

And then we use the time expression 'for 2 years' at the end of the sentence.

And finally, the last sentence says, ‘My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.’

And finally, the last sentence says, 'My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.'

We see another contraction here for ‘have not’ – ‘haven't’.

We see another contraction here for 'have not' – 'haven't'.

‘My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.’

'My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.'

This time expression uses ‘since’.

This time expression uses 'since'.

And so we mention a specific point and time.

And so we mention a specific point and time.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's take a look at the ‘have’ or ‘has’ question form of the present perfect

Now let's take a look at the 'have' or 'has' question form of the present perfect

tense.

tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

The first sentence says, ‘Mike has eaten lunch.’

The first sentence says, 'Mike has eaten lunch.'

That is a statement.

That is a statement.

Now to turn it into a question, it's quite easy.

Now to turn it into a question, it's quite easy.

All you have to do is put ‘has’ at the beginning.

All you have to do is put 'has' at the beginning.

Then you follow with the subject and then the past participle.

Then you follow with the subject and then the past participle.

You'll notice that the placement of the past participle doesn't change.

You'll notice that the placement of the past participle doesn't change.

We've simply changed the order of the first 2 words.

We've simply changed the order of the first 2 words.

‘Has Mike eaten lunch?’

'Has Mike eaten lunch?'

‘Has Mike eaten lunch?’

'Has Mike eaten lunch?'

And you can answer by saying ‘Yes, he has.’ or ‘No, he hasn't.’

And you can answer by saying 'Yes, he has.' or 'No, he hasn't.'

The next sentence says, ‘They have watched the video.’

The next sentence says, 'They have watched the video.'

This is a statement.

This is a statement.

If we want to turn it into a question, again, we change the order of the first two words.

If we want to turn it into a question, again, we change the order of the first two words.

‘Have they…?’

'Have they…?'

And the past participle verb stays in the same place.

And the past participle verb stays in the same place.

‘Have they watched the video?’

'Have they watched the video?'

‘Have they watched the video?’

'Have they watched the video?'

You can answer this question by saying, ‘Yes, they have.’

You can answer this question by saying, 'Yes, they have.'

or ‘No, they haven't.’

or 'No, they haven't.'

Good job, guys.

Kerja bagus, teman-teman.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, I'll briefly introduce how to ask WH questions in the present perfect tense.

Now, I'll briefly introduce how to ask WH questions in the present perfect tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

I have ‘where’, ‘what’, ‘who’, and ‘how’.

I have 'where', 'what', 'who', and 'how'.

These go at the beginning of the question.

These go at the beginning of the question.

Let's take a look at the first example.

Let's take a look at the first example.

‘Where has Tim been?’

'Where has Tim been?'

You'll notice we followed the WH word with ‘has’ or ‘have’.

You'll notice we followed the WH word with 'has' or 'have'.

In this case, I used ‘has’ because the subject is ‘Tim’, and Tim is a ‘he’.

In this case, I used 'has' because the subject is 'Tim', and Tim is a 'he'.

And then we followed that with the past participle of the verb.

And then we followed that with the past participle of the verb.

‘Where has Tim been?’

'Where has Tim been?'

And I can answer by saying, ‘Tim has been home.’

And I can answer by saying, 'Tim has been home.'

or ‘Tim has been on vacation.’

or 'Tim has been on vacation.'

Something like that.

Sesuatu seperti itu.

The next question says, what countries have you visited?

The next question says, what countries have you visited?

I can answer by saying, ‘I have visited China.’

I can answer by saying, 'I have visited China.'

or ‘I have visited Mexico.’

or 'I have visited Mexico.'

You can also use the contraction ‘I’ve’.

You can also use the contraction 'I've'.

‘I've visited China.’

'I've visited China.'

The next question says, ‘Who has she talked to?’

The next question says, 'Who has she talked to?'

You can answer by saying, ‘She has talked to her mom.’ or ‘She has talked to her

You can answer by saying, 'She has talked to her mom.' or 'She has talked to her

teacher.’

teacher.'

The next question says, ‘How long have you been married?’

The next question says, 'How long have you been married?'

‘I've been married for 3 years.’

'I've been married for 3 years.'

That's one answer that you can give.

That's one answer that you can give.

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

For this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

For this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

Which describes an action that happened at

Which describes an action that happened at

an unknown or indefinite time in the past.

an unknown or indefinite time in the past.

Let's look at the first sentence.

Let's look at the first sentence.

‘She _blank_ read that book.’

'She _blank_ read that book.'

The subject in this sentence is ‘she’.

The subject in this sentence is 'she'.

For he/she/it, in this tense we say, ‘has’.

For he/she/it, in this tense we say, 'has'.

‘She has’.

'She has'.

Now, take a look at the verb.

Now, take a look at the verb.

It looks like ‘read’.

It looks like 'read'.

But remember we need to use the past participle of the verb.

But remember we need to use the past participle of the verb.

So It's actually ‘read’.

So It's actually 'read'.

‘read’ and ‘read’ are spelled the same.

'read' and 'read' are spelled the same.

‘She has read that book.’

'She has read that book.'

The second sentence says, ‘They _blank_ visit China.’

The second sentence says, 'They _blank_ visit China.'

‘visit’ is the verb that you want to use here.

'visit' is the verb that you want to use here.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘have’.

For 'I', 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'have'.

Not ‘has’.

Not 'has'.

‘They have’

'They have'

Now, what's the past participle of visit?

Now, what's the past participle of visit?

The answer is ‘visited’.

The answer is 'visited'.

‘They have visited China.’

'They have visited China.'

Next, ‘We _blank_ see that concert.’

Next, 'We _blank_ see that concert.'

Again, for ‘I’, ‘you’, we’ and ‘they’ – we use ‘have’.

Again, for 'I', 'you', we' and 'they' – we use 'have'.

‘We have’.

'We have'.

Now, the past participle of ‘see’ is 'seen'.

Now, the past participle of 'see' is 'seen'.

‘We have seen that concert.’

'We have seen that concert.'

Now, let's look for the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, let's look for the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Rick have been to Cuba.’

'Rick have been to Cuba.'

Take a look at the subject, ‘Rick’.

Take a look at the subject, 'Rick'.

Rick is a ‘he’.

Rick is a 'he'.

So instead of ‘have’, we need to change this to ‘has’.

So instead of 'have', we need to change this to 'has'.

‘Rick has been to Cuba.’

'Rick has been to Cuba.'

‘Sally and I hasn't finished work.’

'Sally and I hasn't finished work.'

The subject in this sentence is ‘Sally’ and ‘I’.

The subject in this sentence is 'Sally' and 'I'.

The pronoun for that is ‘we’.

The pronoun for that is 'we'.

‘We hasn't finished work.’

'We hasn't finished work.'

That still sounds weird, right?

That still sounds weird, right?

We have to change this to ‘have not’ or the contraction ‘haven't’.

We have to change this to 'have not' or the contraction 'haven't'.

And finally, ‘I did go to the doctor.’

And finally, 'I did go to the doctor.'

Now this sentence makes sense, but it's not the present perfect tense.

Now this sentence makes sense, but it's not the present perfect tense.

We have to change it.

We have to change it.

Remember, we use ‘have’ for the subject, ‘I’.

Remember, we use 'have' for the subject, 'I'.

But we're not done.

Tapi kita belum selesai.

What is the past participle of ‘go’?

What is the past participle of 'go'?

It is ‘gone’.

It is 'gone'.

‘I have gone to the doctor.’

'I have gone to the doctor.'

Great job.

Kerja bagus.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke pemeriksaan berikutnya.

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect tense

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect tense

and how it can be used to describe an action that started in the past and is still true

and how it can be used to describe an action that started in the past and is still true

today.

today.

The first sentence says, ‘I _blank_ known Carly since 1994.’

The first sentence says, 'I _blank_ known Carly since 1994.'

The subject is ‘I’.

The subject is 'I'.

And we already have the past participle of the verb, ‘know’.

And we already have the past participle of the verb, 'know'.

Which is ‘known’.

Which is 'known'.

What are we missing?

Apa yang kita lewatkan?

The correct answer is ‘have’.

The correct answer is 'have'.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘have’ after the subject.

For 'I', 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'have' after the subject.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘He has been here _blank_ 2 p.m.’

'He has been here _blank_ 2 pm'

Now the first part is all there.

Now the first part is all there.

‘He has been’.

'He has been'.

However, remember that for the present perfect tense,

However, remember that for the present perfect tense,

we use ‘for’ or ‘since’ to talk about how long that action has been true.

we use 'for' or 'since' to talk about how long that action has been true.

In this case, we use ‘since’.

In this case, we use 'since'.

Because 2 p.m. is a specific period in time.

Because 2 pm is a specific period in time.

Next it says, ‘She _blank_ liked Tom since June.’

Next it says, 'She _blank_ liked Tom since June.'

The subject is ‘she’.

The subject is 'she'.

And we have the past participle of the verb ‘like’, which is 'liked'.

And we have the past participle of the verb 'like', which is 'liked'.

What are we missing?

Apa yang kita lewatkan?

Again, we need ‘have’ or ‘has’.

Again, we need 'have' or 'has'.

Because the subject is ‘she’...

Because the subject is 'she'...

Can you figure out which one you need?

Can you figure out which one you need?

The correct answer is ‘has’.

The correct answer is 'has'.

‘She has liked Tom since June.’

'She has liked Tom since June.'

Now, I want you to find a mistake in the next sentence.

Now, I want you to find a mistake in the next sentence.

‘I have worked here six months ago.’

'I have worked here six months ago.'

Can you find a mistake here?

Can you find a mistake here?

‘I have worked’ - that's correct.

'I have worked' - that's correct.

However, in the present perfect tense, we don't use ‘ago’.

However, in the present perfect tense, we don't use 'ago'.

This is talking about more the past.

This is talking about more the past.

We want to talk about ‘since’ or ‘for’ instead.

We want to talk about 'since' or 'for' instead.

Now ‘six months’ is not a specific time.

Now 'six months' is not a specific time.

So we don't use ‘since’.

So we don't use 'since'.

Instead, we talk about the duration.

Instead, we talk about the duration.

So we need ‘for’.

So we need 'for'.

We'll say, ‘I have worked here for six months.’

We'll say, 'I have worked here for six months.'

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

‘Jen have a cold for two weeks.’

'Jen have a cold for two weeks.'

At first glance, this doesn't seem that wrong.

At first glance, this doesn't seem that wrong.

But remember, Jen is a ‘she’.

But remember, Jen is a 'she'.

So we need ‘has’.

So we need 'has'.

‘Jen has’.

'Jen has'.

But wait a minute, ‘Jen has have a cold’?

But wait a minute, 'Jen has have a cold'?

That's not right either.

Itu juga tidak benar.

We need the past participle of ‘have’.

We need the past participle of 'have'.

What is the past participle?

What is the past participle?

The correct answer is ‘had’.

The correct answer is 'had'.

‘Jen has had a cold for two weeks.’

'Jen has had a cold for two weeks.'

And finally, ‘We haven't went home since Friday.’

And finally, 'We haven't went home since Friday.'

This one is a little tricky.

This one is a little tricky.

The subject is ‘we’.

The subject is 'we'.

‘We have... have not’.

'We have... have not'.

That's correct.

Itu benar.

The contraction is ‘haven't’.

The contraction is 'haven't'.

‘We haven't’.

'We haven't'.

Now the problem is, we have this verb ‘went’.

Now the problem is, we have this verb 'went'.

That's in the past simple tense.

That's in the past simple tense.

We need the past participle of ‘go’.

We need the past participle of 'go'.

The correct answer is ‘gone’.

The correct answer is 'gone'.

‘We haven't gone home since Friday.’

'We haven't gone home since Friday.'

Good job, guys.

Kerja bagus, teman-teman.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke pemeriksaan berikutnya.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

And how it is used to describe an action that finished recently.

And how it is used to describe an action that finished recently.

We'll be focusing on the words, ‘just’, ‘already’ and ‘recently’ to show this.

We'll be focusing on the words, 'just', 'already' and 'recently' to show this.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama.

‘She has just _blank_ that book.’

'She has just _blank_ that book.'

And we're using the verb, ‘read’.

And we're using the verb, 'read'.

Remember, we take the subject, ‘she’.

Remember, we take the subject, 'she'.

And for ‘he’, ‘she’ and ‘it’, we say ‘has’.

And for 'he', 'she' and 'it', we say 'has'.

So that's correct.

So that's correct.

Now we need the past participle of ‘read’.

Now we need the past participle of 'read'.

And that is ‘read’.

And that is 'read'.

‘She has just read that book.’

'She has just read that book.'

You'll notice I use the word, ‘just’ right before the past participle.

You'll notice I use the word, 'just' right before the past participle.

Next it says, ‘They have already’ and the verb is ‘wake up’.

Next it says, 'They have already' and the verb is 'wake up'.

If the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’, we use ‘has’.

If the subject is 'he', 'she', or 'it', we use 'has'.

But if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ or ‘they’, we use ‘have’.

But if the subject is 'I', 'you', 'we' or 'they', we use 'have'.

So that's correct.

So that's correct.

‘They have’.

'They have'.

Also we have the word ‘already’ here to show that it happened recently

Also we have the word 'already' here to show that it happened recently

or that it finished recently.

or that it finished recently.

Now the verb is ‘wake up’.

Now the verb is 'wake up'.

We need the past participle of ‘wake up’,

We need the past participle of 'wake up',

and that is ‘woken up’.

and that is 'woken up'.

So the answer is,

So the answer is,

‘They have already woken up.’

'They have already woken up.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘We have recently _blank_ work.’

'We have recently _blank_ work.'

And the verb is ‘finish’.

And the verb is 'finish'.

‘We have’, that's correct.

'We have', that's correct.

And we have the word 'recently' to show when the action finished.

And we have the word 'recently' to show when the action finished.

And now we need to find the past participle of the verb ‘finish’.

And now we need to find the past participle of the verb 'finish'.

The correct answer is.

The correct answer is.

‘We have recently finished, -ed, work.’

'We have recently finished, -ed, work.'

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Morty has eaten just.’

'Morty has eaten just.'

This sounds a little strange, right?

This sounds a little strange, right?

That's because ‘just’ needs to come before the verb.

That's because 'just' needs to come before the verb.

Therefore, the answer is ‘Morty has just eaten.’

Therefore, the answer is 'Morty has just eaten.'

The next sentence says, ‘Karen has recently be sick.’

The next sentence says, 'Karen has recently be sick.'

Karen is a ‘she’.

Karen is a 'she'.

So ‘has’ is correct.

So 'has' is correct.

And there we have ‘recently’.

And there we have 'recently'.

Now we need the past participle of the verb.

Now we need the past participle of the verb.

‘be’ is our verb and the past participle of ‘be’ is ‘been’.

'be' is our verb and the past participle of 'be' is 'been'.

‘Karen has recently been sick.’

'Karen has recently been sick.'

And finally, ‘I have gone already to the dentist.’

And finally, 'I have gone already to the dentist.'

This is similar to another question we looked at just before.

This is similar to another question we looked at just before.

‘I have gone already to the dentist.’

'I have gone already to the dentist.'

The placement of ‘already’ is a little awkward.

The placement of 'already' is a little awkward.

So we can say, ‘I have already gone.’

So we can say, 'I have already gone.'

So we can put ‘already’ before the verb,

So we can put 'already' before the verb,

‘I have already gone to the dentist’

'I have already gone to the dentist'

Or we can put this at the end,

Or we can put this at the end,

‘I have gone to the dentist already.’

'I have gone to the dentist already.'

Both of those are correct.

Both of those are correct.

Now, good job.

Now, good job.

That is the end of the checkup.

That is the end of the checkup.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Excellent job, everyone.

Excellent job, everyone.

You just learned about the present perfect tense.

You just learned about the present perfect tense.

There was a lot to learn, but you did a wonderful job.

There was a lot to learn, but you did a wonderful job.

Keep studying English.

Keep studying English.

I know that It's hard, but you will get better with time, effort and practice.

I know that It's hard, but you will get better with time, effort and practice.

I'll see you in the next video.

Sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya.

Hi, everyone.

Halo semuanya.

Welcome to the video.

Welcome to the video.

In this video, I’ll introduce the Present Perfect Continuous English Tense.

In this video, I'll introduce the Present Perfect Continuous English Tense.

This tense can be used to talk about an action

This tense can be used to talk about an action

that started in the past and continues in the present.

that started in the past and continues in the present.

It can also be used to talk about an action that hasn't happened recently.

It can also be used to talk about an action that hasn't happened recently.

And finally, it can also be used to talk about an action that recently stopped.

And finally, it can also be used to talk about an action that recently stopped.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

You can use the present perfect continuous tense

You can use the present perfect continuous tense

to talk about an action that started in the past and continues in the present.

to talk about an action that started in the past and continues in the present.

We want to emphasize duration

We want to emphasize duration

and you can do that by using ‘for’ or ‘since’ in your sentence.

and you can do that by using 'for' or 'since' in your sentence.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

‘Charles has been studying English for an hour.’

'Charles has been studying English for an hour.'

Take a look at the subject, ‘Charles’.

Take a look at the subject, 'Charles'.

The subject pronoun for Charles is ‘he’.

The subject pronoun for Charles is 'he'.

And that's why we say ‘has’.

And that's why we say 'has'.

After that, we add ‘been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

After that, we add 'been' and then verb '-ing'.

In this case, ‘studying.’

In this case, 'studying.'

You'll also notice that at the end of the sentence we have for an hour.

You'll also notice that at the end of the sentence we have for an hour.

That shows how long this  action has been happening.

That shows how long this action has been happening.

When you use ‘for’, you emphasize the duration. ‘for an hour’.

When you use 'for', you emphasize the duration. 'for an hour'.

‘Charles has been studying English for an hour.’

'Charles has been studying English for an hour.'

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

‘Lily has been playing the piano for 2 years.’

'Lily has been playing the piano for 2 years.'

In this case, Lily is a ‘she’ and that's why, again, we say ‘has’.

In this case, Lily is a 'she' and that's why, again, we say 'has'.

You'll notice again, we have ‘been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

You'll notice again, we have 'been' and then verb '-ing'.

In this case, ‘playing’.

In this case, 'playing'.

At the end of this sentence, we also used ‘for’.

At the end of this sentence, we also used 'for'.

and then ‘two years’.

and then 'two years'.

So again, we're showing how long this has been happening.

So again, we're showing how long this has been happening.

The next sentence is a little different.

The next sentence is a little different.

‘It has been growing since June.’

'It has been growing since June.'

So it can be something like a plant.

So it can be something like a plant.

The plant or it has been growing since June.

The plant or it has been growing since June.

Here we use ‘since’, not ‘for’.

Here we use 'since', not 'for'.

What's the difference?

Apa bedanya?

We use a specific point in time with since.

We use a specific point in time with since.

We don't say ‘Since two hours’.

We don't say 'Since two hours'.

No, we say ‘When the action started since June.’

No, we say 'When the action started since June.'

And finally, ‘Dan and I have been working since 6 a.m.’

And finally, 'Dan and I have been working since 6 am'

The subject pronoun for ‘Dan and I’ is ‘We’.

The subject pronoun for 'Dan and I' is 'We'.

Therefore we use ‘have’.

Therefore we use 'have'.

At the end of the sentence, we have ‘since 6 a.m.’

At the end of the sentence, we have 'since 6 am'

Remember that with ‘since’, we talked about a specific point in time when the action

Remember that with 'since', we talked about a specific point in time when the action

started.

started.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

The present perfect continuous can also be used without emphasizing duration.

The present perfect continuous can also be used without emphasizing duration.

In this case, we mean ‘lately’.

In this case, we mean 'lately'.

This action has been happening ‘lately’,

This action has been happening 'lately',

and so we can use the word ‘lately’ or ‘recently’ to explain this.

and so we can use the word 'lately' or 'recently' to explain this.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

‘You have been missing many classes lately.’

'You have been missing many classes lately.'

You'll notice that at the end of the sentence I use the word ‘lately'

You'll notice that at the end of the sentence I use the word 'lately'

to describe when this action has been happening.

to describe when this action has been happening.

You can also use lately at the beginning of the sentence.

You can also use lately at the beginning of the sentence.

For example, ‘Lately, you have been missing many classes.’

For example, 'Lately, you have been missing many classes.'

The next example says, ‘Recently, Toby has been running every day.’

The next example says, 'Recently, Toby has been running every day.'

In this sentence, we used ‘recently’ at the beginning

In this sentence, we used 'recently' at the beginning

to show when does action has been happening.

to show when does action has been happening.

You can also use ‘recently’ at the end of the sentence.

You can also use 'recently' at the end of the sentence.

‘Toby has been running everyday recently.’

'Toby has been running everyday recently.'

In this example, the subject is Toby and so we use ‘has’ after Toby.

In this example, the subject is Toby and so we use 'has' after Toby.

Because Toby is a ‘he’.

Because Toby is a 'he'.

The next example says, ‘Lately, Dana has been swimming a lot.’

The next example says, 'Lately, Dana has been swimming a lot.'

Again, we use ‘lately’ at the beginning of this sentence,

Again, we use 'lately' at the beginning of this sentence,

but you can also use it at the end.

but you can also use it at the end.

Dana is a ‘she’ and so we followed this subject with ‘has’.

Dana is a 'she' and so we followed this subject with 'has'.

And finally, ‘We've been practicing English together recently.’

And finally, 'We've been practicing English together recently.'

‘We’ is the subject of this sentence and so we use ‘have’.

'We' is the subject of this sentence and so we use 'have'.

Here, we use the contraction ‘We’ve’.

Here, we use the contraction 'We've'.

‘We have’ become ‘We've’.

'We have' become 'We've'.

‘We've been practicing English together recently.’

'We've been practicing English together recently.'

We can put ‘recently’ at the end,

We can put 'recently' at the end,

or we can say ‘Recently we've been practicing English together.’

or we can say 'Recently we've been practicing English together.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

The present perfect continuous tense and also be used to talk about an action that recently

The present perfect continuous tense and also be used to talk about an action that recently

stopped and has a present result.

stopped and has a present result.

Let's take a look at the example.

Let's take a look at the example.

‘I'm tired because I have been running.’

'I'm tired because I have been running.'

The second part of the sentence, ‘I have been running’

The second part of the sentence, 'I have been running'

is using the present perfect continuous tense.

is using the present perfect continuous tense.

This is the action that recently stopped.

This is the action that recently stopped.

And as a result, ‘I'm tired’.

And as a result, 'I'm tired'.

This is the present result.

This is the present result.

What's happening now, because of this.

What's happening now, because of this.

‘I'm tired.’.

'I'm tired.'.

The next example says, ‘The street is wet because it has been raining.’

The next example says, 'The street is wet because it has been raining.'

This is very similar to the first sentence.

This is very similar to the first sentence.

Here, we know that it has been raining.

Here, we know that it has been raining.

And this action recently stopped.

And this action recently stopped.

As a result, in the present, The street is wet.

As a result, in the present, The street is wet.

The street is wet right now because of this action.

The street is wet right now because of this action.

The next example says, ‘You don't understand because you haven't been listening.’

The next example says, 'You don't understand because you haven't been listening.'

You'll notice here that we use the negative.

You'll notice here that we use the negative.

Here's the contractions, ‘haven't’ or ‘have not’

Here's the contractions, 'haven't' or 'have not'

because of this action,  you haven't been listening,

because of this action, you haven't been listening,

now you don't understand.

now you don't understand.

In the last example, we switch the order a little bit.

In the last example, we switch the order a little bit.

‘I've been studying all night.’

'I've been studying all night.'

There is the present perfect continuous tense.

There is the present perfect continuous tense.

This is the action that stopped recently.

This is the action that stopped recently.

And here is the result.

And here is the result.

‘Now, I'm exhausted.’

'Now, I'm exhausted.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect continuous tense.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect continuous tense.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

‘I have not been feeling well these days.’

'I have not been feeling well these days.'

At the end of the sentence we have ‘these days’ to show that this is an action that's

At the end of the sentence we have 'these days' to show that this is an action that's

been happening recently.

been happening recently.

In the negative form, we have to have ‘not’.

In the negative form, we have to have 'not'.

The ‘not’ goes after have or has.

The 'not' goes after have or has.

In this case, the subject is ‘I’, so I use ‘have’.

In this case, the subject is 'I', so I use 'have'.

‘I have not been feeling well these days.’

'I have not been feeling well these days.'

We can also use a contraction ‘haven't’ or ‘have not’.

We can also use a contraction 'haven't' or 'have not'.

‘I haven't been feeling well these days.’

'I haven't been feeling well these days.'

The next sentence says, ‘Sue has not been cooking lately.’

The next sentence says, 'Sue has not been cooking lately.'

We have ‘lately’ at the end of this sentence,

We have 'lately' at the end of this sentence,

We can also put ‘lately’ at the beginning of the sentence.

We can also put 'lately' at the beginning of the sentence.

The important part of this sentence is to put ‘not’ after ‘has’.

The important part of this sentence is to put 'not' after 'has'.

Why did we use ‘has’?

Why did we use 'has'?

Because the subject is ‘Sue’ which is a 'she'.

Because the subject is 'Sue' which is a 'she'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we use ‘has’.

For 'he', 'she', 'it', we use 'has'.

Again, we can use a contraction ‘hasn't’ for has not.

Again, we can use a contraction 'hasn't' for has not.

‘Sue hasn't been cooking lately.’

'Sue hasn't been cooking lately.'

The next sentence says, ‘Jeff hasn't been eating healthy food recently.’

The next sentence says, 'Jeff hasn't been eating healthy food recently.'

Again, the ‘recently’ can be used at the beginning or end of this sentence.

Again, the 'recently' can be used at the beginning or end of this sentence.

We have the contestant ‘hasn't’ here for you.

We have the contestant 'hasn't' here for you.

‘hasn't’ is a contraction for ‘has not’.

'hasn't' is a contraction for 'has not'.

We have ‘has’ because the subject is Jeff which is ‘he’.

We have 'has' because the subject is Jeff which is 'he'.

And finally, ‘They haven't been speaking for over a year.’

And finally, 'They haven't been speaking for over a year.'

In this case, ‘for over a year’ shows duration.

In this case, 'for over a year' shows duration.

Remember with ‘for’, you show how long something has been happening.

Remember with 'for', you show how long something has been happening.

In this case, we have a contraction ‘haven't’ or ‘have not’.

In this case, we have a contraction 'haven't' or 'have not'.

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

let's move on.

let's move on.

Now, let's take a look at how to form the ‘have’ or ‘has’ question

Now, let's take a look at how to form the 'have' or 'has' question

for the present perfect continuous tense.

for the present perfect continuous tense.

The first sentence says, ‘He has been reading for an hour,’

The first sentence says, 'He has been reading for an hour,'

Now, to turn this into a question,

Now, to turn this into a question,

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

So ‘He has’ becomes ‘Has he’.

So 'He has' becomes 'Has he'.

‘Has he been reading for an hour?’

'Has he been reading for an hour?'

You'll notice that the second part of the sentence doesn't change.

You'll notice that the second part of the sentence doesn't change.

‘Has he been reading for an hour?’

'Has he been reading for an hour?'

To answer, you can simply say, ‘Yes, he has.’ or ‘No, he hasn't.’

To answer, you can simply say, 'Yes, he has.' or 'No, he hasn't.'

The next sentence says, ‘They have been sleeping since 8 p.m.’

The next sentence says, 'They have been sleeping since 8 pm'

Again, the second part of the sentence stays the same,

Again, the second part of the sentence stays the same,

and in the beginning, we just switch the first two words.

and in the beginning, we just switch the first two words.

‘They have’ become ‘Have they’.

'They have' become 'Have they'.

‘Have they been sleeping since 8 p.m.?’

'Have they been sleeping since 8 pm?'

To answer, you can say, ‘Yes, they have.’

To answer, you can say, 'Yes, they have.'

or ‘No. they haven't.’

or 'No. they haven't.'

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's take a look at how to form WH questions in the present perfect continuous tense.

Now, let's take a look at how to form WH questions in the present perfect continuous tense.

Here, we have some WH question words.

Here, we have some WH question words.

‘what’, ‘where’, ‘why’ and ‘how’.

'what', 'where', 'why' and 'how'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘What have you been doing lately?’

'What have you been doing lately?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I have been working.’

I can answer by saying, 'I have been working.'

or ‘I have been studying.’

or 'I have been studying.'

I can also use the contraction ‘I've’.

I can also use the contraction 'I've'.

‘I've been working.’

'I've been working.'

‘I've been studying.’

'I've been studying.'

The next question says, ‘Where have you been traveling?’

The next question says, 'Where have you been traveling?'

‘I have been traveling in Europe.’

'I have been traveling in Europe.'

or ‘I've been traveling in Europe.’

or 'I've been traveling in Europe.'

‘Why has he been feeling sad?’

'Why has he been feeling sad?'

You can answer by saying, ‘He's been feeling sad.’

You can answer by saying, 'He's been feeling sad.'

That's the contraction ‘he has’, he's been feeling sad because his pet died.

That's the contraction 'he has', he's been feeling sad because his pet died.

or ‘He has been feeling sad because he broke up with his girlfriend.’

or 'He has been feeling sad because he broke up with his girlfriend.'

Something like that.

Sesuatu seperti itu.

And ‘How has she been doing?’

And 'How has she been doing?'

‘How has she been doing?’

'How has she been doing?'

I can say, ‘She's been doing well.’

I can say, 'She's been doing well.'

‘She's’ is a contraction for ‘she has’.

'She's' is a contraction for 'she has'.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

In this checkup, we will talk about the present perfect continuous tense.

In this checkup, we will talk about the present perfect continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an event

This tense can be used to describe an event

that started in the past and continues in the present.

that started in the past and continues in the present.

Let's take a look.

Mari lihat.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘He has _blank_ all week,’

'He has _blank_ all week,'

And the verb is ‘sleep’.

And the verb is 'sleep'.

For this tense, what we do is we first look at the subject, ‘he’.

For this tense, what we do is we first look at the subject, 'he'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’ and ‘it’, we put ‘has’.

For 'he', 'she' and 'it', we put 'has'.

Then, we add ‘been’. ‘has been’.

Then, we add 'been'. 'has been'.

Finally we add ‘-ing’ to the end.

Finally we add '-ing' to the end.

‘He has been sleeping all week.’

'He has been sleeping all week.'

The next sentence says, ‘You haven't _blank_ for a year.’

The next sentence says, 'You haven't _blank_ for a year.'

and the verb is ‘travel’.

and the verb is 'travel'.

Now, this is the negative form.

Now, this is the negative form.

So you see the contraction - ‘haven't’.

So you see the contraction - 'haven't'.

‘You have not’ or ‘You haven't’.

'You have not' or 'You haven't'.

Again, what we do after that is add ‘been’.

Again, what we do after that is add 'been'.

Then, do you remember what to do?

Then, do you remember what to do?

Add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Add '-ing' to the verb.

‘You haven't been traveling for a year.’

'You haven't been traveling for a year.'

Next, it says ‘They _blank_ working all day.’

Next, it says 'They _blank_ working all day.'

So the verb ‘-ing’ has already been provided for you.

So the verb '-ing' has already been provided for you.

Now, take a look at the subject.

Now, take a look at the subject.

The subject is ‘they’.

Topiknya adalah 'mereka'.

Should we use ‘have’? or should we use ‘has’?

Should we use 'have'? or should we use 'has'?

The correct answer is ‘have’.

The correct answer is 'have'.

Then what do you put?

Then what do you put?

Remember, we put ‘been’.

Remember, we put 'been'.

‘They have been working all day.’

'They have been working all day.'

Now if you want to make this negative, you can say,

Now if you want to make this negative, you can say,

‘They haven't been working all day.’

'They haven't been working all day.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘My friends have been watch TV.’

'My friends have been watch TV.'

‘My friends have been watch TV.’

'My friends have been watch TV.'

What's the mistake?

Apa kesalahannya?

Remember, we need to add ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb.

Remember, we need to add '-ing' to the end of the verb.

So we should say,

So we should say,

‘My friends have been watching TV.’

'My friends have been watching TV.'

Next, ‘Sal did talking for 10 minutes.’

Next, 'Sal did talking for 10 minutes.'

Hmm..

Hmm..

Sal is a ‘he'.

Sal is a 'he'.

And ‘talking’ is already there for you.

And 'talking' is already there for you.

So what's in the middle of those two words is the mistake.

So what's in the middle of those two words is the mistake.

For ‘he’, we use ‘has’.

For 'he', we use 'has'.

So we say ‘has been’.

So we say 'has been'.

‘Sal has been talking for 10 minutes.’

'Sal has been talking for 10 minutes.'

And finally,

And finally,

‘He has been to eat for an hour.’

'He has been to eat for an hour.'

Hmm..

Hmm..

‘He has been’ That's correct.

'He has been' That's correct.

However, in this sentence, the base form of the verb ‘eat’ was used.

However, in this sentence, the base form of the verb 'eat' was used.

Instead, remember we need ‘-ing’.

Instead, remember we need '-ing'.

This is the correct answer.

Ini adalah jawaban yang benar.

‘He has been eating for an hour.’

'He has been eating for an hour.'

All right, good job. and let's move on to the next practice.

All right, good job. and let's move on to the next practice.

In this practice, we'll take a look at the present perfect continuous tense,

In this practice, we'll take a look at the present perfect continuous tense,

And see how it expresses an action that has been happening recently or lately.

And see how it expresses an action that has been happening recently or lately.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama.

‘She has _blank_ bad lately.’

'She has _blank_ bad lately.'

And the verb is ‘feel’.

And the verb is 'feel'.

Remember for ‘she’, we use ‘has’.

Remember for 'she', we use 'has'.

Then don't forget we need to have ‘been’.

Then don't forget we need to have 'been'.

‘She has been’

'She has been'

After that, we add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

After that, we add '-ing' to the verb.

The correct sentence is,

The correct sentence is,

‘She has been feeling bad lately.’

'She has been feeling bad lately.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘We haven't _blank_ much recently.’

'We haven't _blank_ much recently.'

And the verb is ‘cook’.

And the verb is 'cook'.

This is a negative sentence.

This is a negative sentence.

So we say, ‘We have not’ or the contraction - ‘haven't’.

So we say, 'We have not' or the contraction - 'haven't'.

‘We haven't’ Don't forget ‘been’, and then verb ‘-ing’.

'We haven't' Don't forget 'been', and then verb '-ing'.

‘We haven't been cooking much recently.’

'We haven't been cooking much recently.'

Finally, we move on, let's try to find the mistake.

Finally, we move on, let's try to find the mistake.

‘We has been riding bikes to school recently.’

'We has been riding bikes to school recently.'

What's the mistake in this sentence?

What's the mistake in this sentence?

The subject here is ‘We’.

The subject here is 'We'.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we have to say ‘have been’, not ‘has

For 'I', 'you', 'we' and 'they', we have to say 'have been', not 'has

been’.

been'.

‘We have been riding bikes to school recently.’

'We have been riding bikes to school recently.'

And for the last one,

And for the last one,

‘Jenny lately hasn't been helping me.’

'Jenny lately hasn't been helping me.'

The lately is placed wrong in this sentence.

The lately is placed wrong in this sentence.

We have to say,

We have to say,

‘Lately, Jenny hasn't been helping me.’

'Lately, Jenny hasn't been helping me.'

or we can also say,

or we can also say,

‘Jenny hasn't been helping me lately.’

'Jenny hasn't been helping me lately.'

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke pemeriksaan berikutnya.

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect continuous tense

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect continuous tense

and how it expresses an action that stopped recently

and how it expresses an action that stopped recently

but has a present result.

but has a present result.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘I _blank_ . That's why I'm so sweaty.’

'I _blank_ . That's why I'm so sweaty.'

The verb here is ‘exercise’.

The verb here is 'exercise'.

And the subject is ‘I’.

And the subject is 'I'.

Do we use ‘has’ or ‘have’ for the subject ‘I’?

Do we use 'has' or 'have' for the subject 'I'?

The correct answer is ‘have’.

The correct answer is 'have'.

Then, we put ‘been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

Then, we put 'been' and then verb '-ing'.

Okay, so the correct answer is,

Okay, so the correct answer is,

‘I have been exercising.

'I have been exercising.

That's why I'm so sweaty.’

That's why I'm so sweaty.'

That's the result.

That's the result.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘I'm covered in flour because I _blank_.’

'I'm covered in flour because I _blank_.'

And the verb is ‘bake’.

And the verb is 'bake'.

Take a look.

Lihatlah.

I have ‘I'm covered in flour because’

I have 'I'm covered in flour because'

So this first part is the result.

So this first part is the result.

I need to show the action that stopped recently in the present perfect continuous tense.

I need to show the action that stopped recently in the present perfect continuous tense.

Again, the subject is ‘I’.

Again, the subject is 'I'.

So we use ‘have been’.

So we use 'have been'.

Then, all we do is add ‘-ing’ to the end of baking.

Then, all we do is add '-ing' to the end of baking.

‘I have been baking.’

'I have been baking.'

So again,

So again,

‘I'm covered in flour because I have been baking.’

'I'm covered in flour because I have been baking.'

And we can use the contraction and say,

And we can use the contraction and say,

‘I've been baking.’

'I've been baking.'

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘She has think a lot, so she has a headache.’

'She has think a lot, so she has a headache.'

Take a look.

Lihatlah.

The result is that ‘she has a headache.’

The result is that 'she has a headache.'

So we need to use the present perfect continuous for the first part.

So we need to use the present perfect continuous for the first part.

‘She has’ is correct.

'She has' is correct.

What's missing?

Apa yang hilang?

Don't forget the ‘been’.

Don't forget the 'been'.

Also don't forget that we need to add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Also don't forget that we need to add '-ing' to the verb.

‘She has been thinking a lot, so she has a headache.’

'She has been thinking a lot, so she has a headache.'

Look at the next sentence and find the mistake.

Look at the next sentence and find the mistake.

‘I'm so hungry because I have been diet.’

'I'm so hungry because I have been diet.'

The only mistake here is that someone forgot to put the ‘-ing’ at the end of the verb, ‘diet’.

The only mistake here is that someone forgot to put the '-ing' at the end of the verb, 'diet'.

The correct answer is,

The correct answer is,

‘I'm so hungry because I have been dieting.’

'I'm so hungry because I have been dieting.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Thank you so much for watching this  grammar course on the present tense. 

Thank you so much for watching this grammar course on the present tense.

Now, I want you to watch the next  grammar course on the past tense. 

Now, I want you to watch the next grammar course on the past tense.

I’ll see you there.

Aku akan melihat Anda di sana.

Hi, everyone.

Halo semuanya.

In this video, I will introduce the past simple English tense.

In this video, I will introduce the past simple English tense.

This grammar tense can help you explain a past general state, action, or habit.

This grammar tense can help you explain a past general state, action, or habit.

There's a lot to learn and it's a very important tense, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn and it's a very important tense, so keep watching.

In this video, I will talk about the 'be' verb

In this video, I will talk about the 'be' verb

in the past simple tense.

in the past simple tense.

The 'be' verb in the past simple tense can be used to describe a past general state.

The 'be' verb in the past simple tense can be used to describe a past general state.

We use the 'be' verbs, ‘was’ and ‘were’ in this tense.

We use the 'be' verbs, 'was' and 'were' in this tense.

Take a look at the examples.

Take a look at the examples.

‘I was scared.’

'I was scared.'

‘James', or he 'was a teacher.’

'James', or he 'was a teacher.'

‘She was sad.’

'She was sad.'

‘My dog was hungry.’

'My dog was hungry.'

‘My dog’ can be ‘it’.

'My dog' can be 'it'.

So for ‘I’, ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we use the past tense 'be' verb, ‘was’.

So for 'I', 'he', 'she', 'it', we use the past tense 'be' verb, 'was'.

However, for ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘were’.

However, for 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'were'.

‘You were a good student.’

'You were a good student.'

‘Your parents, or they were at the park.’ and ‘We were at home for two hours.’

'Your parents, or they were at the park.' and 'We were at home for two hours.'

In this last sentence, you see that the duration is emphasized.

In this last sentence, you see that the duration is emphasized.

Great job.

Kerja bagus.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now I will talk about regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now I will talk about regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Take a look at these examples.

Take a look at these examples.

‘Liam played a game.’

'Liam played a game.'

Liam is a ‘he’,

Liam is a 'he',

but really it doesn't matter for regular verbs in the past simple tense.

but really it doesn't matter for regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Because no matter what the subject is, all we have to do is add ‘d’ or ‘ed’

Because no matter what the subject is, all we have to do is add 'd' or 'ed'

to the end of the verb.

to the end of the verb.

Here the verb is ‘play’, so I added ‘-ed’.

Here the verb is 'play', so I added '-ed'.

‘Liam played a game.’

'Liam played a game.'

‘The car, or it needed gas.’

'The car, or it needed gas.'

The verb here is ‘need’.

The verb here is 'need'.

For the past simple tense, I added ‘-ed’.

For the past simple tense, I added '-ed'.

‘We watched a movie.’

'We watched a movie.'

Again, an ‘ed’ at the of ‘watch’.

Again, an 'ed' at the of 'watch'.

‘You exercised for an hour.’

'You exercised for an hour.'

In this case, the verb is ‘exercise’.

In this case, the verb is 'exercise'.

I only need to add a ‘d’ to make it the past tense.

I only need to add a 'd' to make it the past tense.

And finally, ‘They usually worked after school.’

And finally, 'They usually worked after school.'

The verb is ‘work’.

The verb is 'work'.

And I added an ‘ed’ to make it in the past tense.

And I added an 'ed' to make it in the past tense.

The word ‘usually’ shows that this was a habit.

The word 'usually' shows that this was a habit.

Remember, the past simple tense can be used to show past habits.

Remember, the past simple tense can be used to show past habits.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Remember, for regular verbs, we only add ‘d’ or ‘ed’ to make a verb into the past tense.

Remember, for regular verbs, we only add 'd' or 'ed' to make a verb into the past tense.

However, for irregular verbs, we have to change the verb in a different way.

However, for irregular verbs, we have to change the verb in a different way.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

‘I ate with my friend.’

'I ate with my friend.'

The verb here is ‘ate’.

The verb here is 'ate'.

‘ate’ is the past simple tense of ‘eat’.

'ate' is the past simple tense of 'eat'.

The next example says, ‘Nara wrote a story.’

The next example says, 'Nara wrote a story.'

The verb is ‘write’.

The verb is 'write'.

And because it's irregular to change it into the past tense, we change the verb to ‘wrote’.

And because it's irregular to change it into the past tense, we change the verb to 'wrote'.

‘You often came home late.’

'You often came home late.'

The verb here is ‘come’ and it's been changed to ‘came’.

The verb here is 'come' and it's been changed to 'came'.

You'll notice that we had the word ‘often’ to show a habit.

You'll notice that we had the word 'often' to show a habit.

‘We bought a camera.’

'We bought a camera.'

The verb here is ‘buy’ and it's been changed to ‘bought’ to show the past simple tense.

The verb here is 'buy' and it's been changed to 'bought' to show the past simple tense.

And finally, ‘My parents sent me money for a year.’

And finally, 'My parents sent me money for a year.'

Here the verb ‘sent’ is the past tense of ‘send’.

Here the verb 'sent' is the past tense of 'send'.

Here we also see ‘for a year’, this shows duration.

Here we also see 'for a year', this shows duration.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now I will talk about the negative form for the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

Now I will talk about the negative form for the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

The first one says, ‘I was not hungry.’

The first one says, 'I was not hungry.'

For the past simple tense, the negative 'be' verb

For the past simple tense, the negative 'be' verb

I f the subject is ‘I’, ‘he’, ‘she’ or ‘it’, we say ‘was not’.

I f the subject is 'I', 'he', 'she' or 'it', we say 'was not'.

For example, ‘I was not’ or ‘she was not’ or the contraction ‘wasn't’.

For example, 'I was not' or 'she was not' or the contraction 'wasn't'.

‘I wasn't’.

'I wasn't'.

‘She wasn't’.

'She wasn't'.

So let's look again, ‘I was not hungry.’

So let's look again, 'I was not hungry.'

‘She wasn't home today.’

'She wasn't home today.'

Now, if the subject is ‘you’, ‘we’ or ‘they’,

Now, if the subject is 'you', 'we' or 'they',

We say ‘were not’ or the contraction ‘weren't’.

We say 'were not' or the contraction 'weren't'.

‘The children, or they were not quiet.’

'The children, or they were not quiet.'

‘The children were not quiet.’

'The children were not quiet.'

And then, ‘The dog', or it was not, or 'wasn't playful.’

And then, 'The dog', or it was not, or 'wasn't playful.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's talk about how to form the negative in the past simple tense for non-'be' verbs,

Now, let's talk about how to form the negative in the past simple tense for non-'be' verbs,

regular or irregular.

regular or irregular.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

‘I did not like him.’

'I did not like him.'

What we do for non-'be' verbs is simply put ‘did not’ after the subject.

What we do for non-'be' verbs is simply put 'did not' after the subject.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we don't make any changes.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we don't make any changes.

We keep the base verb.

We keep the base verb.

‘He didn't catch the ball.’

'He didn't catch the ball.'

Again, it's ‘he did not’, but here we used a contraction,

Again, it's 'he did not', but here we used a contraction,

‘He didn't catch the ball.’

'He didn't catch the ball.'

‘They didn't dance.’

'They didn't dance.'

Again, here's the contraction for ‘did not’.

Again, here's the contraction for 'did not'.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we didn't change it at all.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we didn't change it at all.

Here's an irregular verb, and here's a regular verb, we keep them in the base form.

Here's an irregular verb, and here's a regular verb, we keep them in the base form.

And finally, ‘We didn't think about that.’

And finally, 'We didn't think about that.'

Again, we simply say ‘did not’ or ‘didn't’.

Again, we simply say 'did not' or 'didn't'.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now I will introduce two ways to form questions for the past simple tense.

Now I will introduce two ways to form questions for the past simple tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

‘He was angry.’

'He was angry.'

In this first sentence, we see the 'be' verb ‘was’.

In this first sentence, we see the 'be' verb 'was'.

It's quite easy.

Ini cukup mudah.

All you have to do to turn this into a question is switch the order the first two words.

All you have to do to turn this into a question is switch the order the first two words.

‘Was he angry?’

'Was he angry?'

You can answer by saying ‘Yes, he was.’ or ‘No, he wasn't.’

You can answer by saying 'Yes, he was.' or 'No, he wasn't.'

The next sentence also has a 'be' verb.

The next sentence also has a 'be' verb.

‘They were comfortable.’

'They were comfortable.'

So again, switch the first two words.

So again, switch the first two words.

‘Were they comfortable?’

'Were they comfortable?'

The answers can be, ‘Yes, they were.’

The answers can be, 'Yes, they were.'

or ‘No, they weren't.’

or 'No, they weren't.'

However, look at the third sentence.

However, look at the third sentence.

‘Sam lived here.’

'Sam lived here.'

There is no 'be' verb in this sentence.

There is no 'be' verb in this sentence.

Instead, we see the action verb ‘lived’.

Instead, we see the action verb 'lived'.

So what we do is no matter what the subject,

So what we do is no matter what the subject,

we start the question with ‘did’.

we start the question with 'did'.

‘Did Sam live here?’

'Did Sam live here?'

You'll notice that the verb no longer is in the past tense.

You'll notice that the verb no longer is in the past tense.

We use the base form of the verb.

We use the base form of the verb.

‘Did Sam live here?’

'Did Sam live here?'

You can say ‘Yes, he did.’

You can say 'Yes, he did.'

or ‘No, he didn't.’

or 'No, he didn't.'

The last sentence is similar.

The last sentence is similar.

‘They won the contest last year.’

'They won the contest last year.'

The verb here is ‘won’, that's not a 'be' verb.

The verb here is 'won', that's not a 'be' verb.

So again, we start the question with ‘did’ .

So again, we start the question with 'did' .

And then the subject ‘they’, we use the base form of the verb and that's ‘win’.

And then the subject 'they', we use the base form of the verb and that's 'win'.

‘Did they win the contest last year?’

'Did they win the contest last year?'

You can say, ‘Yes, they did.’

You can say, 'Yes, they did.'

or ‘No, they didn't.’

or 'No, they didn't.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now I'll introduce how to create an answer WH questions in the past simple tense.

Now I'll introduce how to create an answer WH questions in the past simple tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

We have some WH words here.

We have some WH words here.

‘What’ ‘When’

'What' 'When'

‘Where’ and ‘Why’

'Where' and 'Why'

You'll notice that after each WH word comes the word ‘did’.

You'll notice that after each WH word comes the word 'did'.

‘What did’ ‘When did’

'What did' 'When did'

‘Where did’ and ‘Why did’.

'Where did' and 'Why did'.

What comes after that the subject and then the base form of the verb.

What comes after that the subject and then the base form of the verb.

So, let's take a look.

So, let's take a look.

‘What did you do last night?’

'What did you do last night?'

‘What did you do last night?’

'What did you do last night?'

I can answer by saying something like, ‘I watched a movie.’

I can answer by saying something like, 'I watched a movie.'

Or ‘I read a book.’

Or 'I read a book.'

You'll notice that the answer is in the past simple tense.

You'll notice that the answer is in the past simple tense.

‘When did you get home last night?’

'When did you get home last night?'

‘I got home at 10 p.m.’

'I got home at 10 pm'

‘Where did they eat lunch?’

'Where did they eat lunch?'

‘They ate lunch at home.’

'They ate lunch at home.'

Again, ‘ate’ is the past tense of ‘eat’.

Again, 'ate' is the past tense of 'eat'.

Answer in the past simple tense.

Answer in the past simple tense.

And finally, ‘Why did the company hire him?’

And finally, 'Why did the company hire him?'

‘The company hired him because he's a hard worker.’

'The company hired him because he's a hard worker.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

In this first checkup, we'll take a look at

In this first checkup, we'll take a look at

practice questions using the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

practice questions using the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

Remember the 'be' verbs in the past simple tense are ‘was’ or ‘were’.

Remember the 'be' verbs in the past simple tense are 'was' or 'were'.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama.

‘He __ at work earlier.’

'He __ at work earlier.'

The subject here is ‘we’.

The subject here is 'we'.

So do we use ‘was’ or ‘were’?

So do we use 'was' or 'were'?

The correct answer is ‘was’.

The correct answer is 'was'.

‘He was at work earlier.’

'He was at work earlier.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘We _____ very happy yesterday.’

'We _____ very happy yesterday.'

If the subject is ‘we’, remember the be verb is ‘were’.

If the subject is 'we', remember the be verb is 'were'.

‘We were very happy yesterday.’

'We were very happy yesterday.'

Next, ‘My parents or they __ worried about me.’

Next, 'My parents or they __ worried about me.'

If it's 'they', remember we have to say ‘were’.

If it's 'they', remember we have to say 'were'.

‘My parents were worried about me.’

'My parents were worried about me.'

If I want to use the negative, I can also say ‘My parents weren't worried about me.’

If I want to use the negative, I can also say 'My parents weren't worried about me.'

And that's possible.

And that's possible.

Now I want you to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now I want you to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘We wasn't good students.’

'We wasn't good students.'

We wasn't good students.

We wasn't good students.

Can you figure out what's wrong?

Can you figure out what's wrong?

The subject here is ‘we’, so we don't say ‘was not’.

The subject here is 'we', so we don't say 'was not'.

We need to say ‘were not’ or the contraction ‘weren't’.

We need to say 'were not' or the contraction 'weren't'.

‘We weren't good students,’ is the correct answer.

'We weren't good students,' is the correct answer.

The next one says, ‘Were she a teacher?’

The next one says, 'Were she a teacher?'

Now, this is a question so the be verb comes at the beginning.

Now, this is a question so the be verb comes at the beginning.

That's correct, but the subject here is ‘she’.

That's correct, but the subject here is 'she'.

Therefore, we need to start with ‘was’.

Therefore, we need to start with 'was'.

‘Was she a teacher?’

'Was she a teacher?'

And finally,

And finally,

‘They wasn't at school.’

'They wasn't at school.'

The subject is ‘they’, so the answer is

The subject is 'they', so the answer is

‘They weren't at school.’

'They weren't at school.'

You can use the contraction ‘weren't’ or ‘were not’.

You can use the contraction 'weren't' or 'were not'.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke pemeriksaan berikutnya.

Now, let's practice regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now, let's practice regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

‘He ____ at home.’

'He ____ at home.'

The verb is ‘study’.

The verb is 'study'.

Remember, when changing a regular verb into

Remember, when changing a regular verb into

the past tense, we add ‘d’ or ‘ed’ to the end of the

the past tense, we add 'd' or 'ed' to the end of the

verb.

However, there's a separate rule for words that end in ‘y’.

verb.

However, there's a separate rule for words that end in 'y'.

Such as, ‘study’.

Such as, 'study'.

We drop the ‘y’ and we add ‘ied’.

We drop the 'y' and we add 'ied'.

So the correct answer is,

So the correct answer is,

‘He studied at home.’

'He studied at home.'

The next sentence says, ‘We __ pencils.’

The next sentence says, 'We __ pencils.'

We want to use negative because it says ‘not use’.

We want to use negative because it says 'not use'.

Remember for the negative, we always use ‘did not’, no matter what the subject.

Remember for the negative, we always use 'did not', no matter what the subject.

You can also use the contraction ‘didn't’.

You can also use the contraction 'didn't'.

Now, what do we do to the verb?

Now, what do we do to the verb?

We keep it as ‘is’.

We keep it as 'is'.

We do not change it.

We do not change it.

‘We didn't’ or ‘We did not’ use pencils.

'We didn't' or 'We did not' use pencils.

The next sentence says, ‘His friends or they walk to the gym.’

The next sentence says, 'His friends or they walk to the gym.'

What's the past tense of ‘walk’?

What's the past tense of 'walk'?

We simply have to add ‘ed’ because it's a regular verb.

We simply have to add 'ed' because it's a regular verb.

‘His friends walked to the gym.’

'His friends walked to the gym.'

Now, find a mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find a mistake in the next sentence.

‘She didn't likes math.’

'She didn't likes math.'

‘didn't’ is correct.

'didn't' is correct.

However, remember we keep the verb as ‘is’ in the base form.

However, remember we keep the verb as 'is' in the base form.

So we don't say ‘likes’.

So we don't say 'likes'.

We say ‘like’.

We say 'like'.

‘She didn't like math.’

'She didn't like math.'

The next sentence says, ‘Did it rained this morning?’

The next sentence says, 'Did it rained this morning?'

Now this is a question.

Now this is a question.

In a question, it’s right to start the sentence with ‘Did’.

In a question, it's right to start the sentence with 'Did'.

‘Did it rained?’

'Did it rained?'

Do you notice the mistake?

Do you notice the mistake?

Remember, we do not use the past tense form in the question.

Remember, we do not use the past tense form in the question.

We use the base form of the verb.

We use the base form of the verb.

‘Did it rain this morning?’

'Did it rain this morning?'

And finally, ‘They not play the piano.’

And finally, 'They not play the piano.'

The verb is an action verb.

The verb is an action verb.

So we need a ‘did’ in front of ‘not’.

So we need a 'did' in front of 'not'.

‘They did not play the piano.’

'They did not play the piano.'

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Mari kita lanjutkan ke pemeriksaan berikutnya.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

‘He __ to school.’

'He __ to school.'

And the verb is ‘run’.

And the verb is 'run'.

‘run’ is an irregular verb, so the past tense form is ‘ran’.

'run' is an irregular verb, so the past tense form is 'ran'.

‘He ran to school.’

'He ran to school.'

The next sentence says, ‘We __ flowers.’

The next sentence says, 'We __ flowers.'

We want to use the negative because here it says ‘not grow’.

We want to use the negative because here it says 'not grow'.

Remember, no matter what the subject in the negative form,

Remember, no matter what the subject in the negative form,

we say ‘did not’

we say 'did not'

or ‘didn't’.

or 'didn't'.

Then we keep the verb in its base form.

Then we keep the verb in its base form.

‘We did not grow’ or ‘We didn't grow flowers.’

'We did not grow' or 'We didn't grow flowers.'

The next sentence says, ‘Where __ you teach last year?’

The next sentence says, 'Where __ you teach last year?'

This is a question.

This is a question.

Again, all we need to put is ‘did’.

Again, all we need to put is 'did'.

‘Where did you teach last year?’

'Where did you teach last year?'

It doesn't matter what the subject is.

It doesn't matter what the subject is.

We always go with ‘did’.

We always go with 'did'.

Next, try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Next, try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘He didn't sold newspapers.’

'He didn't sold newspapers.'

Remember, in the negative, ‘didn't’ is correct for whatever subject there is.

Remember, in the negative, 'didn't' is correct for whatever subject there is.

However, we need to keep the verb in its base form.

However, we need to keep the verb in its base form.

So the correct answer is, ‘He didn't sell newspapers.’

So the correct answer is, 'He didn't sell newspapers.'

The next sentence says, ‘Did she sing a song?’

The next sentence says, 'Did she sing a song?'

You'll notice it's a similar problem here.

You'll notice it's a similar problem here.

‘sang’ is the irregular past tense form of ‘sing’.

'sang' is the irregular past tense form of 'sing'.

But in a question, if it starts with ‘did’,

But in a question, if it starts with 'did',

we use the base form.

we use the base form.

‘Did she sing a song?’

'Did she sing a song?'

And finally, ‘We taked it home.’

And finally, 'We taked it home.'

Does that sound right?

Apakah itu terdengar benar?

‘taked’ is not correct.

'taked' is not correct.

The past tense of ‘take’ is ‘took’.

The past tense of 'take' is 'took'.

‘We took it home.’

'We took it home.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Wow, we learned a lot in this video.

Wow, we learned a lot in this video.

Keep studying and reviewing the past simple tense.

Keep studying and reviewing the past simple tense.

It's an essential tense that will help you talk about the past.

It's an essential tense that will help you talk about the past.

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video.

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye. 

Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

I'm Esther.

Saya Ester.

In this video.

In this video.

I will introduce the past continuous tense.

I will introduce the past continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

It can also be used to describe two actions happening at the same time in the past.

It can also be used to describe two actions happening at the same time in the past.

There's a lot to learn so let's get started.

There's a lot to learn so let's get started.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past continuous tense.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

Let's take a look at these examples.

Mari kita lihat contoh-contoh ini.

‘I was walking in the park in the evening.’

'I was walking in the park in the evening.'

So first we start with the subject, ‘I’.

So first we start with the subject, 'I'.

For I, he, she, and it, we follow with ‘was’.

For I, he, she, and it, we follow with 'was'.

‘I was’

'I was'

And then we add an ‘ING’ to the end of the verb.

And then we add an 'ING' to the end of the verb.

‘I was walking’

'I was walking'

Now take a look at the whole sentence.

Now take a look at the whole sentence.

‘I was walking in the park in the evening.’

'I was walking in the park in the evening.'

You can see that this was an ongoing action and it happened in the past.

You can see that this was an ongoing action and it happened in the past.

Let's look at the next example.

Let's look at the next example.

‘She was living here last year.’

'She was living here last year.'

Here, the subject is ‘she’.

Here, the subject is 'she'.

So again we use ‘was’ and then ‘verb-ing’.

So again we use 'was' and then 'verb-ing'.

Here we have another expression that shows that this action was happening in the past.

Here we have another expression that shows that this action was happening in the past.

‘The dog,’ or ‘it’, ‘was eating dinner five minutes ago.’

'The dog,' or 'it', 'was eating dinner five minutes ago.'

The subject here is ‘the dog’ which can be replaced by the pronoun ‘it’.

The subject here is 'the dog' which can be replaced by the pronoun 'it'.

And so we follow with ‘was’.

And so we follow with 'was'.

And finally, ‘Andy and Jim,’ we can replace this with ‘they’.

And finally, 'Andy and Jim,' we can replace this with 'they'.

For ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘were’.

For 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'were'.

‘They were’, or ‘Andy and Jim were working at 9:00 p.m.’

'They were', or 'Andy and Jim were working at 9:00 pm'

Let's move on.

Let's move on.

The past continuous tense is also used to describe an ongoing

The past continuous tense is also used to describe an ongoing

action in the past that was interrupted by another action.

action in the past that was interrupted by another action.

This interrupting action is used in the past simple tense with the word ‘when’.

This interrupting action is used in the past simple tense with the word 'when'.

Let's take a look at this example.

Let's take a look at this example.

‘I was playing cards when you called.’

'I was playing cards when you called.'

Again we start with the subject ‘was’ or ‘were’,

Again we start with the subject 'was' or 'were',

and then ‘verb-ing’,

and then 'verb-ing',

so this is the action that was ongoing in the past,

so this is the action that was ongoing in the past,

‘I was playing cards’

'I was playing cards'

The interrupting action in this sentence is ‘you called’.

The interrupting action in this sentence is 'you called'.

You'll notice I use the word ‘when’ to show the interrupting action’

You'll notice I use the word 'when' to show the interrupting action'

And I used it in the past simple tense, ‘called’.

And I used it in the past simple tense, 'called'.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

‘The cat' or 'it' was eating when Eric came home.’

'The cat' or 'it' was eating when Eric came home.'

Again the action in progress is ‘the cat was eating’.

Again the action in progress is 'the cat was eating'.

And ‘Eric came home’, you'll notice the past simple tense.

And 'Eric came home', you'll notice the past simple tense.

This is the interrupting action used with the word ‘when’.

This is the interrupting action used with the word 'when'.

‘We were sleeping when Anne arrived.’

'We were sleeping when Anne arrived.'

Again we have the ongoing action in the past.

Again we have the ongoing action in the past.

The subject here is ‘we’.

The subject here is 'we'.

And so we used ‘were’ and then ‘verb-ing’.

And so we used 'were' and then 'verb-ing'.

‘When Anne arrived’ is the interrupting action.

'When Anne arrived' is the interrupting action.

And finally, ‘Alicia and I’, or ‘We' were walking when we saw Mark.’

And finally, 'Alicia and I', or 'We' were walking when we saw Mark.'

‘When we saw Mark’ is the interrupting action that interrupted the ongoing ‘Alicia

'When we saw Mark' is the interrupting action that interrupted the ongoing 'Alicia

and I were walking’.

and I were walking'.

It's also important to note that we can also switch the order of the sentence around and

It's also important to note that we can also switch the order of the sentence around and

say,

‘When you called, I was playing cards,’

say,

'When you called, I was playing cards,'

or ‘When Eric came home, the cat was eating.’

or 'When Eric came home, the cat was eating.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Another usage for the past continuous tense is to talk about two actions that were

Another usage for the past continuous tense is to talk about two actions that were

happening at the same time in the past.

happening at the same time in the past.

We use the past continuous tense for both actions with the word ‘while’.

We use the past continuous tense for both actions with the word 'while'.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

The first sentence says, ‘While I was playing soccer, she was watching

The first sentence says, 'While I was playing soccer, she was watching

me.’

me.'

You'll notice that both actions are in the past continuous tense.

You'll notice that both actions are in the past continuous tense.

‘I was playing soccer’ and ‘She was watching me’.

'I was playing soccer' and 'She was watching me'.

The word ‘while’ at the beginning shows that these actions were happening at the sametime.

The word 'while' at the beginning shows that these actions were happening at the sametime.

‘While you were reading, I was preparing dinner.’

'While you were reading, I was preparing dinner.'

Again both actions are expressed in the past continuous tense.

Again both actions are expressed in the past continuous tense.

The word ‘while’ shows that they were happening at the same time.

The word 'while' shows that they were happening at the same time.

‘While Her husband’ or ‘he’, ‘was driving

'While Her husband' or 'he', 'was driving

she was taking pictures.’

she was taking pictures.'

Both actions are in the past continuous tense.

Both actions are in the past continuous tense.

And finally,

And finally,

‘While we were eating, the music was playing.’

'While we were eating, the music was playing.'

Both actions were happening at the same time.

Both actions were happening at the same time.

Now, you'll notice that in my examples the word ‘while’ comes at the beginning,

Now, you'll notice that in my examples the word 'while' comes at the beginning,

however, it's important to note that you can move the word ‘while’ around in several

however, it's important to note that you can move the word 'while' around in several

ways.

ways.

For example, instead of saying this,

For example, instead of saying this,

‘While I was playing soccer, she was watching me.’

'While I was playing soccer, she was watching me.'

I can move ‘while’ to the middle of the sentence.

I can move 'while' to the middle of the sentence.

‘I was playing soccer while she was watching me.’

'I was playing soccer while she was watching me.'

I can put the ‘while’ between the two actions.

I can put the 'while' between the two actions.

Or I can also change the sentence around and say,

Or I can also change the sentence around and say,

‘While she was watching me, I was playing soccer.’

'While she was watching me, I was playing soccer.'

So it doesn't matter which action comes first with the ‘while’ if you put it in the

So it doesn't matter which action comes first with the 'while' if you put it in the

beginning.

beginning.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's talk about the negative form of the past continuous tense.

Now let's talk about the negative form of the past continuous tense.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

‘She was not reading last night.’

'She was not reading last night.'

The subject is ‘she’ and so we use ‘was’.

The subject is 'she' and so we use 'was'.

However, before the ‘verb-ing’, we add ‘not’.

However, before the 'verb-ing', we add 'not'.

‘She was not reading last night.’

'She was not reading last night.'

I can use a contraction and say,

I can use a contraction and say,

‘She wasn't reading last night.’

'She wasn't reading last night.'

‘We were not listening to music this morning.’

'We were not listening to music this morning.'

In this case, the subject is ‘we’ and so we use ‘were’.

Again ‘not’ comes before the ‘verb-ing’.

In this case, the subject is 'we' and so we use 'were'. Again 'not' comes before the 'verb-ing'.

‘We were not listening to music this morning.’

Again I can use a contraction and say,

'We were not listening to music this morning.' Again I can use a contraction and say,

‘We weren't listening to music this morning.’

'We weren't listening to music this morning.'

And the next one says, ‘He wasn't watching TV when his dad came

And the next one says, 'He wasn't watching TV when his dad came

home.’

home.'

In this example, the contraction is already there for you,

In this example, the contraction is already there for you,

‘He wasn't watching TV’.

'He wasn't watching TV'.

You'll notice the word ‘when’.

You'll notice the word 'when'.

Remember ‘when’ + ‘a past simple tense verb’ shows an interrupting action,

Remember 'when' + 'a past simple tense verb' shows an interrupting action,

so, ‘When his dad came home he wasn't watching TV.’

so, 'When his dad came home he wasn't watching TV.'

He was doing something else.

He was doing something else.

And finally,

And finally,

‘They weren't talking while the game was playing.’

'They weren't talking while the game was playing.'

The word ‘while’ is in this sentence.

The word 'while' is in this sentence.

Remember that shows 2 past ongoing actions happening at the same time,

Remember that shows 2 past ongoing actions happening at the same time,

so ‘While the game was playing they weren't talking’.

so 'While the game was playing they weren't talking'.

They were doing something else.

They were doing something else.

Let's move on now.

Mari kita lanjutkan sekarang.

Let's talk about how to form ‘be’ verb questions for the past continuous tense.

Let's talk about how to form 'be' verb questions for the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first statement.

Take a look at the first statement.

It says,

It says,

‘It was raining this morning.’

'It was raining this morning.'

In order to turn this into a question, it's quite easy,

In order to turn this into a question, it's quite easy,

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

Instead of ‘It was’, I now say ‘Was it’ to make it a question.

Instead of 'It was', I now say 'Was it' to make it a question.

You'll notice that the rest of the words stay in the same place.

You'll notice that the rest of the words stay in the same place.

‘Was it raining this morning?’

'Was it raining this morning?'

You can answer by saying, ‘Yes, it was.’ or ‘No, it wasn't.’

You can answer by saying, 'Yes, it was.' or 'No, it wasn't.'

The next statement says,

The next statement says,

‘They were living there when the fire happened.’

'They were living there when the fire happened.'

To turn this into a big question, again we just switched the order of the first two words.

To turn this into a big question, again we just switched the order of the first two words.

Instead of ‘They were’, we say ‘Were they’.

Instead of 'They were', we say 'Were they'.

And again, the rest of the words can stay in the same place.

And again, the rest of the words can stay in the same place.

‘Were they living there when the fire happened?’

'Were they living there when the fire happened?'

And you can answer by saying,

And you can answer by saying,

‘Yes, they were’ or ‘No, they weren't.’

'Yes, they were' or 'No, they weren't.'

Let's continue on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now I'll go into how to make WH questions for the past continuous tense.

Now I'll go into how to make WH questions for the past continuous tense.

You'll notice that the examples here all begin with some WH words.

You'll notice that the examples here all begin with some WH words.

For example, ‘what’, ‘where’, ‘why’, and ‘who’.

For example, 'what', 'where', 'why', and 'who'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘What were they doing last night?”

'What were they doing last night?”

The subject of this sentence is ‘they’.

Subjek dari kalimat ini adalah 'mereka'.

So what you do is after the WH word you put the proper ‘be’ verb.

So what you do is after the WH word you put the proper 'be' verb.

In this case, ‘were’.

In this case, 'were'.

‘What were they doing last night?’

'What were they doing last night?'

You'll notice that after the subject comes the ‘verb-ing’.

You'll notice that after the subject comes the 'verb-ing'.

‘What were they doing last night?’

'What were they doing last night?'

I can answer by saying, ‘They were playing games’ or

I can answer by saying, 'They were playing games' or

‘They were reading a book’.

'They were reading a book'.

The next question says,

The next question says,

‘Where was he working last week?’

'Where was he working last week?'

In this case the subject is ‘he’ and so the be verb to use is ‘was’.

In this case the subject is 'he' and so the be verb to use is 'was'.

‘Where was he working last week?’

I can say, ‘He was working in Canada.’

‘Why was she crying when she finished the book?’

In this case, the subject is ‘she’ and so I put ‘was’ after ‘why’.

'Where was he working last week?' I can say, 'He was working in Canada.'

'Why was she crying when she finished the book?' In this case, the subject is 'she' and so I put 'was' after 'why'.

‘Why was she crying when she finished the book?’

'Why was she crying when she finished the book?'

I can say, ‘She was crying because the ending was sad.’

I can say, 'She was crying because the ending was sad.'

And finally,

And finally,

‘Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?’

'Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?'

In this case, ‘the children’ is a ‘they’

In this case, 'the children' is a 'they'

so we follow 'who' with ‘were’.

so we follow 'who' with 'were'.

‘Who were they’ or

'Who were they' or

‘Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?’

'Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?'

To answer, I can say, ‘The children’ or

To answer, I can say, 'The children' or

‘They were staying with their dad.’

'They were staying with their dad.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

In this section, let's do a checkup for the past continuous tense.

In this section, let's do a checkup for the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

‘Last night they were blank at school.’

'Last night they were blank at school.'

I want you to try to fill in the blank with the negative for the verb ‘stay’.

I want you to try to fill in the blank with the negative for the verb 'stay'.

‘not stay’

'not stay'

What do you think it is?

What do you think it is?

Remember, for the negative of the past continuous,

Remember, for the negative of the past continuous,

all you have to do is put ‘not’ and then ‘verb-ing’ after the 'be' verb.

all you have to do is put 'not' and then 'verb-ing' after the 'be' verb.

‘They were not staying at school last.’

'They were not staying at school last.'

‘Last night, they were not staying at school.’

'Last night, they were not staying at school.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘Two days ago you blank soccer.’

'Two days ago you blank soccer.'

Again try the negative for the verb ‘play’.

Again try the negative for the verb 'play'.

‘Two days ago blank not play soccer.’

'Two days ago blank not play soccer.'

In this case, the first thing that's missing is the ‘be’ verb.

In this case, the first thing that's missing is the 'be' verb.

If the subject is ‘you’, can you think of which be verb needs to be put in there?

If the subject is 'you', can you think of which be verb needs to be put in there?

The correct answer is ‘were’.

The correct answer is 'were'.

And then, we say ‘not’.

And then, we say 'not'.

What happens after that?

Apa yang terjadi setelah itu?

Remember, ‘verb-ing’.

Remember, 'verb-ing'.

So ‘you were not playing’

So 'you were not playing'

‘two days ago, you were not playing soccer’

'two days ago, you were not playing soccer'

You can also use a contraction and say,

You can also use a contraction and say,

‘You weren't playing soccer.’

'You weren't playing soccer.'

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Yesterday, she were reading at home.’

'Yesterday, she were reading at home.'

hmmm

hmmm

The subject of this sentence is ‘she’ so the ‘be’ verb to use is not ‘were’.

The subject of this sentence is 'she' so the 'be' verb to use is not 'were'.

It's 'was'.

It's 'was'.

‘Yesterday, she was reading at home.’

'Yesterday, she was reading at home.'

In the next sentence it says, ‘Tomorrow, they were seeing their friends.’

In the next sentence it says, 'Tomorrow, they were seeing their friends.'

hmmm

hmmm

‘They’ and ‘were’

'They' and 'were'

That's correct.

That's correct.

And we have the ‘verb-ing’

And we have the 'verb-ing'

So what's the mistake?

So what's the mistake?

Remember the past continuous is for the past.

Remember the past continuous is for the past.

‘Tomorrow’ is not the past.

'Tomorrow' is not the past.

So instead, we need to put a word that shows the past.

So instead, we need to put a word that shows the past.

For example, I can say, ‘yesterday’.

For example, I can say, 'yesterday'.

‘Yesterday, they were seeing their friends.’

'Yesterday, they were seeing their friends.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's start a checkup of the ‘when’ usage

Now, let's start a checkup of the 'when' usage

of the past continuous tense.

of the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

It says, ‘Andrea and John’ blank when they bank hurt.’

It says, 'Andrea and John' blank when they bank hurt.'

Remember ‘when’ shows an interrupting action.

Remember 'when' shows an interrupting action.

It needs to be used with the past simple tense.

It needs to be used with the past simple tense.

So let's first look at the second blank.

So let's first look at the second blank.

‘When they blank hurt’

'When they blank hurt'

What's the past tense of the verb ‘get’?

What's the past tense of the verb 'get'?

The answer is ‘got’.

The answer is 'got'.

Now let's take a look at the action that was in progress in the past.

Now let's take a look at the action that was in progress in the past.

‘Andrea and John’ or ‘they’

'Andrea and John' or 'they'

Well what comes after ‘they’?

Well what comes after 'they'?

‘were’.

'were'.

‘Andrea and John were’

'Andrea and John were'

Then remember we need to add -ing to the verb.

Then remember we need to add -ing to the verb.

‘They were skiing’ or ‘Andrea and John were skiing when they got hurt’.

'They were skiing' or 'Andrea and John were skiing when they got hurt'.

The next example says, ‘It blank not raining when the game blank’.

The next example says, 'It blank not raining when the game blank'.

And I want you to use the verb ‘start’ for the second blank.

And I want you to use the verb 'start' for the second blank.

Take a look ‘when the game blank’ what's the past tense of ‘start’?

Take a look 'when the game blank' what's the past tense of 'start'?

‘started’

'started'

Now let's look at the first part of the sentence.

Now let's look at the first part of the sentence.

The subject is ‘it’.

The subject is 'it'.

So what ‘be’ verb do we use for 'it'?

So what 'be' verb do we use for 'it'?

‘was’

'was'

‘It was not raining when the game started.’

'It was not raining when the game started.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘I wasn't study at the library yesterday’.

'I wasn't study at the library yesterday'.

The subject here is ‘I’ and so the ‘be’ verb ‘was’ is correct.

The subject here is 'I' and so the 'be' verb 'was' is correct.

Here there's a contraction, ‘I wasn't’ for ‘I was not’.

Here there's a contraction, 'I wasn't' for 'I was not'.

Now the problem is with the verb.

Now the problem is with the verb.

Remember we need to put ‘–ing’ at the end of the verb.

Remember we need to put '–ing' at the end of the verb.

‘I wasn't studying at the library yesterday.’

'I wasn't studying at the library yesterday.'

And finally, ‘We did meet our friends last weekend.’

And finally, 'We did meet our friends last weekend.'

That sounds right, but remember we're doing the past continuous tense.

That sounds right, but remember we're doing the past continuous tense.

Take a look again.

Take a look again.

The subject is ‘we’.

The subject is 'we'.

We need a ‘be’ verb.

We need a 'be' verb.

‘were’

'were'

Then what happens?

Then what happens?

Remember, we need to add an ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb,

Remember, we need to add an '-ing' to the end of the verb,

so we take out ‘did’ and say, ‘We were meeting our friends last weekend.’

so we take out 'did' and say, 'We were meeting our friends last weekend.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, for this checkup, we'll look at the ‘while’ usage of the past continuous tense.

Now, for this checkup, we'll look at the 'while' usage of the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

‘While I blank someone blank my bike.’

'While I blank someone blank my bike.'

When we use ‘while’ in the past continuous tense,

When we use 'while' in the past continuous tense,

we're showing that two actions happened at the same time in the past

we're showing that two actions happened at the same time in the past

or they were happening at the same time in the past.

or they were happening at the same time in the past.

So we need to use the past continuous for both actions.

So we need to use the past continuous for both actions.

‘While I blank’

'While I blank'

I want you to use ‘shop’ in the first blank.

I want you to use 'shop' in the first blank.

Remember, the subject here is ‘I’ so I need to use the ‘be’ verb ‘was’.

Remember, the subject here is 'I' so I need to use the 'be' verb 'was'.

Then ‘verb-ing’.

Then 'verb-ing'.

‘While I was shopping’

'While I was shopping'

Now ‘someone’ can be a ‘he’ or ‘she’.

Now 'someone' can be a 'he' or 'she'.

Therefore, again we need to use ‘was’

Therefore, again we need to use 'was'

and then the ‘verb-ing’ of ‘steal’.

and then the 'verb-ing' of 'steal'.

‘While I was shopping, someone was stealing my bike.’

'While I was shopping, someone was stealing my bike.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘While he blank’

'While he blank'

I want you to use the verb ‘cook’.

I want you to use the verb 'cook'.

The subject is ‘he’ and so I need to use ‘was cooking’.

The subject is 'he' and so I need to use 'was cooking'.

‘While he was cooking, his girlfriend was cleaning.’

'While he was cooking, his girlfriend was cleaning.'

Did you get that?

Apakah Anda mendapatkan itu?

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Jane was looking for us while we get off the plane.’

'Jane was looking for us while we get off the plane.'

The first part of the sentence is correct.

The first part of the sentence is correct.

‘Jane was looking’

'Jane was looking'

Now the second part of the sentence.

Now the second part of the sentence.

Notice it's not in the past continuous tense.

Notice it's not in the past continuous tense.

‘While we get off the plane’

'While we get off the plane'

So what we need to do is say, ‘were getting’.

So what we need to do is say, 'were getting'.

‘Jane was looking for us while we were getting off the plane.’

'Jane was looking for us while we were getting off the plane.'

The next sentence says, 'I was watching TV while my wife sleep’

The next sentence says, 'I was watching TV while my wife sleep'

Again this part of the sentence did not use the past continuous tense.

Again this part of the sentence did not use the past continuous tense.

My wife is a ‘she’ and so I need to say ‘was sleeping’.

My wife is a 'she' and so I need to say 'was sleeping'.

‘I was watching TV while my wife was sleeping.’

'I was watching TV while my wife was sleeping.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Good job, everybody in learning the past  

Good job, everybody in learning the past

continuous tense.

continuous tense.

This tense can be a little difficult and a little tricky.

This tense can be a little difficult and a little tricky.

Especially when it comes to the ‘when’ and ‘while’ usage.

Especially when it comes to the 'when' and 'while' usage.

It'll take some practice to really master it, but I know you can do it.

It'll take some practice to really master it, but I know you can do it.

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video. 

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

I'm Esther.

Saya Ester.

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect tense.

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect tense.

This tense is used to describe an action that took place at a specific time in the past.

This tense is used to describe an action that took place at a specific time in the past.

This tense can be a little tricky, but don't worry I will guide you through it.

This tense can be a little tricky, but don't worry I will guide you through it.

There's so much to learn and it's a very important tense.

There's so much to learn and it's a very important tense.

So keep watching.

Jadi teruslah menonton.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past perfect tense.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past perfect tense.

This tense can be used to describe an action in the past

This tense can be used to describe an action in the past

that happened before another action in the past.

that happened before another action in the past.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

‘I have visited China before I moved there.’

'I have visited China before I moved there.'

No matter what the subject you follow with ‘had’,

No matter what the subject you follow with 'had',

So that's easy.

So that's easy.

‘I had’ ‘Steve had’

'I had' 'Steve had'

‘The plane had’ and ‘We had’.

'The plane had' and 'We had'.

Then, we follow with the past participle of the verb.

Then, we follow with the past participle of the verb.

In this case, it's ‘visited’.

In this case, it's 'visited'.

‘I had visited China.’

'I had visited China.'

Now you'll notice that the second verb is in the past simple tense.

Now you'll notice that the second verb is in the past simple tense.

‘I moved there.’

'I moved there.'

And I'll talk about that a little bit more later on.

And I'll talk about that a little bit more later on.

‘Steve had bought the book.’

'Steve had bought the book.'

Again, ‘subject’, ‘had’ and ‘past participle’.

Again, 'subject', 'had' and 'past participle'.

In this case, the verb is ‘buy’.

In this case, the verb is 'buy'.

‘Steve had bought the book before he read it.’

'Steve had bought the book before he read it.'

Again, we have the simple tense of ‘read’ which is ‘read’.

Again, we have the simple tense of 'read' which is 'read'.

And finally, ‘The plane had left by the time I got to the airport.’

And finally, 'The plane had left by the time I got to the airport.'

Again, the first part of this sentence is in the past perfect tense.

Again, the first part of this sentence is in the past perfect tense.

‘The plane had left’.

'The plane had left'.

This is the past participle of ‘leave’.

This is the past participle of 'leave'.

The second verb says, ‘I got to the airport.’

The second verb says, 'I got to the airport.'

‘got’ is the past tense of ‘get’.

'got' is the past tense of 'get'.

Now what these three sentences have in common is that you'll see, ‘before’.

Now what these three sentences have in common is that you'll see, 'before'.

‘before’ or ‘by the time’.

'before' or 'by the time'.

They all mean the same thing.

Mereka semua memiliki arti yang sama.

The verb that is in the past perfect tense happened first.

The verb that is in the past perfect tense happened first.

The verb that's in the past simple tense happen after.

The verb that's in the past simple tense happen after.

So again, for the first example.

So again, for the first example.

‘before I move there’ That happened later.

'before I move there' That happened later.

Before that, ‘I had already visited China.’

Before that, 'I had already visited China.'

Do you understand how that works?

Do you understand how that works?

Let's take a look at the last example.

Let's take a look at the last example.

‘When they arrived, we had already started the game.’

'When they arrived, we had already started the game.'

So maybe they were late or something had happened.

So maybe they were late or something had happened.

But ‘When they arrived’, this is the past simple tense.

But 'When they arrived', this is the past simple tense.

So this happened second.

So this happened second.

‘We had already started the game.’

'We had already started the game.'

This action had already started.

This action had already started.

It started before this action.

It started before this action.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Earlier I mentioned that the past perfect tense can be used to describe an action

Earlier I mentioned that the past perfect tense can be used to describe an action

that happened in the past before another action in the past.

that happened in the past before another action in the past.

We can do the same thing but also emphasize the duration.

We can do the same thing but also emphasize the duration.

How long that first action happened.

How long that first action happened.

We do this by using four and a duration.

We do this by using four and a duration.

Let's take a look.

Mari lihat.

‘I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.’

'I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.'

This is very similar to the first usage.

This is very similar to the first usage.

‘I had’ and the past participle of the verb.

'I had' and the past participle of the verb.

This part shows the action that happened earlier in the past.

This part shows the action that happened earlier in the past.

The second part, ‘it broke’.

The second part, 'it broke'.

The past simple tense verb shows the action in the past

The past simple tense verb shows the action in the past

that happened later than the first action.

that happened later than the first action.

However, you'll notice that this sentence has a duration, ‘for two months’.

However, you'll notice that this sentence has a duration, 'for two months'.

‘I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.’

'I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.'

All I'm doing here is showing how long the first action had been true.

All I'm doing here is showing how long the first action had been true.

Let's take a look at the next example.

Let's take a look at the next example.

‘Jim had been lonely for a long time until he got a puppy.’

'Jim had been lonely for a long time until he got a puppy.'

Again, we have subject ‘had’, past participle.

Again, we have subject 'had', past participle.

And then we have the past simple ‘he got a puppy’.

And then we have the past simple 'he got a puppy'.

All we're doing here is emphasizing how long first action had been true.

All we're doing here is emphasizing how long first action had been true.

He had been lonely for a long time.

He had been lonely for a long time.

That is until the later action, ‘he got a puppy.’

That is until the later action, 'he got a puppy.'

And finally, ‘She and I had been friends for many years before she became my wife.’

And finally, 'She and I had been friends for many years before she became my wife.'

The first part of the sentence is the past perfect.

The first part of the sentence is the past perfect.

It happened before she became my wife.

It happened before she became my wife.

But I want to explain how long that had been true for many years.

But I want to explain how long that had been true for many years.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now I'll introduce how to form the negative in the past perfect tense.

Now I'll introduce how to form the negative in the past perfect tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

The first sentence says, ‘I had not eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.’

The first sentence says, 'I had not eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.'

Again, we have the past perfect tense here and the past simple tense here.

Again, we have the past perfect tense here and the past simple tense here.

This one is the action that happened earlier in the past

This one is the action that happened earlier in the past

And this one over here is the action that happened later in the past.

And this one over here is the action that happened later in the past.

However, because this is the negative, what I'm going to do is add a 'not' between

However, because this is the negative, what I'm going to do is add a 'not' between

the ‘had’ and the past participle of the verb.

the 'had' and the past participle of the verb.

So I say, ‘I have not eaten’.

So I say, 'I have not eaten'.

Or I can use the contraction

Or I can use the contraction

and say, ‘I hadn't eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.’

and say, 'I hadn't eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.'

The next sentence is very similar.’

The next sentence is very similar.'

‘She had not been to the circus before she went last week.’

'She had not been to the circus before she went last week.'

Here's the action that happened earlier in the past,

Here's the action that happened earlier in the past,

and here's the action that happened later in the past.

and here's the action that happened later in the past.

However, again, because it's negative,

However, again, because it's negative,

I put a 'not' between ‘had’ and the past participle of the verb.

I put a 'not' between 'had' and the past participle of the verb.

Also, I can use the contraction and say, ‘She hadn't been to the circus.’

Also, I can use the contraction and say, 'She hadn't been to the circus.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘The cat hadn't chased the bird for very long before it flew away.’

'The cat hadn't chased the bird for very long before it flew away.'

Remember, we can show duration,

Remember, we can show duration,

or how long the first action was true.

or how long the first action was true.

by using 'for' and a duration.

by using 'for' and a duration.

Because this is the negative form,

Because this is the negative form,

again, I use 'had not' after the subject and before the past participle of the verb

again, I use 'had not' after the subject and before the past participle of the verb

In this case, the contraction ‘hadn't’ is already there for you.

In this case, the contraction 'hadn't' is already there for you.

‘We hadn't known each other for three months before we married.’

'We hadn't known each other for three months before we married.'

That's a pretty short time.

That's a pretty short time.

It shows the duration by saying ‘for’, How long?

It shows the duration by saying 'for', How long?

‘three months’

'three months'

Let's move on.

Let's move on.

Now, let's take a look at questions using ‘had’ in the past perfect tense.

Now, let's take a look at questions using 'had' in the past perfect tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

It says, ‘She had eaten lunch by noon.’

It says, 'She had eaten lunch by noon.'

Now, to turn this into a question is quite easy.

Now, to turn this into a question is quite easy.

All you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

All you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

So instead of ‘she had’, we say ‘Had she’.

So instead of 'she had', we say 'Had she'.

‘Had she eaten lunch by noon?’

'Had she eaten lunch by noon?'

You can say, ‘Yes, she had.’

You can say, 'Yes, she had.'

or ‘No, she hadn't.’

or 'No, she hadn't.'

The next sentence says, ‘It had rained before they left.’

The next sentence says, 'It had rained before they left.'

Again simply switched the order of the first two words.

Again simply switched the order of the first two words.

Instead of ‘It had’, say ‘Had it’ to make a question.

Instead of 'It had', say 'Had it' to make a question.

‘Had it rained before they left?’

'Had it rained before they left?'

To reply you can say, ‘Yes, it had.’

To reply you can say, 'Yes, it had.'

or ‘No, it hadn't.’

or 'No, it hadn't.'

Let's move on now.

Mari kita lanjutkan sekarang.

I'll go into how to form ‘WH’ questions in the past perfect tense.

I'll go into how to form 'WH' questions in the past perfect tense.

Let's take a look.

Mari lihat.

Here we see at the beginning of each question a 'WH' word.

Here we see at the beginning of each question a 'WH' word.

‘where’, ‘who’, ‘what’, and ‘how’.

'where', 'who', 'what', and 'how'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘Where had he traveled before?’

'Where had he traveled before?'

You'll notice that after each ‘WH’ word, we have ‘had’.

You'll notice that after each 'WH' word, we have 'had'.

And then the subject and then the past participle of the verb.

And then the subject and then the past participle of the verb.

‘Where had he traveled before?’

'Where had he traveled before?'

The next question says, ‘Who had she talked to before?’

The next question says, 'Who had she talked to before?'

This is the same thing the ‘WH’ word

This is the same thing the 'WH' word

‘had she’ and then the past participle.

'had she' and then the past participle.

You'll notice here that we have the word ‘before’, but we didn't write a specific point in time.

You'll notice here that we have the word 'before', but we didn't write a specific point in time.

If you see that it simply means before now.

If you see that it simply means before now.

The next question says, ‘What had he eaten before lunch?’

The next question says, 'What had he eaten before lunch?'

Again we follow the same formula, however, here it says ‘lunch for you'.

Again we follow the same formula, however, here it says 'lunch for you'.

The last one says,

The last one says,

‘How long had she known him before she dated him?’

'How long had she known him before she dated him?'

Again how long ‘had’ + ‘subject’ and then the past participle.

Again how long 'had' + 'subject' and then the past participle.

Let's take a look at how  to answer these questions.

Let's take a look at how to answer these questions.

‘Where had he traveled before?’

'Where had he traveled before?'

‘He had traveled to Europe.’

'He had traveled to Europe.'

is one possible answer.

is one possible answer.

‘Who had she talked to before?’

'Who had she talked to before?'

Here I can say, ‘She had talked to her brother.’

Here I can say, 'She had talked to her brother.'

‘What had he eaten before lunch?’

'What had he eaten before lunch?'

‘He had eaten sushi before lunch.’

'He had eaten sushi before lunch.'

And finally, ‘How long had she known him before she dated him?’

And finally, 'How long had she known him before she dated him?'

‘She had known him for three years.’

'She had known him for three years.'

That is one possible answer.

That is one possible answer.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's take a look at some practice exercises for the basic usage of the past perfect tense.

Now let's take a look at some practice exercises for the basic usage of the past perfect tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

‘I blank for six hours before I had a break.’

'I blank for six hours before I had a break.'

The verb here is ‘work’.

The verb here is 'work'.

Remember, we need to say ‘I had’.

Remember, we need to say 'I had'.

No matter what the subject is, say ‘had’.

No matter what the subject is, say 'had'.

And then, you take the past participle of the verb.

And then, you take the past participle of the verb.

In this case, we would say ‘worked’.

In this case, we would say 'worked'.

‘I had worked for six hours before I had a break.’

'I had worked for six hours before I had a break.'

For the next sentence, I want you to try the negative form.

For the next sentence, I want you to try the negative form.

‘We blank TV before we listened to the radio.’

'We blank TV before we listened to the radio.'

Remember, for the negative form, we say ‘had not’

Remember, for the negative form, we say 'had not'

or we use the contraction, ‘hadn't’.

or we use the contraction, 'hadn't'.

‘We hadn’t’.

'We hadn't'.

And then, we need the past participle.

And then, we need the past participle.

‘We hadn't watched TV before we listened to the radio.’

'We hadn't watched TV before we listened to the radio.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Reggie had it be to Mexico before he went to Peru.’

'Reggie had it be to Mexico before he went to Peru.'

Well, we have the subject here and for the negative, ‘hadn't’ is correct.

Well, we have the subject here and for the negative, 'hadn't' is correct.

However, we need the past participle of the verb ‘be’.

However, we need the past participle of the verb 'be'.

So the correct answer is,

So the correct answer is,

‘Reggie hadn't been to Mexico before he went to Peru.’

'Reggie hadn't been to Mexico before he went to Peru.'

And finally, ‘Sally and Jan or they had do their job.’

And finally, 'Sally and Jan or they had do their job.'

Hmm.

Hmm.

Remember, we need the past participle.

Remember, we need the past participle.

We don't say do.

We don't say do.

We say ‘done’.

We say 'done'.

‘Sally and Jan had done their job before they watched TV.’

'Sally and Jan had done their job before they watched TV.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at some practice exercises

In this checkup, we'll take a look at some practice exercises

for the past perfect tense that describes how long.

for the past perfect tense that describes how long.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Mari kita lihat kalimat pertama.

‘You blank at the park for three hours before you came home.’

'You blank at the park for three hours before you came home.'

Remember, we start with the subject and then ‘had’.

Remember, we start with the subject and then 'had'.

So I'm going to add that here,

So I'm going to add that here,

then we need the past participle of the verb ‘be’.

then we need the past participle of the verb 'be'.

And that is ‘been’.

And that is 'been'.

‘You had been at the park for three hours before you came home.’

'You had been at the park for three hours before you came home.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘They blank for six hours before they took a break.’

'They blank for six hours before they took a break.'

Again, no matter what the subject, we have ‘had’ and then the past participle.

Again, no matter what the subject, we have 'had' and then the past participle.

So the answer is,

So the answer is,

‘They had studied for six hours before they took a break.’

'They had studied for six hours before they took a break.'

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

It's a little bit longer so it might take you a while.

It's a little bit longer so it might take you a while.

‘They had been known each other for ten years before they had their first fight.’

'They had been known each other for ten years before they had their first fight.'

Can you find the mistake?

Bisakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

Well, we have the subject and ‘had’, but check this out.

Well, we have the subject and 'had', but check this out.

There are two past participles here.

There are two past participles here.

We need to get rid of one of them.

We need to get rid of one of them.

We can take out this verb and say, ‘They had known each other for ten years

We can take out this verb and say, 'They had known each other for ten years

before they had their first fight.’

before they had their first fight.'

The next sentence says, ‘I have played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.’

The next sentence says, 'I have played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.'

This sentence doesn't look wrong at first.

This sentence doesn't look wrong at first.

But remember, in the past perfect tense, we need to say ‘had’.

But remember, in the past perfect tense, we need to say 'had'.

‘I had played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.’

'I had played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.'

Good job, everybody.

Good job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Now you have a better understanding of the past perfect tense.

Now you have a better understanding of the past perfect tense.

I know it can be a little difficult but keep studying,

I know it can be a little difficult but keep studying,

and keep practicing, and you will get better.

and keep practicing, and you will get better.

I know studying English is not easy but with time and effort,

I know studying English is not easy but with time and effort,

I know you'll master it.

I know you'll master it.

Thank you so much for watching and I'll see you in the next video.

Thank you so much for watching and I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

I'm Esther.

Saya Ester.

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect continuous tense.

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect continuous tense.

It's a great tense that helps you express an ongoing action

It's a great tense that helps you express an ongoing action

in the past continuing up to another point in the past.

in the past continuing up to another point in the past.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

One usage of the past perfect continuous tense is to talk about an ongoing action in the

One usage of the past perfect continuous tense is to talk about an ongoing action in the

past that continued up to another point in the

past that continued up to another point in the

past.

past.

You can use ‘for’ and a duration to talk about

You can use 'for' and a duration to talk about

how long that action was in progress.

how long that action was in progress.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

‘I had been waiting for the bus for two hours before it arrived.’

'I had been waiting for the bus for two hours before it arrived.'

You'll notice that at the beginning.

You'll notice that at the beginning.

It doesn't matter what the subject is, we follow with ‘had been’.

It doesn't matter what the subject is, we follow with 'had been'.

For example, ‘I had been’, ‘Chuck had been’,

For example, 'I had been', 'Chuck had been',

And ‘Tom and Kim had been.’

And 'Tom and Kim had been.'

And then we follow with the verb ‘-ing’.

And then we follow with the verb '-ing'.

‘waiting’.

'waiting'.

‘I had been waiting.’

'I had been waiting.'

Now this is the ongoing action that happened first.

Now this is the ongoing action that happened first.

Again, four and two hours shows the duration.

Again, four and two hours shows the duration.

The second part says, ‘it arrived’.

The second part says, 'it arrived'.

This verb is in the past simple tense.

This verb is in the past simple tense.

Therefore, that is the second action.

Therefore, that is the second action.

It's the action that this first action happened until this action happened,

It's the action that this first action happened until this action happened,

so again, ‘I had been waiting for the bus,’ happened

so again, 'I had been waiting for the bus,' happened

first.

first.

And then, it happened until the bus arrived.

And then, it happened until the bus arrived.

‘Chuck had been cooking,’ Again, that part's easy.

'Chuck had been cooking,' Again, that part's easy.

No matter what’s the subject, we say ‘had been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

No matter what's the subject, we say 'had been' and then verb '-ing'.

Again, I can show how long Chuck had been cooking by saying ‘for an hour’, showing

Again, I can show how long Chuck had been cooking by saying 'for an hour', showing

the duration.

the duration.

And then, I finished by saying, ‘before he finished’.

And then, I finished by saying, 'before he finished'.

He had been cooking up to this point in the past.

He had been cooking up to this point in the past.

Finally, ‘Tom and Kim had been walking,’ This part should be familiar to you by now,

Finally, 'Tom and Kim had been walking,' This part should be familiar to you by now,

‘for an hour’ Again, that shows duration.

'for an hour' Again, that shows duration.

‘before they rested.’

'before they rested.'

So they had been walking for an hour before they took a break.

So they had been walking for an hour before they took a break.

Before they rested.

Before they rested.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

The past perfect continuous tense is also used to express cause and effect in the

The past perfect continuous tense is also used to express cause and effect in the

past.

past.

The verb that's in the past perfect continuous tense shows the cause,

The verb that's in the past perfect continuous tense shows the cause,

why something happened.

why something happened.

We can use ‘because’ or ‘so’ to show the cause and effect.

We can use 'because' or 'so' to show the cause and effect.

Here, I'll explain.

Di sini, saya akan menjelaskan.

‘Jason was tired because he had been jogging.’

'Jason was tired because he had been jogging.'

The first part of the sentence is in the past tense.

The first part of the sentence is in the past tense.

‘Jason was tired,’ However, we see ‘why?’

'Jason was tired,' However, we see 'why?'

Well, because, ‘he had been jogging’.

Well, because, 'he had been jogging'.

The second part of this sentence is in the past perfect continuous tense.

The second part of this sentence is in the past perfect continuous tense.

‘he had been’, remember no matter what the subject,

'he had been', remember no matter what the subject,

we follow with ‘had been’ and jogging – ‘verb -ing’.

we follow with 'had been' and jogging – 'verb -ing'.

‘he had been jogging’ This shows why Jason was tired.

'he had been jogging' This shows why Jason was tired.

The next sentence says, ‘The pavement’ or it ‘was wet because

The next sentence says, 'The pavement' or it 'was wet because

it had been raining.’

it had been raining.'

Similar to the first sentence, ‘it had been raining’ shows the cause.

Similar to the first sentence, 'it had been raining' shows the cause.

Why was the pavement wet?

Why was the pavement wet?

‘The pavement was wet because it had been raining.’

'The pavement was wet because it had been raining.'

In this sentence, we see a little difference.

In this sentence, we see a little difference.

‘The children had been playing’ Again, this is the past perfect continuous

'The children had been playing' Again, this is the past perfect continuous

tense.

tense.

‘had been playing’ The second part says, ‘the room was a mess’.

'had been playing' The second part says, 'the room was a mess'.

So here, instead of ‘because’ like the first two sentences,

So here, instead of 'because' like the first two sentences,

I used ‘so’.

I used 'so'.

So the order has been changed but the meaning is the same.

So the order has been changed but the meaning is the same.

This, ‘the children had been playing’ is why the room was a mess.

This, 'the children had been playing' is why the room was a mess.

This is the cause and this is the effect.

This is the cause and this is the effect.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's go into the negative form of the past perfect continuous tense.

Now let's go into the negative form of the past perfect continuous tense.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

‘I had not been working for a day before I quit.’

'I had not been working for a day before I quit.'

So no matter what the subject ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘she’, or ‘it’,

So no matter what the subject 'I', 'you', 'she', or 'it',

just like in the affirmative, we say ‘had’, but after the ‘had’, in the negative form,

just like in the affirmative, we say 'had', but after the 'had', in the negative form,

we add ‘not’. ‘had not’

we add 'not'. 'had not'

‘had not’ or you can use the contraction ‘hadn't’.

'had not' or you can use the contraction 'hadn't'.

Which is a combination of ‘had’ and ‘not’ together.

Which is a combination of 'had' and 'not' together.

‘I had not been working’ The rest of the sentence is the same.

'I had not been working' The rest of the sentence is the same.

‘been + verb -ing’ ‘I had not been working for a day before

'been + verb -ing' 'I had not been working for a day before

I quit.’

I quit.'

The next sentence says, ‘You had not been cutting onions for long

The next sentence says, 'You had not been cutting onions for long

before you cried.’

before you cried.'

Again, the ‘not’ goes between ‘had’ and ‘been’.

Again, the 'not' goes between 'had' and 'been'.

‘She hadn't been studying for long when she fell asleep.’

'She hadn't been studying for long when she fell asleep.'

Here, we have the contraction.

Here, we have the contraction.

And finally, ‘It hadn't been snowing for long when it

And finally, 'It hadn't been snowing for long when it

stopped.’

stopped.'

Again, we have the contraction for ‘had not’ here.

Again, we have the contraction for 'had not' here.

You'll notice that in the first two sentences, I used ‘before’.

You'll notice that in the first two sentences, I used 'before'.

And in the last two, I used ‘when’.

And in the last two, I used 'when'.

Either one can be used to show when the first action stopped.

Either one can be used to show when the first action stopped.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's go into how to form basic questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Now let's go into how to form basic questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Here is the first example.

Here is the first example.

‘He had been driving all day before he arrived.’

'He had been driving all day before he arrived.'

Now, to turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the first

Now, to turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the first

two words.

two words.

Instead of ‘He had’, now I can say, ‘Had he’, in order to form a question.

Instead of 'He had', now I can say, 'Had he', in order to form a question.

‘Had he been driving all day before he arrived?’

'Had he been driving all day before he arrived?'

The next sentence says, ‘The dog had been barking because it was

The next sentence says, 'The dog had been barking because it was

scared.’

scared.'

In this case, the subject is ‘The dog’.

In this case, the subject is 'The dog'.

And then we follow with ‘had’.

And then we follow with 'had'.

To turn this into a question, again, we switch the order.

To turn this into a question, again, we switch the order.

‘Had the dog been barking because it was scared?’

'Had the dog been barking because it was scared?'

You'll notice that in the question, the rest of the words stay in the same place.

You'll notice that in the question, the rest of the words stay in the same place.

Now, in the first question, we're asking how long an action happened,

Now, in the first question, we're asking how long an action happened,

or how long it was ongoing in the past.

or how long it was ongoing in the past.

And in this question, we ask about cause and effect.

And in this question, we ask about cause and effect.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, I'll introduce how to form WH questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Now, I'll introduce how to form WH questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at these examples.

Take a look at these examples.

You'll notice that they all start with a WH word.

You'll notice that they all start with a WH word.

Why, where, what, and who.

Why, where, what, and who.

You might also have noticed that after we have ‘had’.

You might also have noticed that after we have 'had'.

‘Why had’ ‘Where had’

'Why had' 'Where had'

‘What had’ and ‘Who had’

'What had' and 'Who had'

In the first question, after that comes the subject.

In the first question, after that comes the subject.

‘Why had you’ And then ‘been + verb -ing’

'Why had you' And then 'been + verb -ing'

And that's the same pattern we follow for all of these sentences.

And that's the same pattern we follow for all of these sentences.

So ‘Why had you been studying so much?’

So 'Why had you been studying so much?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I had been studying so much because I have

I can answer by saying, 'I had been studying so much because I have

a test.’

a test.'

‘Where had you been traveling before you came here?’

'Where had you been traveling before you came here?'

I can say, ‘I had been traveling through Asia.’

I can say, 'I had been traveling through Asia.'

‘What had they been playing before they played soccer?’

'What had they been playing before they played soccer?'

I can answer, ‘They had been playing baseball.’

I can answer, 'They had been playing baseball.'

And finally, ‘Who had she been talking to before she

And finally, 'Who had she been talking to before she

left home?’

left home?'

I can answer, ‘She had been talking to her boyfriend.’

I can answer, 'She had been talking to her boyfriend.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's start a checkup for the past perfect continuous tense.

Let's start a checkup for the past perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

It says, ‘They __ for a long time before they went home.’

It says, 'They __ for a long time before they went home.'

Try to fill in the blank with the verb ‘work’ in this tense.

Try to fill in the blank with the verb 'work' in this tense.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow the subject with ‘had been’.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow the subject with 'had been'.

So we say, ‘They had been’.

So we say, 'They had been'.

What happens to the verb?

What happens to the verb?

Remember, we add ‘-ing’.

Remember, we add '-ing'.

So the sentence is, ‘They had been working for a long time before they went home.’

So the sentence is, 'They had been working for a long time before they went home.'

Now, take a look at the second sentence.

Now, take a look at the second sentence.

I want you to use the negative.

I want you to use the negative.

‘I __ TV for a year before I started again.’

'I __ TV for a year before I started again.'

Remember, the negative form for this tense starts with the subject

Remember, the negative form for this tense starts with the subject

and then ‘had not been’.

and then 'had not been'.

Or I can use the contraction ‘hadn't’.

Or I can use the contraction 'hadn't'.

‘I hadn't been’ And then again, verb ‘-ing’.

'I hadn't been' And then again, verb '-ing'.

‘I hadn't been watching TV for a year before I started again.’

'I hadn't been watching TV for a year before I started again.'

Now, try to find the mistake in this next sentence.

Now, try to find the mistake in this next sentence.

‘Gina and I hadn't been do any work before we started.’

'Gina and I hadn't been do any work before we started.'

What's the error?

Apa kesalahannya?

You'll notice that the verb does not have an ‘-ing’.

You'll notice that the verb does not have an '-ing'.

To make the sentence correct, we must say, ‘Gina and I hadn't been doing

To make the sentence correct, we must say, 'Gina and I hadn't been doing

any work before we started.’

any work before we started.'

Now, find the mistake here.

Now, find the mistake here.

‘He had be watching YouTube because he had some free time.’

'He had be watching YouTube because he had some free time.'

‘He had’, that's correct, but we need to change ‘be’ to been’.

'He had', that's correct, but we need to change 'be' to been'.

And ‘watching’ is correct.

And 'watching' is correct.

So, ‘He had been watching YouTube because he had some free time.’

So, 'He had been watching YouTube because he had some free time.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's move on to another checkup of the past perfect continuous tense.

Now, let's move on to another checkup of the past perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

It says, ‘The company __ employees because they worked hard.’

It says, 'The company __ employees because they worked hard.'

Use the verb ‘promote’ in the past perfect continuous tense.

Use the verb 'promote' in the past perfect continuous tense.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow with ‘had been’.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow with 'had been'.

So we say, ‘The company had been’ and then verb ‘-ing’, so ‘promoting’.

So we say, 'The company had been' and then verb '-ing', so 'promoting'.

‘The company had been promoting employees because they worked hard.’

'The company had been promoting employees because they worked hard.'

The next example says, ‘I __ your emails for a while because they went to the spam

The next example says, 'I __ your emails for a while because they went to the spam

folder.’

folder.'

Here, try to use the negative form with the verb ‘get’.

Here, try to use the negative form with the verb 'get'.

Remember, in the negative form, we say ‘had not been getting’

Remember, in the negative form, we say 'had not been getting'

Or the contraction ‘hadn't been getting’.

Or the contraction 'hadn't been getting'.

‘I hadn't been getting your emails for a while because they went to the spam folder.’

'I hadn't been getting your emails for a while because they went to the spam folder.'

Now look for the mistake in the next sentence.

Now look for the mistake in the next sentence.

‘I had been work a lot because I needed the money.’

'I had been work a lot because I needed the money.'

What's the mistake?

Apa kesalahannya?

Remember, we need to add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Remember, we need to add '-ing' to the verb.

‘I had been working a lot because I needed the money.’

'I had been working a lot because I needed the money.'

The last sentence says, ‘He has been smoking because he was stressed.’

The last sentence says, 'He has been smoking because he was stressed.'

Can you find the mistake?

Bisakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

Remember, we're practicing the past perfect continuous.

Remember, we're practicing the past perfect continuous.

In this case, we need ‘had’ after the subject, not ‘has’.

In this case, we need 'had' after the subject, not 'has'.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Thank you so much for watching this  grammar course on the past tense. 

Thank you so much for watching this grammar course on the past tense.

Now, if you haven’t had a chance to check  out my grammar course on the present tense  

Now, if you haven't had a chance to check out my grammar course on the present tense

or the future tense, make sure you do that now. Thank you again for watching and I will see you  

or the future tense, make sure you do that now. Thank you again for watching and I will see you

next time. Bye. 

next time. Selamat tinggal.

Hi, everyone.

Halo semuanya.

I'm Esther.

Saya Ester.

In this video, I will introduce the future simple tense

In this video, I will introduce the future simple tense

using 'will' and 'be going to'.

using 'will' and 'be going to'.

This is a very important tense that will help you express future actions and plans.

This is a very important tense that will help you express future actions and plans.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

The future simple tense can be used to express a future action.

The future simple tense can be used to express a future action.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

‘I'm cold.’

'I'm cold.'

Well that's right now.

Well that's right now.

‘I will close the window.’

'I will close the window.'

We start with the subject ‘will’.

We start with the subject 'will'.

And then, the base verb.

And then, the base verb.

‘I will close the window.’

'I will close the window.'

In this example, I'm making a sudden decision because how I feel right now.

In this example, I'm making a sudden decision because how I feel right now.

I will close the window because I'm cold right now.

I will close the window because I'm cold right now.

‘I will be at the library tomorrow.’

'I will be at the library tomorrow.'

Again, you start with the subject and then ‘will’.

Again, you start with the subject and then 'will'.

After that, you have the base verb.

After that, you have the base verb.

You can use the ‘be’ verb to talk about a confirmed plan.

You can use the 'be' verb to talk about a confirmed plan.

‘I will be at the library tomorrow.’

'I will be at the library tomorrow.'

The economy will get better next year.

The economy will get better next year.

In this case, the subject is ‘the economy’.

In this case, the subject is 'the economy'.

Again, we follow with ‘will’ and the base verb ‘get’.

Again, we follow with 'will' and the base verb 'get'.

‘The economy will get better next year.’

'The economy will get better next year.'

I'm making a prediction here about something that will happen in the future.

I'm making a prediction here about something that will happen in the future.

And finally, ‘I will help you with your homework.’

And finally, 'I will help you with your homework.'

I'm making a future plan to help you.

I'm making a future plan to help you.

‘I will help you with your homework.’

'I will help you with your homework.'

It doesn't say when but I am talking about the future.

It doesn't say when but I am talking about the future.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

You can also use ‘be going to’ to express a future action.

You can also use 'be going to' to express a future action.

It's almost the same as ‘will’.

It's almost the same as 'will'.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

‘There's no milk.

'There's no milk.

I'm going to buy some.’

I'm going to buy some.'

So what you see here is the subject and then the ‘be’ verb - ‘am’.

So what you see here is the subject and then the 'be' verb - 'am'.

‘I am’

'I am'

And then here we used a contraction ‘I'm’.

And then here we used a contraction 'I'm'.

‘I'm going to buy some.’

'I'm going to buy some.'

I made a decision to buy some because there's no milk.

I made a decision to buy some because there's no milk.

The next sentence says, ‘It looks like it's going to snow tomorrow.’

The next sentence says, 'It looks like it's going to snow tomorrow.'

Here the subject is ‘it’ and so I use the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’.

Here the subject is 'it' and so I use the 'be' verb – 'is'.

‘it is’

'it is'

‘It's’ is the contraction.

'It's' is the contraction.

‘It's going to’ And then we use the base verb ‘snow’.

'It's going to' And then we use the base verb 'snow'.

The word ‘tomorrow’ shows that this is a future action.

The word 'tomorrow' shows that this is a future action.

‘He's going to take a trip in the summer.’

'He's going to take a trip in the summer.'

Because the subject is ‘he’, we use the ‘be’ verb – is.

Because the subject is 'he', we use the 'be' verb – is.

And we can use the contraction ‘he's’. ‘he is’ or ‘he's’ going to

And we can use the contraction 'he's'. 'he is' or 'he's' going to

And then the base verb ‘take’

And then the base verb 'take'

‘take a trip in the summer’

'take a trip in the summer'

Again an action happening in the future.

Again an action happening in the future.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's take a look at the negative form of

Now, let's take a look at the negative form of

the future simple tense.

the future simple tense.

The first example says, ‘Stan will not like his English score.’

The first example says, 'Stan will not like his English score.'

No matter what the subject is, we follow with ‘will not’ and then the

No matter what the subject is, we follow with 'will not' and then the

base form of the verb.

base form of the verb.

‘Stan will not like his English score.’

'Stan will not like his English score.'

‘We won't give you money anymore.’

'We won't give you money anymore.'

In this case, the subject is ‘we’.

In this case, the subject is 'we'.

And we follow with the contraction ‘won't’.

And we follow with the contraction 'won't'.

It sounds really different and it's different from other contractions,

It sounds really different and it's different from other contractions,

but ‘won't’ is the contraction for ‘will not’

but 'won't' is the contraction for 'will not'

so you can say ‘we will not’ or ‘we won't’.

so you can say 'we will not' or 'we won't'.

They're the same.

Mereka sama.

‘We won't give you money anymore.’

'We won't give you money anymore.'

Again, you notice the base verb ‘give’ after ‘not’.

Again, you notice the base verb 'give' after 'not'.

‘He is not going to fly until next week.’

'He is not going to fly until next week.'

This sentence uses ‘be going to’.

This sentence uses 'be going to'.

The subject is ‘he’.

The subject is 'he'.

And therefore the ‘be’ verb we use is – ‘is’

And therefore the 'be' verb we use is – 'is'

However we put a ‘not’ after the ‘be’ verb.

However we put a 'not' after the 'be' verb.

‘He is not going to …’ And then the base verb.

'He is not going to …' And then the base verb.

‘He is not going to fly until next week.’

'He is not going to fly until next week.'

The last sentence says, ‘You are not going to go to the party tonight.’

The last sentence says, 'You are not going to go to the party tonight.'

The subject is ‘you’ and so we use the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’.

The subject is 'you' and so we use the 'be' verb – 'are'.

‘You are not going to go …’ That's the base verb.

'You are not going to go …' That's the base verb.

‘… to the party tonight.’

'… to the party tonight.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's take a look at how to form basic questions in the future simple tense.

Now let's take a look at how to form basic questions in the future simple tense.

The first sentence says, ‘He will play with us.’

The first sentence says, 'He will play with us.'

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the

first two words.

first two words.

So ‘He will becomes ‘Will he’.

So 'He will becomes 'Will he'.

‘Will he play with us?’

'Will he play with us?'

‘The next sentence says, ‘He is going to play with us.’

'The next sentence says, 'He is going to play with us.'

This one uses ‘be going to’.

This one uses 'be going to'.

The subject is ‘he’.

The subject is 'he'.

And so the ‘be’ verb to use is – ‘is’.

And so the 'be' verb to use is – 'is'.

Then we have ‘going to’ and then the base verb.

Then we have 'going to' and then the base verb.

‘He is going to play with us.’

'He is going to play with us.'

When I make a question, I simply again change the order of the first two words.

When I make a question, I simply again change the order of the first two words.

‘Is he going to play with us?’

'Is he going to play with us?'

Now if the subject were to be ‘you’ or ‘we’ or ‘they’,

Now if the subject were to be 'you' or 'we' or 'they',

we would say ‘they are’.

we would say 'they are'.

And so the question would say, ‘Are they'.

And so the question would say, 'Are they'.

'Are they going to play with them?’

'Are they going to play with them?'

for example.

Misalnya.

So again, remember, for ‘will’ in the future simple tense,

So again, remember, for 'will' in the future simple tense,

just say ‘will’ subject and then the base form of the verb.

just say 'will' subject and then the base form of the verb.

However for ‘be going to’ questions, make sure that you pay attention to the proper

However for 'be going to' questions, make sure that you pay attention to the proper

'be' verb to use at the beginning of the question.

'be' verb to use at the beginning of the question.

To answer the first question, ‘Will he play with us?’

To answer the first question, 'Will he play with us?'

You can say ‘Yes, he will’ or ‘No, he won't’.

You can say 'Yes, he will' or 'No, he won't'.

‘Is he going to play with us?’

'Is he going to play with us?'

You can say, ‘Yes, he's going to’ or ‘No, he isn't going to’.

You can say, 'Yes, he's going to' or 'No, he isn't going to'.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's look at how to form ‘WH’ questions in the future simple tense.

Let's look at how to form 'WH' questions in the future simple tense.

If you notice each question begins with a ‘WH’ word.

If you notice each question begins with a 'WH' word.

Who

Who

When

When

Where

Where

And What

And What

The first two sentences use ‘will’ for the future simple tense.

The first two sentences use 'will' for the future simple tense.

‘Who will win the game?’

'Who will win the game?'

To answer I can say, ‘My team will win the game.’

To answer I can say, 'My team will win the game.'

‘When will they arrive?’

'When will they arrive?'

‘They will arrive in two hours.’

'They will arrive in two hours.'

Now these two sentences have ‘be going to’.

Now these two sentences have 'be going to'.

‘Where is he going to study?’

'Where is he going to study?'

In this case, I have the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’ because the subject is ‘he’.

In this case, I have the 'be' verb – 'is' because the subject is 'he'.

‘Where is he going to study?’

'Where is he going to study?'

I can say, ‘He is going to study at the library.’

I can say, 'He is going to study at the library.'

And finally, ‘What are you going to do?’

And finally, 'What are you going to do?'

In this case, I use the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’ because the subject is ‘you’.

In this case, I use the 'be' verb – 'are' because the subject is 'you'.

‘What are you going to do?’

'What are you going to do?'

‘I am going to take a shower.’

'I am going to take a shower.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

For this checkup let's take a look at the will usage for the future simple tense.

For this checkup let's take a look at the will usage for the future simple tense.

The first example says, ‘Jen and Paul [blank] home soon’

The first example says, 'Jen and Paul [blank] home soon'

with the verb ‘go’.

with the verb 'go'.

Remember, when using ‘will’ for the future simple tense,

Remember, when using 'will' for the future simple tense,

it doesn't matter what the subject is.

it doesn't matter what the subject is.

We say ‘will’ and then the base verb.

We say 'will' and then the base verb.

So here we can say, ‘Jen and Paul’ or ‘They will go home soon’.

So here we can say, 'Jen and Paul' or 'They will go home soon'.

‘I [blank] a scientist after I graduate.’

'I [blank] a scientist after I graduate.'

Try filling in the blank with ‘be’.

Try filling in the blank with 'be'.

Again, we simply say ‘will be’.

Again, we simply say 'will be'.

‘I will be a scientist after I graduate.’

'I will be a scientist after I graduate.'

Now try this one, ‘We [blank] that because it smells bad.’

Now try this one, 'We [blank] that because it smells bad.'

I want you to use the negative form with the verb ‘eat’.

I want you to use the negative form with the verb 'eat'.

Here we say, ‘will not eat’ or remember we can use the contraction ‘won't’.

Here we say, 'will not eat' or remember we can use the contraction 'won't'.

‘We will not eat that’ or ‘We won't eat that because it smells bad’.

'We will not eat that' or 'We won't eat that because it smells bad'.

Now look for the mistake in this sentence.

Now look for the mistake in this sentence.

‘I will eat a pizza for lunch.’

'I will eat a pizza for lunch.'

Remember, we need the base form of the verb.

Remember, we need the base form of the verb.

‘I will eat a pizza for lunch.’

'I will eat a pizza for lunch.'

‘Angie and I will playing a game.’

'Angie and I will playing a game.'

Again we need the base form of the verb.

Again we need the base form of the verb.

Angie and I will play a game.’

Angie and I will play a game.'

And finally, ‘Will she be cook dinner?’

And finally, 'Will she be cook dinner?'

This is a question.

This is a question.

However we need to say, ‘Will she cook dinner.’

However we need to say, 'Will she cook dinner.'

We do not need a ‘be’ verb here.

We do not need a 'be' verb here.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's practice the ‘be going to’ usage of the future simple tense.

Let's practice the 'be going to' usage of the future simple tense.

‘We [blank] going to _blank_ soccer.’

'We [blank] going to _blank_ soccer.'

I want you to use the verb ‘watch’.

I want you to use the verb 'watch'.

Remember, for ‘be going to’ in the future simple tense,

Remember, for 'be going to' in the future simple tense,

we start with the subject and then the ‘be’ verb.

we start with the subject and then the 'be' verb.

The subject here is ‘we’.

The subject here is 'we'.

So we need the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’.

So we need the 'be' verb – 'are'.

‘We are going to’ and then the base verb ‘watch’.

'We are going to' and then the base verb 'watch'.

‘We are going to watch soccer.’

'We are going to watch soccer.'

‘I [blank] going to [blank].’

'I [blank] going to [blank].'

The verb is ‘talk’.

The verb is 'talk'.

And I want you to use the negative form.

And I want you to use the negative form.

In this case, the subject is ‘I’.

In this case, the subject is 'I'.

And so I use the ‘be’ verb – ‘am’.

And so I use the 'be' verb – 'am'.

‘I am’ and then we need ‘not’.

'I am' and then we need 'not'.

‘I am not going to’

'I am not going to'

Then the base verb ‘talk’.

Then the base verb 'talk'.

‘Why [blank] you going to [blank]?’

'Why [blank] you going to [blank]?'

The verb here is ‘go’.

The verb here is 'go'.

In a question, especially a ‘WH’ question, we start with the ‘WH’ word,

In a question, especially a 'WH' question, we start with the 'WH' word,

and then the ‘be’ verb.

and then the 'be' verb.

‘are’ is the correct ‘be’ verb because the subject is ‘you’.

'are' is the correct 'be' verb because the subject is 'you'.

Then we have ‘going to’.

Then we have 'going to'.

And again, the base form of the verb.

And again, the base form of the verb.

‘Why are you going to go?’

'Why are you going to go?'

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘You are going to studying at home.’

'You are going to studying at home.'

Can you find the mistake?

Bisakah Anda menemukan kesalahannya?

‘You are going to’ that's correct.

'You are going to' that's correct.

But we need the base form of the verb.

But we need the base form of the verb.

‘You are going to study at home.’

'You are going to study at home.'

‘You will be going to learn English.’

'You will be going to learn English.'

‘You will be going’

'You will be going'

That sounds a little strange.

That sounds a little strange.

Remember, we don't need the ‘will’ here.

Remember, we don't need the 'will' here.

We're using ‘be going to’ and we need to change the ‘be’ verb to match the subject.

We're using 'be going to' and we need to change the 'be' verb to match the subject.

‘You are going to learn English’.

'You are going to learn English'.

Or remember, you can also say, ‘You will learn English.

Or remember, you can also say, 'You will learn English.

and finally ‘Is he going to do play soccer.’

and finally 'Is he going to do play soccer.'

uh-oh We have two verbs here.

uh-oh We have two verbs here.

‘Is he going to’ - that's correct.

'Is he going to' - that's correct.

But we have ‘do’ and ‘play’.

But we have 'do' and 'play'.

We don't need both, so we say, ‘Is he going to play soccer?’

We don't need both, so we say, 'Is he going to play soccer?'

Great job everybody.

Great job everybody.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

You now have a better understanding of the future simple tense.

You now have a better understanding of the future simple tense.

There's still a lot of practice you need to do because this tense is so important.

There's still a lot of practice you need to do because this tense is so important.

Keep studying and I'll see you in the next video. 

Keep studying and I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hai semuanya.

I'm Esther.

Saya Ester.

In this video, I will introduce the future continuous English grammar tense.

In this video, I will introduce the future continuous English grammar tense.

This tense can be used to express an ongoing action in the future.

This tense can be used to express an ongoing action in the future.

I'll go over the basics of this lesson.

I'll go over the basics of this lesson.

And by the end you'll have a better idea of when to use this tense.

And by the end you'll have a better idea of when to use this tense.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

One usage of the future continuous tense

One usage of the future continuous tense

is to talk about an ongoing action that will happen in the future.

is to talk about an ongoing action that will happen in the future.

We include when this action will be happening.

We include when this action will be happening.

We can use ‘will be’ or ‘be going to be’.

We can use 'will be' or 'be going to be'.

To do this, let's take a look at some examples.

To do this, let's take a look at some examples.

‘I will be taking the test soon.’

'I will be taking the test soon.'

So you can see here we have the subject and then ‘will be’.

So you can see here we have the subject and then 'will be'.

After that, we include verb +ing.

After that, we include verb +ing.

The word ‘soon’ at the end of this sentence indicates when this action will be happening.

The word 'soon' at the end of this sentence indicates when this action will be happening.

‘I am going to be taking the test soon.’

'I am going to be taking the test soon.'

This sentence means the same thing as the first sentence,

This sentence means the same thing as the first sentence,

but instead of ‘will be’, we used ‘be going to be’.

but instead of 'will be', we used 'be going to be'.

Here the subject is ‘I’.

Here the subject is 'I'.

And therefore we have the ‘be’ verb ‘am’.

And therefore we have the 'be' verb 'am'.

‘I am going to be’ And then verb +ing.

'I am going to be' And then verb +ing.

‘I am going to be taking the test soon.’

'I am going to be taking the test soon.'

I can also use the contraction and say.

I can also use the contraction and say.

‘I'm going to be taking the test soon.’

'I'm going to be taking the test soon.'

The next sentence says, ‘He will be sleeping by 10 p.m.’

The next sentence says, 'He will be sleeping by 10 pm'

And the last sentence says, ‘They are going to be …’

And the last sentence says, 'They are going to be …'

Here, because the subject is ‘they’, we use ‘are’.

Here, because the subject is 'they', we use 'are'.

‘They are going to be studying …’ There's the verb +ing

'They are going to be studying …' There's the verb +ing

‘… next October.’

'… next October.'

‘by 10 pm’ and ‘next October’ show when these actions will be happening.

'by 10 pm' and 'next October' show when these actions will be happening.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

The future continuous tense is also used to show

The future continuous tense is also used to show

that a short action in the future is happening

that a short action in the future is happening

during or while a longer action is in progress in the future,.

during or while a longer action is in progress in the future,.

We can use the word ‘when’ to show when the shorter action occurs.

We can use the word 'when' to show when the shorter action occurs.

Take a look at the first example,

Take a look at the first example,

‘I will be sleeping when they arrive.’

'I will be sleeping when they arrive.'

Here we see two actions,

Here we see two actions,

‘I will be sleeping’ and ‘they arrive’.

'I will be sleeping' and 'they arrive'.

The part of the sentence that's in the future continuous tense is the longer action

The part of the sentence that's in the future continuous tense is the longer action

that's in progress in the future.

that's in progress in the future.

‘I will be sleeping.’

'I will be sleeping.'

Remember, ‘I will be’ and then verb +ing.

Remember, 'I will be' and then verb +ing.

This is the action that is ongoing in the future.

This is the action that is ongoing in the future.

Then we see ‘when they arrive’.

Then we see 'when they arrive'.

This is in the present tense.

This is in the present tense.

‘they arrive’

'they arrive'

This is the shorter action that happens while this action is ongoing.

This is the shorter action that happens while this action is ongoing.

‘We will be having dinner when the movie starts.’

'We will be having dinner when the movie starts.'

This is very similar to the first sentence.

This is very similar to the first sentence.

‘We will be having dinner …’

'We will be having dinner …'

That's the ongoing action that will happen in the future.

That's the ongoing action that will happen in the future.

And while this is happening, the movie will start.

And while this is happening, the movie will start.

But again, we use the present tense here.

But again, we use the present tense here.

‘the movie starts’

'the movie starts'

So we will be having dinner when the movie starts.

So we will be having dinner when the movie starts.

‘Tina is going to be working when you leave.’

'Tina is going to be working when you leave.'

Remember, we can use ‘be going to be’ in this tense so,

Remember, we can use 'be going to be' in this tense so,

‘She is going to be working when you leave.’

'She is going to be working when you leave.'

This shorter action will happen while this ongoing action is in progress.

This shorter action will happen while this ongoing action is in progress.

And finally, ‘It will be raining when you go shopping’.

And finally, 'It will be raining when you go shopping'.

Again, this is the ongoing action.

Again, this is the ongoing action.

And this is the shorter action.

And this is the shorter action.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, I'll talk about the negative form of the future continuous tense.

Now, I'll talk about the negative form of the future continuous tense.

Here are some examples:

Here are some examples:

‘He will not be reading before bed.’

'He will not be reading before bed.'

For the negative form, after the subject and ‘will’, we say ‘not be’.

For the negative form, after the subject and 'will', we say 'not be'.

And then verb +ing.

And then verb +ing.

‘He will not be reading before bed.’

'He will not be reading before bed.'

He'll be doing something else.

He'll be doing something else.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.’

'My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.'

So this is very similar to the first sentence.

So this is very similar to the first sentence.

We have the subject, ‘my dad,’

We have the subject, 'my dad,'

and instead of ‘will not’ we use the contraction ‘won't’.

and instead of 'will not' we use the contraction 'won't'.

Remember, ‘won't’ is a contraction for ‘will not’.

Remember, 'won't' is a contraction for 'will not'.

‘My dad won't …’ and then we have ‘be’ verb +ing.

'My dad won't …' and then we have 'be' verb +ing.

‘My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.’

'My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.'

The next sentence says, ‘He is not going to be working tomorrow.’

The next sentence says, 'He is not going to be working tomorrow.'

Here we have the ‘be going to be’.

Here we have the 'be going to be'.

So ‘he’ is the subject and so we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

So 'he' is the subject and so we use the 'be' verb 'is'.

After the ‘be’ verb, we say ‘not’.

After the 'be' verb, we say 'not'.

He is not going to ‘be’ verb +ing.

He is not going to 'be' verb +ing.

‘He is not going to be working tomorrow.’

'He is not going to be working tomorrow.'

Remember, we can also use a contraction here and say,

Remember, we can also use a contraction here and say,

‘He isn't going to be working tomorrow.’

'He isn't going to be working tomorrow.'

That's okay as well.

That's okay as well.

‘We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.’

'We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.'

Here the subject is ‘we’.

Here the subject is 'we'.

And so the ‘be’ verb to use is ‘are’.

And so the 'be' verb to use is 'are'.

I use the contraction here ‘aren't’ for ‘are not’.

I use the contraction here 'aren't' for 'are not'.

‘We are not …’ or ‘We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.’

'We are not …' or 'We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.'

Great job.

Kerja bagus.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's talk about how to form basic questions in the future continuous tense.

Now let's talk about how to form basic questions in the future continuous tense.

Take a look at this first sentence.

Take a look at this first sentence.

It says, ‘He will be traveling next month.’

It says, 'He will be traveling next month.'

Now, to turn this into a question,

Now, to turn this into a question,

all you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

all you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

So ‘He will’ becomes ‘Will he’.

So 'He will' becomes 'Will he'.

‘Will he be traveling next month?’

'Will he be traveling next month?'

You'll notice that the rest of the words don't change.

You'll notice that the rest of the words don't change.

Only the first two words.

Only the first two words.

So, ‘Will he be traveling next month?’

So, 'Will he be traveling next month?'

To answer you can say, ‘Yes, he will.’

To answer you can say, 'Yes, he will.'

or ‘No, he won't.’

or 'No, he won't.'

The next sentence says, ‘They are going to be living there.’

The next sentence says, 'They are going to be living there.'

Again to turn this into a question, simply switch the order of the first two words.

Again to turn this into a question, simply switch the order of the first two words.

‘They are’ becomes ‘Are they’.

'They are' becomes 'Are they'.

‘Are they going to be living there?’

'Are they going to be living there?'

To reply you can say, ‘Yes, they are.’

To reply you can say, 'Yes, they are.'

or ‘No, they aren't.’

atau 'Tidak, mereka tidak.'

Now, you'll notice in these two sentences,

Now, you'll notice in these two sentences,

there is no exact point in time that shows when this action will be happening in the

there is no exact point in time that shows when this action will be happening in the

future.

future.

There is no ‘next month’ or anything like that.

There is no 'next month' or anything like that.

In that case, it simply means sometime in the future.

In that case, it simply means sometime in the future.

So, they are going to be living there sometime in the future.

So, they are going to be living there sometime in the future.

That's what that means.

Itu artinya.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, I'll go into how to form ‘WH’ questions in the future continuous tense.

Now, I'll go into how to form 'WH' questions in the future continuous tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

First, you'll notice that all of these questions begin with the ‘Wh’ words -

First, you'll notice that all of these questions begin with the 'Wh' words -

‘Where,’ ‘What,’ ‘Who,’ and ‘When’.

'Where,' 'What,' 'Who,' and 'When'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘Where will he be working?’

'Where will he be working?'

When we use ‘will be’, we start with ‘Where’ and then ‘will’.

When we use 'will be', we start with 'Where' and then 'will'.

After that, we have the subject + be and then verb +ing.

After that, we have the subject + be and then verb +ing.

‘Where will he be working?’

'Where will he be working?'

I can answer by saying,

I can answer by saying,

‘He will’ or ‘He'll be working at the factory.’

'He will' or 'He'll be working at the factory.'

The next question says, ‘What will she be watching?’

The next question says, 'What will she be watching?'

This is very similar to the first question.

This is very similar to the first question.

The only difference is that the subject is now ‘she’ and the verb is different.

The only difference is that the subject is now 'she' and the verb is different.

‘What will she be watching?’

'What will she be watching?'

I can say, ‘She'll be watching’ or ‘She will be watching her favorite tv show’.

I can say, 'She'll be watching' or 'She will be watching her favorite tv show'.

‘Who will they be talking to?’

'Who will they be talking to?'

Again, very similar.

Sekali lagi, sangat mirip.

To answer,I can say,

To answer,I can say,

‘They will be talking to their mom.’

'They will be talking to their mom.'

The last question has ‘be going to be’.

The last question has 'be going to be'.

‘When are we …’ here the subject is ’we’.

'When are we …' here the subject is 'we'.

So we start with the ‘be verb’ – ‘are’.

So we start with the 'be verb' – 'are'.

‘When are we going to be meeting Casey?’

'When are we going to be meeting Casey?'

I can say,

I can say,

‘We are going to be meeting Casey later tonight.’

'We are going to be meeting Casey later tonight.'

Good job, everybody.

Good job, everybody.

Let’s move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's start a checkup for the future continuous tense.

Let's start a checkup for the future continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

It says, ‘They _blank_ at school tomorrow.’

It says, 'They _blank_ at school tomorrow.'

I want you to use ‘will' and then the verb ‘study’, for this tense.

I want you to use 'will' and then the verb 'study', for this tense.

Remember, in the future continuous tense,

Remember, in the future continuous tense,

no matter what the subject, we say ‘will be’ and then verb +ing.

no matter what the subject, we say 'will be' and then verb +ing.

So the correct answer for this sentence is ‘they will be studying’

So the correct answer for this sentence is 'they will be studying'

‘They will be studying at school tomorrow.’

'They will be studying at school tomorrow.'

The next sentence says.

The next sentence says.

‘Jesse _blank_ a TV show later.’

'Jesse _blank_ a TV show later.'

Here, instead of ‘will’ try to use ‘be going to be’.

Here, instead of 'will' try to use 'be going to be'.

‘Jesse _blank_ watch a TV show later.’

'Jesse _blank_ watch a TV show later.'

I want you to use the verb ‘watch’.

I want you to use the verb 'watch'.

So, Jessie is a ‘he’ or it can be a ‘she’.

So, Jessie is a 'he' or it can be a 'she'.

Sometimes the name is used for a boy or a girl.

Sometimes the name is used for a boy or a girl.

Either way I need to use the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’.

Either way I need to use the 'be' verb – 'is'.

‘Jesse is going to be’

'Jesse is going to be'

and then we need verb +ing.

and then we need verb +ing.

‘Jesse is going to be watching a TV show later.’

'Jesse is going to be watching a TV show later.'

The next sentence, I want you to find the mistake.

The next sentence, I want you to find the mistake.

‘We willn’t be studying at the library today.’

'We willn't be studying at the library today.'

‘We will not …’

'We will not …'

What's the contraction for ‘will not’?

What's the contraction for 'will not'?

Well it definitely isn't ‘willn’t’.

Well it definitely isn't 'willn't'.

The contraction is ‘won't’.

The contraction is 'won't'.

‘We won't be studying at the library today.’

'We won't be studying at the library today.'

And finally, ‘Sally and I will be meet our friends soon.’

And finally, 'Sally and I will be meet our friends soon.'

Remember, we need ‘will be’ and then verb +ing.

Remember, we need 'will be' and then verb +ing.

So the correct answer is,

So the correct answer is,

‘Sally and I will be meeting our friends soon.’

'Sally and I will be meeting our friends soon.'

Good job, everyone.

Kerja bagus, semuanya.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's move on to the next checkup of the future continuous tense.

Now, let's move on to the next checkup of the future continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

It says, ‘He _blank_ at the door when the movie ends.’

It says, 'He _blank_ at the door when the movie ends.'

I want you to use ‘will’ and the verb ‘wait’.

I want you to use 'will' and the verb 'wait'.

Remember, for this tense, we need ‘will be’ and then verb +ing,

Remember, for this tense, we need 'will be' and then verb +ing,

so the correct answer is,

so the correct answer is,

‘He will be waiting at the door when the movie ends.’

'He will be waiting at the door when the movie ends.'

The next sentence says, ‘We are not …’ so this is a negative,

The next sentence says, 'We are not …' so this is a negative,

‘_blank_ the play when he performs’.

'_blank_ the play when he performs'.

Here, instead of ‘will’, I want you to use ‘be going to be’ and the verb ‘see’.

Here, instead of 'will', I want you to use 'be going to be' and the verb 'see'.

We already have part of that phrase for you.

We already have part of that phrase for you.

‘We are …’, here's the ‘be’ verb, ‘not’

'We are …', here's the 'be' verb, 'not'

so this is negative.

so this is negative.

And then we say ‘going to be’

And then we say 'going to be'

and then verb +ing.

and then verb +ing.

‘We are not going to be seeing the play when he performs.’

'We are not going to be seeing the play when he performs.'

Now find the mistake in this sentence.

Now find the mistake in this sentence.

‘They won't be stay at home when the delivery man visits.’

'They won't be stay at home when the delivery man visits.'

‘They won't be’

'They won't be'

That's correct in the negative form.

That's correct in the negative form.

However, we need verb +ing.

However, we need verb +ing.

‘They won't be staying at home when the delivery man visits.’

'They won't be staying at home when the delivery man visits.'

And finally, ‘Terry is going to working when the manager arrives’.

And finally, 'Terry is going to working when the manager arrives'.

‘Terry’ is a ‘he’ or ‘she’ so ‘is’ is the correct ‘be’ verb to use.

'Terry' is a 'he' or 'she' so 'is' is the correct 'be' verb to use.

‘going to’ that's also correct.

'going to' that's also correct.

What we're missing here is ‘be’.

What we're missing here is 'be'.

‘Terry is going to be working when the manager arrives.’

'Terry is going to be working when the manager arrives.'

Good job, everybody.

Good job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, you have a better understanding of the future continuous tense.

Now, you have a better understanding of the future continuous tense.

Please take some time to study and practice this tense as it is very important.

Please take some time to study and practice this tense as it is very important.

I know English can be a struggle, but don't worry, I'm here for you.

I know English can be a struggle, but don't worry, I'm here for you.

And I believe in you.

And I believe in you.

I'll see you in the next video. Hi, everyone.

Sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya. Halo semuanya.

I’m Esther.

Saya Ester.

In this video, I will introduce the future perfect tense.

In this video, I will introduce the future perfect tense.

This tense is used to express an action in the future

This tense is used to express an action in the future

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

This tense can be a little difficult to understand but don't worry I will guide you through it

This tense can be a little difficult to understand but don't worry I will guide you through it

so keep watching.

so keep watching.

The future perfect tense is used to express an action in the future

The future perfect tense is used to express an action in the future

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

Let's look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘The snow will have stopped by April.’

'The snow will have stopped by April.'

We start with the subject.

We start with the subject.

In this case, ‘The snow’.

In this case, 'The snow'.

Then, we follow with ‘will have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Then, we follow with 'will have' and the past participle of the verb.

In this case, we used ‘stopped’ for the verb ‘stop’.

In this case, we used 'stopped' for the verb 'stop'.

At the end of the sentence, you'll notice ‘by April’.

At the end of the sentence, you'll notice 'by April'.

‘by April’ shows the specific time in the future when this action will have happened.

'by April' shows the specific time in the future when this action will have happened.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.’

'By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.'

In this sentence,

In this sentence,

‘By the time he graduates’ or the specific time in the future.

'By the time he graduates' or the specific time in the future.

comes at the beginning of the sentence

comes at the beginning of the sentence

so ‘by’ plus ‘a time in the future’

so 'by' plus 'a time in the future'

can come at the end or it can come at the beginning.

can come at the end or it can come at the beginning.

‘By the time he graduates, he will have completed…’

'By the time he graduates, he will have completed…'

Again, you see ‘subject + will + have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Again, you see 'subject + will + have' and the past participle of the verb.

In this case, ‘completed’.

In this case, 'completed'.

‘By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.’

'By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘Her arm will have fully healed by the summer.’

'Her arm will have fully healed by the summer.'

In this example, ‘by the summer’, the future specific time, comes at the end.

In this example, 'by the summer', the future specific time, comes at the end.

By this time in the future, her ‘arm’, that's the subject, will have ‘healed’,

By this time in the future, her 'arm', that's the subject, will have 'healed',

the past participle.

the past participle.

Here I put ‘fully’ just to show how much it will have healed.

Here I put 'fully' just to show how much it will have healed.

I’m just adding an extra description.

I'm just adding an extra description.

The last sentence says,

The last sentence says,

‘By next month, …’ so here we see ‘by’ and ‘the time’ at the beginning of the

'By next month, …' so here we see 'by' and 'the time' at the beginning of the

sentence.

sentence.

‘you’, that's the subject.

'you', that's the subject.

‘will have received’, there's the past participle.

'will have received', there's the past participle.

‘your promotion.’

'your promotion.'

Again, ‘By next month you will have received your promotion.’

Again, 'By next month you will have received your promotion.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's talk about the negative form of the future perfect tense.

Now, let's talk about the negative form of the future perfect tense.

Here are some examples.

Berikut beberapa contohnya.

Let's take a look.

Mari lihat.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘I will not have graduated from university by July.’

'I will not have graduated from university by July.'

First, I want to point out that at the end, I have the specific time in the future,

First, I want to point out that at the end, I have the specific time in the future,

‘byJuly’.

'byJuly'.

Now for the negative form, what I do is say, ‘subject’ and ‘will not have’,

Now for the negative form, what I do is say, 'subject' and 'will not have',

then we put the past participle of the verb.

then we put the past participle of the verb.

‘I will not have graduated from university by July.’

'I will not have graduated from university by July.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘Ollie and Max will not have spoken ...’

'Ollie and Max will not have spoken ...'

There it is again, ‘will not have’ and then the past participle of speak ...

There it is again, 'will not have' and then the past participle of speak ...

which is ‘spoken’.

which is 'spoken'.

‘… before the plane leaves.’

'… before the plane leaves.'

Here, instead of the word ‘by’, we used ‘before’ to show a specific time in the

Here, instead of the word 'by', we used 'before' to show a specific time in the

future.

That's okay as well.

future.

That's okay as well.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘You will not have eaten dinner by 6 p.m.’

'You will not have eaten dinner by 6 pm'

Here, again, we've used ‘by 6 p.m.’ to show a time in the future.

Here, again, we've used 'by 6 pm' to show a time in the future.

And again, you see ‘you will not have’ and then the past participle of eat which

And again, you see 'you will not have' and then the past participle of eat which

is ‘eaten’.

is 'eaten'.

The last sentence says, ‘By noon …’, there's the time again,

The last sentence says, 'By noon …', there's the time again,

‘I will not have taken off to Japan.’

'I will not have taken off to Japan.'

‘taken’ is the past participle of ‘take’.

'taken' is the past participle of 'take'.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, let's move on to how to form questions in the future perfect tense.

Now, let's move on to how to form questions in the future perfect tense.

The first sentence here says,

The first sentence here says,

‘You will have gone to work by 10 a.m.’

'You will have gone to work by 10 am'

To turn this into a question, all we have to

To turn this into a question, all we have to

do is switch the order of the first two words.

do is switch the order of the first two words.

‘You will’ becomes ‘Will you’.

'You will' becomes 'Will you'.

You'll notice that the rest of the question stays the same as the sentence.

You'll notice that the rest of the question stays the same as the sentence.

‘Will you have gone to work by 10 a.m.?’

'Will you have gone to work by 10 am?'

You can answer by saying, ‘Yes, I will have.’

You can answer by saying, 'Yes, I will have.'

or ‘No, I will have not.’

or 'No, I will have not.'

The next sentence says, ‘She will have woken up by noon.’

The next sentence says, 'She will have woken up by noon.'

Again, to turn this into a question just switch the first two words.

Again, to turn this into a question just switch the first two words.

‘She will’ becomes ‘Will she’.

'She will' becomes 'Will she'.

‘Will she have woken up by noon?’

'Will she have woken up by noon?'

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

‘Will she have woken up by noon?’

'Will she have woken up by noon?'

To reply, you can say, ‘Yes, she will have.’

To reply, you can say, 'Yes, she will have.'

or ‘No, she will have not.’

or 'No, she will have not.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now, I'll talk about how to form ‘WH’ questions in the future perfect tense.

Now, I'll talk about how to form 'WH' questions in the future perfect tense.

If you notice on the board, each of these questions begins with the ‘WH’ word.

If you notice on the board, each of these questions begins with the 'WH' word.

‘Where’, ‘what’, ‘who’, and ‘when’.

'Where', 'what', 'who', and 'when'.

Then after each ‘WH’ word comes the word ‘will’.

Then after each 'WH' word comes the word 'will'.

‘Where will’ ‘What will’

'Where will' 'What will'

‘Who will’ and ‘When will’

'Who will' and 'When will'

So let's take a look at the first question.

So let's take a look at the first question.

‘Where will’…’ then you add ‘the subject’.

'Where will'…' then you add 'the subject'.

In this case, ‘you’.

In this case, 'you'.

And then, ‘have’ and after that the past participle of the verb.

And then, 'have' and after that the past participle of the verb.

In this case, it's ‘traveled’.

In this case, it's 'traveled'.

‘Where will you have traveled by December?’

'Where will you have traveled by December?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I will have traveled to Germany and Denmark.’

I can answer by saying, 'I will have traveled to Germany and Denmark.'

There are many possible answers here and this is just an example.

There are many possible answers here and this is just an example.

The next question says, ‘What will they have done …’

The next question says, 'What will they have done …'

‘done’ is the past participle of ‘do’.

'done' is the past participle of 'do'.

‘… by the end of the evening?’

'… by the end of the evening?'

I can answer by saying, ‘They will have done their homework.’

I can answer by saying, 'They will have done their homework.'

The next question says, ‘Who will she have interviewed by 5 p.m.?’

The next question says, 'Who will she have interviewed by 5 pm?'

Again, ‘who will’ + the subject ‘have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Again, 'who will' + the subject 'have' and the past participle of the verb.

I can answer this question by saying,

I can answer this question by saying,

‘She will have interviewed the teachers by 5 p.m.’

'She will have interviewed the teachers by 5 pm'

And finally, ‘When will they have started to learn?’

And finally, 'When will they have started to learn?'

One way to answer this question is to say,

One way to answer this question is to say,

‘They will have started to learn in January.’

'They will have started to learn in January.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's start this checkup for the future perfect tense.

Let's start this checkup for the future perfect tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Perhatikan kalimat pertama.

It says, ‘We _blank_ that book by tomorrow.’

It says, 'We _blank_ that book by tomorrow.'

The verb to use is ‘read’.

The verb to use is 'read'.

Remember, in the future perfect tense, we start with the subject,

Remember, in the future perfect tense, we start with the subject,

and we have that here, ‘we’.

and we have that here, 'we'.

Then say, ‘will have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Then say, 'will have' and the past participle of the verb.

So here we need to say ‘will have’.

So here we need to say 'will have'.

What is the past participle of ‘read’?

What is the past participle of 'read'?

The correct answer is ‘read’.

The correct answer is 'read'.

They're spelled the same, but they are pronounced differently.

They're spelled the same, but they are pronounced differently.

‘We will have read that book by tomorrow.’

'We will have read that book by tomorrow.'

The next sentence says, ‘She _blank_ the video by bedtime.’

The next sentence says, 'She _blank_ the video by bedtime.'

Here we have ‘not’ so I want you to try the negative form.

Here we have 'not' so I want you to try the negative form.

And the verb to try is ‘watch’.

And the verb to try is 'watch'.

In the negative form, we start with the subject.

In the negative form, we start with the subject.

And instead of ‘will have’, we say ‘will not have’.

And instead of 'will have', we say 'will not have'.

‘She will not have …’ Then we need the past participle of the verb.

'She will not have …' Then we need the past participle of the verb.

In this case, it is ‘watched’.

In this case, it is 'watched'.

‘She will not have watched the video by bedtime.’

'She will not have watched the video by bedtime.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Ryan will not have be to Cuba by summer.’

'Ryan will not have be to Cuba by summer.'

This is the negative form because we have ‘will not have’.

This is the negative form because we have 'will not have'.

That's correct.

Itu benar.

But we need the past participle of ‘be’.

But we need the past participle of 'be'.

So we need to change it to ‘been’.

So we need to change it to 'been'.

‘Ryan will not have been to Cuba by summer.’

'Ryan will not have been to Cuba by summer.'

The last sentence says, ‘I will have go to school by 8 30 a.m.’

The last sentence says, 'I will have go to school by 8 30 am'

Here, we have the affirmative, ‘will have’.

Here, we have the affirmative, 'will have'.

But, uh oh, we forgot the past participle of ‘go’ which is ‘gone’.

But, uh oh, we forgot the past participle of 'go' which is 'gone'.

‘I will have gone to school by 8 30 a.m.’

'I will have gone to school by 8 30 am'

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Good job, guys.

Kerja bagus, teman-teman.

Now you have a better understanding of the future perfect tense.

Now you have a better understanding of the future perfect tense.

I want you to keep studying and practicing this tense.

I want you to keep studying and practicing this tense.

I know studying English can be difficult, but I believe in you

I know studying English can be difficult, but I believe in you

and I will guide you through it.

and I will guide you through it.

I'll see you in the next video. Hi, everybody.

Sampai jumpa di video selanjutnya. Hai semuanya.

I’m Esther.

Saya Ester.

Welcome to the last tense.

Welcome to the last tense.

If you haven't checked out my earlier videos on the tenses,

If you haven't checked out my earlier videos on the tenses,

please go check them out now.

please go check them out now.

In this video, I will talk about the future perfect continuous tense.

In this video, I will talk about the future perfect continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an ongoing action

This tense can be used to describe an ongoing action

or situation that will last for a specified period of time in the future.

or situation that will last for a specified period of time in the future.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

The future perfect continuous tense is used to talk about an ongoing situation

The future perfect continuous tense is used to talk about an ongoing situation

that will be in progress for a period of time at a specific point in time in the future.

that will be in progress for a period of time at a specific point in time in the future.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘She will have been living in Ireland for 10 years at that point.’

'She will have been living in Ireland for 10 years at that point.'

So no matter what the subject, in this case we have ‘she’,

So no matter what the subject, in this case we have 'she',

we follow with ‘will have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

we follow with 'will have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

So, ‘She will have been living in Ireland …’

So, 'She will have been living in Ireland …'

Then this sentence has the duration.

Then this sentence has the duration.

What period of time will this last? ‘for 10 years’

What period of time will this last? 'for 10 years'

And when?

And when?

Remember, we need a point in time in the future.

Remember, we need a point in time in the future.

In this case, we just use a general expression, ‘at that point’.

In this case, we just use a general expression, 'at that point'.

Here, it's not specific and that's okay.

Here, it's not specific and that's okay.

We'll see some specific examples in the next sentence.

We'll see some specific examples in the next sentence.

‘By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.’

'By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.'

Here, the specific time in the future comes at the beginning of the sentence.

Here, the specific time in the future comes at the beginning of the sentence.

‘By midnight’ And, again, we see ‘will have been’ +

'By midnight' And, again, we see 'will have been' +

verb 'ing'.

verb 'ing'.

‘By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.’.

'By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.'.

Here we have ‘for four hours’.

Here we have 'for four hours'.

This shows the duration or how long this action will be in progress.

This shows the duration or how long this action will be in progress.

So, again, ‘By midnight he will have been sleeping for four hours.’

So, again, 'By midnight he will have been sleeping for four hours.'

The last sentence says, ‘In June …’

The last sentence says, 'In June …'

Here, again, we have the specific time in the future at the beginning of the sentence.

Here, again, we have the specific time in the future at the beginning of the sentence.

‘In June, ‘we’ that's the subject.

'In June, 'we' that's the subject.

‘we'll have been studying …’ There's the ‘verb +ing’.

'we'll have been studying …' There's the 'verb +ing'.

‘… at this university for four years.’

'… at this university for four years.'

Here is the duration, ‘for four years’.

Here is the duration, 'for four years'.

Good job.

And let's move on.

Kerja yang baik.

And let's move on.

Now, let's look at the negative form of the future perfect continuous tense.

Now, let's look at the negative form of the future perfect continuous tense.

In the affirmative form, we say ‘subject’ + ‘will have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

In the affirmative form, we say 'subject' + 'will have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

In the negative form, however, we say, ‘subject’ + ‘will not have been’

In the negative form, however, we say, 'subject' + 'will not have been'

and then ‘verb +ing’.

and then 'verb +ing'.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Mari kita lihat beberapa contoh.

The first sentence here says,

The first sentence here says,

‘At that point, I will not have been living in Spain for 10 years.’

'At that point, I will not have been living in Spain for 10 years.'

And so you see it.

And so you see it.

‘I’ is the subject.

'I' is the subject.

‘… will not have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

'… will not have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

In this case, ‘living’.

In this case, 'living'.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘He will not have been sleeping for four hours by midnight.’

'He will not have been sleeping for four hours by midnight.'

Again, we see the ‘subject’ + ‘will not have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’,

Again, we see the 'subject' + 'will not have been' and then 'verb +ing',

‘sleeping’.

'sleeping'.

The last sentence says,

The last sentence says,

‘By then, we will not have been studying at this university for three years.’

'By then, we will not have been studying at this university for three years.'

Again, we see the ‘subject’ + ‘we will not have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’

Again, we see the 'subject' + 'we will not have been' and then 'verb +ing'

here, ‘studying’.

here, 'studying'.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's take a look at how to form questions in the future perfect continuous tense.

Now let's take a look at how to form questions in the future perfect continuous tense.

Here, the sentence says,

Here, the sentence says,

‘Sean will have been playing soccer for a year by December.’

'Sean will have been playing soccer for a year by December.'

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is switch the order of the first two

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is switch the order of the first two

words.

words.

So instead of ‘Sean will’, I can say ‘Will Sean’.

So instead of 'Sean will', I can say 'Will Sean'.

‘Will Sean have been playing soccer for a year by December?’

'Will Sean have been playing soccer for a year by December?'

You'll notice that the rest of the sentence stays the same.

You'll notice that the rest of the sentence stays the same.

I can answer by saying, ‘Yes, he will have.’

I can answer by saying, 'Yes, he will have.'

or ‘No, he will have not.’

or 'No, he will have not.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘They will have been working there for three months by that time.’

'They will have been working there for three months by that time.'

Again, I changed the order of the first two words.

Again, I changed the order of the first two words.

To turn this into a question ‘They will’ becomes ‘Will they’.

To turn this into a question 'They will' becomes 'Will they'.

‘Will they have been working there for three months by that time?’

'Will they have been working there for three months by that time?'

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

I can answer by saying, ‘Yes, they will have.’

I can answer by saying, 'Yes, they will have.'

or ‘No, they will have not.’

or 'No, they will have not.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Now let's take a look at how to form ‘WH” questions in the future perfect continuous

Now let's take a look at how to form 'WH” questions in the future perfect continuous

tense.

tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

All of these questions begin with a ‘WH’ word.

All of these questions begin with a 'WH' word.

‘where’ ‘what’

'where' 'what'

‘who’ and ‘how long’

'who' and 'how long'

Take a look at the first question.

Take a look at the first question.

‘Where will you have been walking?’

'Where will you have been walking?'

To form a ‘WH’ question, we start with the ‘WH’ word, then ‘will’.

To form a 'WH' question, we start with the 'WH' word, then 'will'.

After that, we add the subject, ‘you’, ‘they’, ‘she’ and ‘you’.

After that, we add the subject, 'you', 'they', 'she' and 'you'.

After that, we add ‘have been’ + ‘verb +ing’.

After that, we add 'have been' + 'verb +ing'.

‘Where will you have been walking?’

'Where will you have been walking?'

‘What will they have been playing?’

'What will they have been playing?'

‘Who will she have been talking to?’

'Who will she have been talking to?'

and ‘How long will you have been working …?’

and 'How long will you have been working …?'

There's the ‘verb +ing’.

There's the 'verb +ing'.

‘ … there by the time you finish?’

' … there by the time you finish?'

So let's go through one more time and I'll show you how to answer these questions.

So let's go through one more time and I'll show you how to answer these questions.

‘Where will you have been walking?’

'Where will you have been walking?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I will have been walking in the park.’

I can answer by saying, 'I will have been walking in the park.'

‘What will they have been playing?’

'What will they have been playing?'

‘They will have been playing video games.’

'They will have been playing video games.'

‘Who will she have been talking to?’

'Who will she have been talking to?'

‘She will have been talking to her cousin.’

'She will have been talking to her cousin.'

And finally,

And finally,

‘How long will you have been working there by the time you finish?’

'How long will you have been working there by the time you finish?'

‘By the time I finish, I will have been working there for five years.’

'By the time I finish, I will have been working there for five years.'

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Let's start a checkup for the future perfect continuous tense.

Let's start a checkup for the future perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘By 10 p.m., I _blank_ that game for three hours.’

'By 10 pm, I _blank_ that game for three hours.'

I’m looking to use the verb ‘play’.

I'm looking to use the verb 'play'.

Remember, in this tense, we need to have ‘subject’ + ‘will have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

Remember, in this tense, we need to have 'subject' + 'will have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

So ‘By 10 p.m., I will have been playing …’

So 'By 10 pm, I will have been playing …'

Again, we need ‘verb +ing’.

Again, we need 'verb +ing'.

‘… I will have been playing that game for three hours.

'… I will have been playing that game for three hours.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘When she gets here, he _blank_ dinner for an hour.’

'When she gets here, he _blank_ dinner for an hour.'

Try to use the verb ‘cook’.

Try to use the verb 'cook'.

Again, no matter what the subject, it doesn't change.

Again, no matter what the subject, it doesn't change.

‘When she gets here, he will have been cooking …’

'When she gets here, he will have been cooking …'

‘When she gets here, he will have been cooking dinner for an hour.’

'When she gets here, he will have been cooking dinner for an hour.'

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Steve and Jan will not have be waiting for a year when it arrives.’

'Steve and Jan will not have be waiting for a year when it arrives.'

Here, we have a negative form, ‘they will not have’.

Here, we have a negative form, 'they will not have'.

Then we need ‘been’.

Then we need 'been'.

‘They will not have been …’

'They will not have been …'

And then the ‘verb +ing’ is here so that's correct.

And then the 'verb +ing' is here so that's correct.

‘Steve and Jan will not have been waiting for a year when it arrives.’

'Steve and Jan will not have been waiting for a year when it arrives.'

The last sentence says,

The last sentence says,

‘It will have been work for 10 years on January 15th.’

'It will have been work for 10 years on January 15th.'

So maybe here I’m talking about a computer or a TV.

So maybe here I'm talking about a computer or a TV.

Maybe some kind of machine.

Maybe some kind of machine.

‘it’ ‘It will have been …’

'it' 'It will have been …'

I see the mistake here.

I see the mistake here.

We need ‘verb +ing’.

We need 'verb +ing'.

‘It will have been working for 10 years on January 15th.

'It will have been working for 10 years on January 15th.

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Mari kita lanjutkan.

Thank you so much for watching this  course on the twelve English tenses. 

Thank you so much for watching this course on the twelve English tenses.

Now, you have a better understanding  of how to use these tenses. 

Now, you have a better understanding of how to use these tenses.

I know studying English can be hard, but  with time and practice, you will get better. 

I know studying English can be hard, but with time and practice, you will get better.

Please watch my other videos. And I’ll see you next time. 

Please watch my other videos. Dan sampai jumpa lagi.

Bye.

Selamat tinggal.